You are on page 1of 248

graduate prospectus for entry in 2013

Meet LSE
LSE Open Evening
To find out more about studying at LSE, please come along to the LSE Graduate Open Evening: Wednesday, 7 November 2012 This is your opportunity to:  find out more about LSE  discover the wide range of taught and research degrees available at LSE  attend subject specific talks  meet LSE academics and current graduate students  meet admissions, financial support and careers staff For further information and to book a place, please visit lse.ac.uk/meetLSE

LSE visits you


LSE representatives regularly visit countries throughout the world. During these visits we attend education fairs and conventions, visit schools, colleges and universities, and meet students for presentations, receptions and counselling sessions. In the UK, we attend a number of postgraduate fairs and public presentations all over the country. Further information about LSE visits can be found at lse.ac.uk/lseVisitsYou

More about LSE


For information about our videos, podcasts, campus tours, virtual tour and our email an alum scheme please visit lse.ac.uk/meetLSE

Join the global debate at LSE lse.ac.uk

Welcome to LSE
A world leading research university Global reputation for excellence  Teaching delivered by leading academics Choice and flexibility of programmes Generous scholarships Excellent graduate career prospects  Public lectures delivered by eminent outside speakers  International and cosmopolitan environment Central London location  The British Library of Political and Economic Science

Join the global debate at LSE lse.ac.uk

1 Many eminent speakers have visited the School recently


1.  Dr Madeleine Albright, former US Secretary of State 2. William Hague, Foreign Secretary, United Kingdom 3. Mario Monti, Italian Prime Minister 4.  Mallam Sanusi Lamido Sanusi, Governor of the Central Bank of Nigeria 5. Joseph Stiglitz, professor at Columbia University and winner of the Nobel Prize for Economics 6. Bill Gates, co-chair of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation 7.  Sri Mulyani Indrawati, Managing Director, World Bank 8. Masaaki Shirakawa, Governor of the Bank of Japan 9.  Muhammad Yunus, founder of Grameen Bank and winner of the Nobel Peace Prize 10.  Aung San Suu Kyi, Chairman of the National League for Democracy (NLD). Member of Parliament in Burma and winner of the Nobel Peace Prize

10

lse.ac.uk/publicEvents

About the prospectus


This prospectus is for people interested in applying for graduate study at LSE. The first section provides a general introduction to the School and the programmes we offer, life at LSE, the student and academic support services, fee and financial support information, and tells you how to apply for admission. The next section contains information about our departments and institutes as well as more detailed descriptions of our masters, research and graduate diploma programmes. We make every effort to ensure that programmes and courses are offered as described here and that any subsequentchanges would add to, rather than detract from, your opportunities. However, certain circumstancesmay occasionally make this impossible, and we reserve the right to alter or withdraw particular programmes or courses, to adjust the level of fees and to review and amend arrangements for the provision of financial help. Subsequent changes deemed seriously to affect course and programme provision are indicated on LSEs website (please see lse.ac.uk/calendar). You are strongly advised to visit the LSE website for the most up to date information on teaching provision in your chosen department.

Term dates 2013/14


Michaelmas term Thursday, 3 October to Friday, 13 December 2013 Lent term Monday, 13 January to Friday, 21 March 2014 Summer term Monday,28 Aprilto Friday,4 July 2014

Equality and diversity


The School seeks to ensure that people are treated equitably, regardless of age, disability, race, nationality, ethnic or national origin, gender, religion, sexual orientation or personal circumstances. Equality and diversity are integral to the Schools priorities and objectives. We will support inter-faith and inter-cultural dialogue and understanding and engage all students in playing a full and active role in wider engagement with society.

Health and safety


LSE is generally a low risk environment. You can find information on our safety policy at lse.ac.uk/healthAndSafety with details of the measures we take to ensure thehealth, safety and welfare of everyoneinvolved with the School.

A message from the Director


The London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) is the worlds leading dedicated social science institution. Founded in 1895, the School continues to be a place of genuine intellectual excitement and cutting-edge research. Situated in the heart of London, the School is located in one of the most cosmopolitan and vibrant cities in the world. The LSE community is truly international, with students and staff from over 140 countries. Our academics are at the forefront of developments in the social sciences and their expertise is called upon by governments, businesses and media around the globe. Students are selected for their academic ability, intellectual curiosity and commitment to their chosen subject. In addition, LSE attracts a wide variety of eminent public figures for lectures, events and panel discussions. The interaction between staff, students and visitors both in and out of the classroom makes LSE a dynamic and stimulating environment. Despite the current global economic situation LSEs graduates continue to be in great demand and our alumni can be found in senior positions around the world. Im confident that your time at LSE will be both enjoyable and rewarding, providing you with knowledge and experience that will prove hugely beneficial in your future academic, personal and professional careers. If you would enjoy the challenge and opportunities that we offer, then we look forward to welcoming you to the School.

Craig Calhoun Director, LSE

Contents
6 9 13 Why LSE? Graduate study options Teaching methods 14  Meet, visit and discover LSE 15  Academic integrity 16 Life at LSE

20 Student services 23  Academic support services 26 28 Graduate careers After LSE

30  Fees and financial support 34 38 Entry requirements Applying to LSE

44  Other LSE programmes of study 45 Departments,  institutes, centres and programmes 217  Double and executive programmes 237 Index Campus map inside back cover London map inside back cover flap

4 graduate prospectus Contents

Departments, Institutes, Centres Accounting 46 Anthropology 51 Climate Change and the Environment 58 Economic History 59 Economics 64 Europe 70 Finance 77 Gender 83 Geography and Environment 89 Government 99 International Development 112 International History 119 International Relations 124 Law 130 Management 139 Mathematics 157 Media and Communications 160 Methodology 167 Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method 170  Public Affairs 177 Regional and Urban Planning 180 Social Policy 182 Social Psychology 195 Sociology 201 Statistics 212 Urban@LSE 216

Taught programmes Diploma programmes Diploma in Accounting and Finance 48  Diploma in Sociology 209 Double, dual and joint masters programmes LSE-Sciences Po Double Degree in Affaires Internationales and either International Relations or International Political Economy 218  SE-Sciences Po Double Degree L in European Studies 219  Sc Double Degree in Global Media and M Communications with Annenberg School, USC or Fudan University 220  A Global Studies: A M European Perspective 223  SE-PKU Double MSc Degree in L International Affairs 223  SE-Columbia University Double Degree in L International and World History 225  SE-PKU Double Degree in Public L Administration and Government 227  SE-Sciences Po Double Degree in L Urban Policy 228 Executive programmes  Sc Diplomacy and International M Strategy 230 MSc Finance (part-time) 231 MSc Health Economics, Policy and Management (Modular) 232 Executive LLM 233 NEW Global Masters in Management 234 

Executive MSc Political Economy of Europe 234 NEW Executive MPA 235 NEW TRIUM Global Executive MBA 236 MPA programmes MPA European Public and Economic Policy 178  MPA International Development 178 MPA Public and Economic Policy 178  MPA Public Policy and Management 178  MPA Public and Social Policy 178 Taught masters programmes MSc Accounting and Finance 48  Sc Accounting, Organisations M and Institutions 49 MSc Anthropology and Development 53 MSc Anthropology and Development Management 54 MSc Applicable Mathematics 158  MSc China in Comparative Perspective 55  MSc City Design and Social Science 203 MSc Comparative Politics 102  MSc Comparative Politics (Research) 104 MSc Conflict Studies 104 NEW MSc Criminal Justice Policy 185 MSc Culture and Society 204 MSc Development Management 114 MSc Development Studies 116 MSc Development Studies (Research) 116  Sc Econometrics and M Mathematical Economics 67

 Sc Econometrics and Mathematical M Economics (two year programme) 67 MSc Economic History 60 MSc Economic History (Research) 61 MSc Economics 68 MSc Economics (two year programme) 68
MSc Economics and Management 144

MSc Economics and Philosophy 172  Sc Empires, Colonialism M and Globalisation 120 MSc Environment and Development 92  Sc Environmental Economics and M Climate Change 93  Sc Environmental Policy M and Regulation 94  Sc European Studies: Ideas M and Identities 72 MSc European Studies (Research) 73 MSc Finance (full-time) 78 MSc Finance and Economics 79 MSc Finance and Economics (Research) 79
MSc Finance and Private Equity 81 MSc Financial Mathematics 159 MSc Gender 85 MSc Gender (Research) 85 MSc Gender, Development and Globalisation 86  MSc Gender, Media and Culture 87 MSc Gender, Policy and Inequalities 88 MSc Global History 62 MSc Global Politics 105

Contents graduate prospectus 5

MSc Global Politics (Global Civil Society) 105  MSc Health, Community and Development 196   Sc Health Policy, Planning M and Financing 186 MSc Health, Population and Society 187  Sc History of M International Relations 121 MSc Human Geography and Urban Studies (Research) 95 MSc Human Rights 205  Sc International Development and M Humanitarian Emergencies 118  Sc International Employment Relations M and Human Resource Management 145 MSc International Health Policy 187 MSc International Health Policy (Health Economics) 187  MSc International Management 146 MSc International Migration and Public Policy 107  MSc International Political Economy 127  Sc International Political M Economy (Research) 127 MSc International Relations 128 MSc International Relations (Research) 128 MSc International Relations Theory 129 LLM 132 MSc Law and Accounting 136 MSc Law, Anthropology and Society 137 MSc Local Economic Development 96 Masters in Management 147

 Sc Management and M Human Resources 149  Sc Management, Information Systems M and Innovation (MISI) 150  Sc Management, Organisations and M Governance 150

MSc Politics and Communication 166  Sc Politics and Government in the M European Union 75 MSc Population and Development 189  Sc Public Management M and Governance 154

MSc Social and Public Communication 199 MSc Social Research Methods 169 MSc Sociology 210 MSc Sociology (Contemporary Social Thought) 210  MSc Sociology (Economic Sociology) 210 MSc Sociology (Research) 210 MSc Statistics 214 MSc Statistics (Research) 214 MSc Statistics (Financial Statistics) 215 MSc Statistics (Financial Statistics) (Research) 215 MSc Theory and History of International Relations 123  MSc Urbanisation and Development 98

MSc Management Science MSc Public Policy and Administration 110 (Decision Sciences) 152  MSc Public Policy and  MSc Management Science (Operational  Administration (Research) 110 Research) 152 MSc Race, Ethnicity and Post MSc Management and Strategy 153 Colonial Studies 208  MSc Media and Communications 162 MSc Real Estate Economics   Sc Media and M Communications (Research) 162  Sc Media and Communication (Media M and Communication Governance) 163  Sc Media, Communication M and Development 165 MSc Organisational Behaviour 154  Sc Organisational and M Social Psychology 198 MSc Philosophy and Public Policy 173 MSc Philosophy of Science 174  Sc Philosophy of the M Social Sciences 175 MSc Political Economy of Europe 74   Sc Political Economy of M Late Development 63  Sc Political Science and M Political Economy 108 MSc Political Sociology 207 MSc Political Theory 109 MSc Political Theory (Research) 109 and Finance 97 MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies 181  MSc Regulation 111 MSc Regulation (Research) 111

MSc Religion in the Contemporary World 56 NEW MSc Risk and Finance 82
MSc Risk and Stochastics 213 MSc Social Anthropology 57  Sc Social Anthropology (Learning M and Cognition) 57 MSc Social and Cultural Psychology 198 MSc Social Policy (European and Comparative Social Policy) 193 MSc Social Policy (Research) 190 MSc Social Policy (Social Policy and Planning) 193 MSc Social Policy and Development 191  Sc Social Policy and Development: M Non-Governmental Organisations 191

6 graduate prospectus Why LSE?

Why LSE?
LSE offers a unique opportunity to study the social sciences in a university institution with a worldwide academic reputation, while enjoying the cultural, social and recreational facilities of one of the worlds greatest capital cities.
The heart of London
The character of LSE is inseparable from its location. Situated in the heart of central London, the School is located in one of the most cosmopolitan cities in the world. Only a short distance from Europes financial, legal and cultural centres, LSE stands at the crossroads of international debate, fundamental to our identity as an outward looking institution with an active involvement in UK and world affairs. LSE is stimulating, cosmopolitan and very much a part of the real world. These qualities derive from the variety of its staff and students, from its active academic and political concerns, and from the easy interchange of ideas between the School and the world outside Government, Parliament, the business and financial institutions of the City, the Law Courts and media are all on the School's doorstep. Each year, there are many influential outside speakers at the School (national and international politicians, business leaders, industrialists and civil servants) as well as leading academics from all around the world who visit to participate in teaching, to give public lectures and to pursue their own research. LSE is compact and full to the brim with students and staff this contributes to the vitality and friendliness of the place. of crisis it is to LSE that the media turn first for a response. Professor Nicholas Stern (climate change), Professor Conor Gearty (human rights), Professor Anne Power (housing policy), Tony Travers (London and local government) and Professor Danny Quah (the weightless economy) will all be familiar names to the average news addict. For a guide to staff research and consultancy experience, and their leading publications, please see lse.ac.uk/experts

A world centre of research and teaching


Our research informs and constantly invigorates our teaching. Graduate students also play a valued and important role in the School's contribution to scholarship, through the research they undertake during their studies. LSE supports the research of its staff through academic departments and institutes, and also through a range of interdisciplinary research centres. Some 97 per cent of LSE academics are actively engaged in research. Staff are regularly sought out as advisers, consultants and commentators, becoming involved in the practical impact of the subjects they teach and research. Many past and present members of staff act as expert advisers to political parties, the Civil Service and policy pressure groups. For instance, Professor David Metcalf is chair of the independent UK Migration Advisory Committee, Emeritus Professor Lord Desai is a regular speaker in House of Lords debates and Emeritus Professor Lord Wallace is a government whip in the coalition government. Emeritus Professor Lord Layard, founder of the Centre for Economic Performance, is a prominent expert on happiness and well being. The School's international reputation and London location ensure that in times

DID YOU KNOW...


The decision to create LSE was made by four leading members of the Fabian Society at a breakfast party in Surrey in August 1894. They were Beatrice and Sidney Webb, Graham Wallas and George Bernard Shaw.

Scholarships and financial support


LSE makes available over 10 million in scholarships each year to its graduate students. Graduate students can apply for funding from the Graduate Support Scheme (for taught masters) and can be nominated for the newly extended LSE PhD Studentship scheme (for MRes and MPhil/ PhD programmes). There are also scholarships for students from specific regions of the world and awards for students studying specific subject areas. As well as School funds, students can also access awards from the Research Councils and from external organisations and governments around the world. LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre, with studentships available for all areas of economics and social science, and arts and humanities research is supported by an AHRC Block Grant Partnership. Further details about financial aid can be found at lse.ac.uk/financialSupport

8 graduate prospectus Why LSE?

Research quality
TheResearch Assessment Exercise (RAE) is a UK-wide assessment of research excellence at universities undertaken by the Higher Education Funding Councils every five to seven years. The most recent RAE took place in 2008 and the results confirmed LSE's position as a world leading research university, with the School toppingor coming close to the top of a number of rankingsfor research excellence. Individual subject areas at LSE also head national tables of excellence.LSE comes

top nationally by grade point average in Economics, Law, Social Policy and European Studies, with Anthropology coming second. More information about the RAE and individual subject areas can be found at lse. ac.uk/researchAndExpertise/RAE2008 The table below ranks universities by institutional GPA, but the same five universities remain in the top five when assessed by percentage 4* or by percentage 4* and 3*.

The student community


Students who choose LSE are intent on experiencing an active and varied programme. The structure of our degrees emphasises the need for self-study and rigorous intellectual skills where an individual student's opinion matters. The student community at LSE is one of the most internationally diverse in the world, with students from over 145 countries living and studying on campus. This mix encourages a truly global and international approach to intellectual

discovery and academic life at LSE, which cannot be matched elsewhere. The total student population at LSE is around9,250 full-time and900 part-time, 59 per cent of whom are studying at graduate level. If you are the kind of student who enjoys being challenged intellectually, socially and personally then choose LSE.

2008 RAErankings
Rank Institution Total FTEs submitted 2040.39 490.36 2245.83 1224.57 1792.68 GPA %4* for the institution 32 35 32 26 27 %4* or 3* for the institution 71 68 70 73 66

Graduate students by domicile

Africa 1.8% Asia 25.9% UK 18% South America 3.4%

1 2= 2= 4 5

University of Cambridge The London School of Economics and Political Science University of Oxford Imperial College London University College London

2.98 2.96 2.96 2.94 2.84

Australasia 1.1% Europe (non UK) 32% North America 17.8%

LSE is the institution with the greatest percentage of 4* research attributed to the academics submitted to the RAE. Key: FTEs full-time equivalents GPA Grade Point Average, taking into account the relative size of Unit of Assessment submissions within an institution 4* world leading in terms of originality, significance and rigour 3* internationally excellent in terms of originality, significance and rigour

Graduate study options graduate prospectus 9

Graduate study options


LSEs graduate programmes have been developed to fulfil your needs whether you intend to pursue a career in industry, business, government, NGOs or academia, and whatever your background. It is also possible to join LSE for short periods as a visiting research student. Many programmes also offer a part-time option, allowing you to work alongside your studies. A unique feature of many LSE programmes is the opportunity to link your studies with other institutions around the world, giving you a truly international perspective.
Diploma
Diploma programmes have two key purposes. If the level of your previous qualification or its subject content does not permit progression directly to a master's, you can use a diploma programme as a conversion or refresher course. A diploma is also a qualification in its own right, which extends the range and depth of your undergraduate studies. Diploma students attend specially arranged classes and tutorials; in most, but not all cases you would attend lectures from undergraduate courses. Most diplomas are assessed by formal written examinations, though a number have assessed work attached to certain courses. Some LSE diplomas are structured as the first year of a two-year MSc, such as those in the Economics Department. many benefits. You can study a subject in depth which you have taken and enjoyed at undergraduate degree level and extend your analytical and critical capabilities; alternatively, a masters degree programme could serve as a conversion course from your first degree subject, so that you can acquire a different set of skills or knowledge at a much higher level. A masters degree can also act as research training to lay the foundations for more advanced work in a specialised field. Many of the programmes we offer blend practical experience with rigorous academic analysis to help broaden the knowledge of practitioners in certain fields. Taught programmes involve lectures and seminars each week in addition to studentsown self-study and preparation. The number of contact hours you have as a student varies from programme to programme. On most taught masters programmes, students are assessed by a formal written examination at the end of the year, coursework and research assignments associated with each taught course and a long essay, report, project or dissertation. Double, dualand joint masters LSE offers a range ofprogrammes which give students the opportunity to study both at LSE and at partner institutions in London or overseas. Double and dual degree programmes are normally of two years duration with students studying one year at LSE and one year at the partner institution. Upon successful completion of the programme, a student is awarded a master's degree or equivalentfrom both institutions. Joint degree programmes are offered jointly with one or more partner institution(s) and may last one or more years. Upon successful completion of the programme, a student receives a single master's degree which is awarded jointly by LSE and the partner institution(s). Further information about these programmes can be found on page 217. Executive masters LSE offers a number of executive masters programmes for working professionals. Further information about these programmes can be found on page 230. MPA programmes LSEs MPA programmes are interdisciplinary degrees designed to prepare students for professional careers related to public service. Further information about these programmes can be found on page 177.

Opportunities to link your LSE masters degree with study abroad


Students have the opportunity to link their LSE masters degree with graduate studies at another institution. These schemes typically involve the studying of two separate, existing programmes, which when combined together allow the student to obtain both qualifications in a shorter period. LSE masters / HEC MBA scheme This scheme offers students the opportunity to study an MBA at HEC School of Management in Paris in the reduced time frame of 12 months (usually 15 months) when combined with any masters degree at LSE.The application process to each degree is independent. Moreover, acceptance into one institution does not in any way guarantee entry into the other. The scheme allows applicants to study the HEC MBA or LSE masters in either order. However, applicants can only apply to the second programme once they have commenced studying for the first. For entry to LSE masters programmes, the standard application process and entry requirements apply. All accepted students will follow a standard masters programme at LSE and will be awarded the corresponding LSE masters degree upon successful completion. For information on the HEC MBA, including application details, please visit mba.hec.edu LSE masters / Master of International Studies at George Washington University LSE masters graduates (who have completed within the last three years) are

Masters
LSE offers a wide range of taught master's programmes (see lse.ac.uk/ graduateProgrammes). A master's degree can serve different purposes and offers

eligible to study the Master of International Studies (MIS) degree at George Washington Universitys Elliott School of International Affairs in the shortened time frame of one year (usuallytwo years) after their LSE masters. For information on the MIS programme, including application details, please visit elliott.gwu.edu/academics/ grad/mis European Masters in Labour Studies LSE students on the MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management or the MSc Management and Human Resources can spend a further semester studying at a partner university within the EU to gain the European Masters in Labour Studies. Students apply for places on the programme in the Lent term of their MSc and are selected by the academic organiser within the Department. This selection is based on language skills and academic capabilities. For more information, please visitwww.emls.unimi.it CEMS Masters in International Management LSE students on the 24-month Masters inManagement programme can apply to do an optional term abroad at a CEMS partner school. CEMS (www.cems. org) is a global alliance of academic and corporate institutions dedicated to educating and preparing future generations of international business leaders. The CEMS academic and corporate members work collectively to develop knowledge and provide education that is essential in the multilingual, multicultural and interconnected business

world. In addition to completion of academic studies on the LSE programme, CEMS students must also participate in further compulsory components, including proficiency in two foreign languages, in order to obtain the Financial Times topranked CEMS Masters in International Management (MIM) degree. For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/ management/programmes/msc/ masters-in-management MSc International Management (IMEX) LSE students on the 12-month MSc International Management (IMEX) programmehave the opportunity to spend a period of study abroad by way of reciprocal exchange programmes with one of five top business schools in the United States and one in China, namely: Booth School of Management (Chicago), Fuqua School of Business (Duke), Kellogg School of Management (Northwestern), Stephen M Ross School of Business (Michigan University), School of Management (Yale) and Guanghua School of Management (Peking University). Students spend the Lent term abroad and take courses from MBA programmes. For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/ management/programmes/MSc/ international-management LSE LLM/ JD (Columbia) This scheme consists of two years of study on a JD (Juris Doctor) programme at the Columbia University Law School followed by one year of study on the LLM (Masters of Law) at LSE. The exchange scheme is only open to JD (Juris Doctor) students already registered at Columbia. Upon the successful

Graduate study options graduate prospectus 11

completion of all three years of study, participants will receive a JD from Columbia and an LLM from LSE. For more information please visit: www. law.columbia.edu/center_program/intl_ progs/double_degree/JD_LLM_Program

found on the relevant departmental web pages and at lse.ac.uk/researchStudents You will register for the MPhil in the first instance, which has a maximum registration period of two years full-time or four years part-time. The time taken to complete any research degree depends on your progress and individual needs and you must remain registered with the School until your thesis has been submitted. The minimum period allowedto complete your PhDis two years full time study (or four years part time) and themaximum period is four years full-time, or eight years part-time. An assessment of your work, which usually occurs between 12 and 18 months from your start date, will allow us to appraise your aptitude for original research at doctoral level. If you have progressed satisfactorily you will be upgraded to PhD status. Your study will, however, be continuous with no duplication of work between the two levels. MPhil/PhD programmes normally start in late September each year but with the permission of the relevant department you may start in January (Lent term) or exceptionally in April (Summer term). This largely depends on the availability ofany taughtcourses that your department and academic supervisor decide that you will have to take. Most of those courses are held in the Michaelmas term, so there is a preference for research programmes to start in September. More information is available at lse.ac.uk/graduate You will be assigned a lead superviser (and a second superviser/adviser) who is a specialist in your chosen research field, though not necessarily in your topic. Lead

Research
A PhD offers the chance to undertake a substantial piece of supervised work that is worthy of publication and which makes an original contribution to knowledge in a particular field. Research programmes (leading to a PhD) are designed to produce professional social scientists well versed in a range of social science techniques and methods, in addition to having an in-depth knowledge of a particular area. Students studying for an MPhil or a PhD are required to carry out research (both from documents and in the field) and collect data from which they must write a thesis of approximately 100,000 words. Students in some departments may be permitted to submit a final thesis by a series of papers, with a linking introduction and conclusion. In addition,all students arenormally required to attend certain taught courses. Although each students method of research will be different, the amount of time spent on their studies will be broadly equivalent to that required to pursue an undergraduateprogramme or undertake full-time employment ie, in excess of 30 hours per week. Should you be permitted to register as a part-time student, the workload would be approximately half that of full-time students. More information on the requirements of research students can be

supervisors guide you through your studies. During your first year you will attend and contribute to departmental research seminars, workshops and research training courses. These are designed to strengthen your methodological skills, language skills or background knowledge of specific topics related to your research. By the end of your first year you will be required to present a more detailed project proposal. The proposal, which should illustrate your command of the theoretical and empirical literature related to your topic, will need to be a clear statement of the theoretical and methodological approach to be taken. It will also need to include a draft outline and work plan, which should identify any periods of fieldwork necessary to your research. This should demonstrate the coherence and feasibility of the proposed research and thesis. Students are invited to submit applications that complement the academic interests of members of staff at the School. You will find staff areas of interest under the subject information in the Departments, institutes, centres and programmes section of this prospectus, which provides an insight into the current research interests of each department/institute. For more information relating to staff research interests visitlse.ac.uk/experts

period of study at another institution.These arrangements are usually in the form of a Research Exchange Programme with an overseas institution affiliated with the School.Exchanges or other similar opportunities are only available within certain academic departments andstudents must be registered within the appropriate department in order to be considered for an exchange arrangement. These exchanges offer students an opportunity to visit another institution, to benefit from additional research resources (archival and advisory) and to introduce them to the academic culture and professional contacts of the other country. Current opportunities include: Partnership PhD Mobility Bursaries Ten mobility bursaries are on offer each year to visit one of the Schools five partner institutions: Columbia University (New York), the National University of Singapore (NUS), Peking University (Beijing), Sciences Po (Paris) or the University of Cape Town. For any one partner institution, up to two bursaries are available for a visit of two to three months. Participants will work informally with an advisor on their PhD thesis, research and/or on related publications and presentations. Participants will also be introduced to the academic culture, professional contacts and employment opportunities of another country/region. Students registered for PhD studies at any LSE department and who have already been upgraded to full doctoral student status are eligible to apply. Calls for applications will be advertised internally

Opportunities to study abroad during your MPhil/ PhD programme


Studentsmay have the opportunity to linktheir LSE research degree with a short

at the end of Lent term for the following academic year. Erasmus Mundus Erasmus enables higher education students, teachers and institutions in 31 European countries to study for part of their degree in another country. Further information on current opportunities can be accessed atlse.ac.uk/study/erasmus Other opportunities There are a number of other arrangements in place in academic departments: up-to-date information on these can be accessed via lse.ac.uk/researchStudents

and hours of your employment. Work commitments should amount to at least 15 hours per week and be in the London area and during conventional working hours. You should be aware that part-time study alone is insufficient to obtain entry clearance to the UK on a student visa. See ukba. homeoffice.gov.uk/visas for more details.

private sector, or in other appropriate fields, to research and other departmental/ institute/centre activities. Enquiries about opportunities should be made to the relevant academic department or institute in the first instance.

Bologna Process
The United Kingdom is signatory to the Bologna Declaration, which was designed to facilitate greater comparability and compatibility between higher education systems across a European Higher Education Area of some 55 countries. The action lines include developing easily readable and comparable degree systems and adopting a common three cycle system of degree levels. LSE has been monitoring developments in the Bologna Process closely, and has introduced the Diploma Supplements (enhanced transcripts) which form part of it. Some of the Schools masters programmes are nine or ten months in duration. If you are applying to these programmes, and in particular if you wish to proceed from them to higher study in EHEA countries other than the UK, you should be aware that recognition of these programmes for such purposes is not guaranteed.

Visiting students and staff


Visiting Research Student (VRS) status allows research students at other universities to spend up to one academic session at the School at the discretion of the department concerned. A supervisor is assigned to every VRS, and you can take up to four full-unit taught courses. Examinations are optional, and grades do not contribute towards a degree or diploma. A full transcript of studies can be produced at the end of the period of study. Other graduate students may also seek registration as a VRS to take graduate level courses without the commitment of registering for a degree programme. The Visiting Fellow Scheme is aimed at scholars (pre-Major Review equivalent/of post-doctoral status), persons/practitioners of equivalent standing in an appropriate profession/occupation, and researchers in the early stages of their career. The status of Visiting Fellow is given to individuals from outside the School associated with School departments/ institutes/centres. It recognises the contribution from those in government service, in professional practice, in the

Part-time study
Many graduate programmes are available in part-time mode. For masters degrees or diplomas, the usual arrangement is to take half the programme over one year and half in the following year. Tuition takes place during the day, normally at the same time as for full-time students. The detailed timetable is available just before the start of the session. Some programmes are designed for people who intend to remain in employment, including the Modular MSc Health Economics, Policy and Management, MSc Finance (part-time), Executive LLM, Executive MPA, Executive MSc Political Economy of Europe and MSc Diplomacy and International Strategy.For more information see the Executive programmes section on page 230. If you wish to be a part-time research student, you must discuss with us the nature

Teaching methods graduate prospectus 13

Teaching methods
The academic year at LSE is made up of the Michaelmas (autumn) term, the Lent (spring) term and the Summer term.
Most taught master's programmes span a full calendar year (September to September), though a few are only nine or ten months long, finishing in July or August, and a few others span two years. Certain programmes, notably in the Departments of Economics, Finance and Management, require attendance at introductory courses before main teaching begins. The majority of taught masters programmes comprise: taught courses, usually including substantial independent study, lectures, seminars, and other group activities. These may be examined through sit down examinations, essays and other assignments a piece of independent research culminating in a dissertation Teaching is usually spread over the Michaelmas and Lent terms, with the Summer term generally reserved for a few weeks of teaching and revision sessions at the start, followed by preparation for exams or other assessment, and/or the writing of a dissertation. Independent study Most LSE graduate programmes expect students to manage the majority of their study time themselves. This varies depending on the programme of study but students will certainly find themselves with plenty of opportunity to read and research those aspects of courses that most interest and excite them. Students should expect to spend a significant amount of their time reading, note-taking, thinking and undertaking research. Lectures Most taught masters students can expect to have between three and eight hours of lectures each week. All students on a given course attend the same lecture, with anything from a handful to more than 50 students in attendance. Academic lecturing styles vary considerably some will be highly interactive, others more didactic. Seminars and classes In addition to lectures, most courses will have an associated series of seminars or classes. A few courses opt to have a longer session incorporating more formal lecturing with group activities/discussions built in. Some seminars will be run by the lecturer responsible overall for the course, others may involve other teachers from the department. The purpose of seminars and classes is to give students the opportunity to discuss and work together with fellow students. Course work, feedback and examinations In all programmes of study, students will have some opportunity to get feedback on their work, prior to undertaking any formal assessment/ examination. This formative work can take different forms. It might involve presenting in a seminar, writing a short individual assignment, working on a set of problems, or undertaking a group project of some kind. All assignments should provide useful preparation for the examinations and formal assignments on which your degree classification is based. The vast majority of examinations take place in the Summer term and are usually two or three hours in length. For some courses, they account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Dissertation or thesis Many taught master's programmes include a specific research element, culminating in a dissertation or long essay (usually 8-15,000 words). In most cases, dissertation support will include a combination of some taught elements and individual support from a dissertation superviser. The taught element often comprises a series of workshops on how to approach your research, along with some opportunity for students to present work in progress to their colleagues. Course capping (masters and diploma courses) To keep within School guidelines on graduate class size (a preferred maximum of 15) and/or in the event of demand exceeding departmental expectations, the School may limit the number of places on certain optional courses.

Research students
Research students are expected to manage their own research with guidance from their supervisor. In addition, the majority of programmes require research students to take a number of taught courses in the first year, and some courses in the second and third years (see opposite for information about taught course teaching methods). Requirements will vary across programmes but will usually include methodology and skills training courses as well as subject-specific courses.Full detail on individual programme requirements is published on the website at: lse. ac.uk/calendar. All research students arealso expected to attend, and usually present at regular doctoral workshops held in their department. Requirements for progress reviews are set within each department but could include passing compulsory taught courses to a particular standard and/or producing particular pieces of work relating to the research topic. The final award is determined by either a traditional thesis (60,000 words for an MPhil or 100,000 words for a PhD) or, for some programmes, a thesis containing a series of publishable papers, an introduction, critical discussion and conclusion (where a department does not permit submission by papers, this will be clearly indicated).A viva oral examination forms part of the final assessment for all students.

Meet, visit and discover LSE


Helping you choose
To help all potential students make an informed choice about coming to LSE, we hold a Graduate Open Evening, organise visits by academic and administrative members of staff to UK and overseas events and arrange campus tours. In the UK, we attend a number of postgraduate fairs and public presentations all over the country. You can meet LSE representatives at the following events: QS World Grad School Fair, London World Class Study in London, Leeds World Class Study in London, Edinburgh Postgraduate Study Fair, Manchester

Drop-in sessions
Graduate admissions drop-in sessions provide prospective students with oneto-one advice on applying for a graduate degree at LSE. Drop-in sessions are open: Term time: Monday-Friday between 12 noon 1pm and Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday between 3pm 4pm Vacation: Monday Friday between 12 noon 1pm (There is no need to book in advance)

Open Evening
To find out more about studying at LSE, please come along to the LSE Graduate Open Evening: Wednesday, 7 November 2012 This is your opportunity to: find out more about LSE  discover the wide range of taught and research degrees available at LSE attend subject specific talks  meet LSE academics and current graduate students  meet admissions, financial support and careers staff For further information and to book a place, please visit lse.ac.uk/meetLSE

Full and up to date information about LSE visits, both in the UK and overseas, can be found at lse.ac.uk/lseVisitsYou

Campus tours
If you cannot attend the Open Evening, you can come along to a campus tour. The tours last approximately 30 minutes and are led by a student guide. Visitors are not required to book, they should just arrive at the Student Services Centre at LSE at 3pm on their chosen date, where they will be met by a student ambassador. Campus tours will take place at 3pm on the following dates: Monday,18 February 2013 Wednesday, 20 February 2013 Friday, 22 February 2013 Wednesday 29 May 2013 Friday 31 May 2013 Alternatively you are welcome to conduct a self-guided tour of LSE on any weekday between 9.30am and 5pm. Visitors can pick up a copy of LSExplorer from the Student Services Centre (ground floor, Old Building) and explore the campus themselves.

Study at LSE videos


A collection of videos explaining why students should consider studying at LSE and how they can apply to the School are available at lse.ac.uk/sroVideos

Email an alum
The Email an alum service gives you the opportunity to contact recent graduates and find out more about LSE from those with first-hand experience. Our former students are in a unique position to answer your questions on their experiences prior to, during and since their time at the School. Featured alumni can be found at lse.ac.uk/emailAnAlum

LSE visits you


LSE representatives regularly visit a range of countries in North and South America, Asia, Africa, the Middle East and in Europe. During these visits we attend education fairs and conventions, visit colleges and universities, and meet students for presentations, receptions and counselling sessions.

Academic integrity
LSE seeks to maintain the standards of its teaching and research by reference to the highest possible national and international comparators. We do this in a number of ways: Internal systems A  ll proposals by departments for new graduate courses and programmes are reviewed by a central committee. T  he relationship between student and supervisor is shaped by School-wide Codes of Good Practice. C  ourses and programmes undergo monitoring and review by departments. D  epartments undergo regular review by the School. S  tudents views and experience are an important part of the process of maintaining teaching quality. Reviews include confidential questionnaires, meetings to hear students views, and each department also convenes a staff/ student committee. T  he Dean of Graduate Studies chairs a forum of research students and a forum of masters students to discuss Schoolwide issues affecting them. The School seeks to use these processes not just to maintain teaching quality but also to improve it. Programme regulations Detailed programme regulations, including individual course guides and other information relating to the administration of our degrees is published in the Schools Calendar at the start of each session at lse.ac.uk/calendar. Proposed changes for future years are also published as they become available. Independent examiners and advisers As with all universities in the UK, experienced examiners from outside the School help set examinations for taught programmes, review results and decide on the award of degrees and diplomas. These examiners report to the School, and their comments and suggestions on examinations, course content and structure are taken very seriously. Similarly, external experts examine and report on theses for research degrees.

David Stevenson Stevenson Professor of International History

I joined LSE in 1982 as a lecturer and became a professor of International History in 1998. I was appointed Stevenson Professor of International History in 2011. This chair was endowed by Sir Daniel Stevenson (no relation of mine!) in 1932. My research interests lie in the origins, course, and impact of the First World War and international relations in Europe during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. I currently teach about these areas on the undergraduate course The Great War, 1914-1918 as well as on the graduate courses Crisis Decision-Making in War and Peace, 1914-2003 and European Integration in the Twentieth Century. My most recent book is With Our Backs to the Wall: Victory and Defeat in 1918. It draws on multi-archival research to re-examine the final year of the First World War from an international perspective and to analyse the positions of both sides. Among other things, it reveals that the Allies eventual success was due to new organisational methods of managing men and material and to increased combat effectiveness resulting partly from technological innovation. These factors, combined with Germanys disastrous military offensive in spring 1918, ensured an Allied victory but not a conclusive German defeat. The Department of International History provides students with the opportunity to take specialised courses based upon the latest scholarly research. Our coverage is global, and although we are particularly strong on the twentieth century we offer courses on all periods since 1500. We interpret international history broadly, to include imperial, cultural, and strategic as well as political and diplomatic topics. An exceptional wealth of primary source materials are available in London for student dissertations. The skills our undergraduates and postgraduates acquire make them highly employable across a wide range of sectors, including government, the media, teaching, law, and international business. Indeed, the 2011 National Student Survey noted that 85 per cent of LSE history students secured graduatelevel jobs within six months of graduation, and this is by far the best result for any history degree in the UK.

DID YOU KNOW...


LSES environmental policy achieved national recognition in 2012 when it attained a first for its commitment to systemic environmental management and its environmental performance in the 2012 People and Planet Green League. This is the fourth year that the School has achieved a first in the Green League, which has ranked LSE as 42nd out of the 145 institutions ranked in this years table. We intend to continue to build on this success, ensuring that all students at LSE understand sustainability and contribute to creating a global sustainability culture. For more information about sustainability at LSE visit lse.ac.uk/sustainableLSE

Life at LSE
London is an exciting, vibrant and colourful city. Whatever your interests or appetite you will find something to suit your palate and pocket in this truly international capital. Whether you are into art, architecture, dance, film, music, theatre, sport, shopping or even green spaces and the great outdoors, London really does have it all. As a student at LSE you will be studying in the heart of a multicultural city alongside students from across the world. Major attractions such as theatreland, the West End, the Royal Opera House and the British Library and Museum are right on your doorstep. A short journey by bus, tube or even river boat will bring you to the wide open spaces of the Royal Parks or Hampstead Heath, to the homes of internationally renowned sporting events such as Wimbledon and to the many unique and varied parts of London whether your taste is for chic boutiques and bright city lights, or quirky cafs and a village atmosphere. It is truly one of the most dynamic and exciting cities in the world. International in flavour, London offers students an unparalleled environment in which to live and study. It is a centre for government and law, Europe's leading financial market and a style-setting centre of cultural life. Educational benefits include libraries, professional institutes and all the resources of the University of London.

Life at LSE graduate prospectus 17

Living in London
Studying at LSE puts you right in the heart of London, with many places of interest within easy walking distance. A map of the local area can be found on the inside back cover. In any one week, Londons listing magazines are likely to tell you about:  over 300 venues for all kinds of music including: classical/opera; roots; folk and country; rock, reggae and soul; jazz and Latin  over 100 theatres (and over 30 fringe events) over 100 comedy venues  over 100 clubs and a wide variety of nightlife events in nearly 25 different sports  over a dozen dance performances and courses The School itself offers a wide range of activities to its students. LSEs weekly Student News lists many public lectures, films and concerts. The Students Union has its own newspaper, The Beaver, and supports the livelyvariety of affiliated social, politicaland ethnic clubs and societies: there are many social events and entertainments through the year, at little or no cost.

Living costs
The perceived cost of living and studying in London is a concern for many students, however it is possible to live economically in the capital by taking advantage of reduced price services and facilities on campus and beyond, making the most of student discounts and concessions in shops, restaurants and bars, and by avoiding touristy areas of the city. In fact the Student Living Index, a survey published by NatWest bank, found that London is the most cost-effective place to study in the UK because of the range of part-time work opportunities available in the capital and the higher rates of pay on offer. Information on working during your studies can be found atlse.ac.uk/ careersService LSE makes broad estimates of the cost of living in the London area and these are available on the School's website. For 2013/14, the School estimates that students should allow about 1,000 per month for living costs, in addition to tuition fees. How much you spend in addition to your tuition fees is your decision and these figures are only intended as a guide. The most important consideration is that you must satisfy yourself and the relevant authorities that you have sufficient funds to cover your entire period of study.

Accommodation
LSE and University of London accommodation If we offer you admission, we will send you full details on how to apply for a study bedroom in LSE or University of London accommodation. Application materials and further details are available online at lse.ac.uk/accommodation Further information is available from the LSE Accommodation Office (open from 10.30am 4.30pm weekdays) Tel: +44 (0)20 7955 7531 Fax: +44 (0)20 7955 7717 Email: accommodation@lse.ac.uk LSE offers a variety of styles of accommodation within a choice of ten residences. Detailed descriptions of each can be found at lse.ac.uk/ accommodation. In all residences there will be a varied mix of students, home and overseas, men and women. Each residence has an elected student committee that organises regular events, such as film evenings, quizzes and term parties. The University of London also has intercollegiate halls which provide LSE with a quota of study bedrooms in each. There are seven mixed halls: Commonwealth Hall, Hughes-Parry Hall, International Hall, Nutford House, College Hall, Canterbury Hall and Connaught Hall. Lillian Penson accepts graduate students only.

The School offers a limited number of spaces for students accompanied by a spouse or partner. Private accommodation Both LSE and the University of London Accommodation Offices offer a comprehensive support serviceto students seekinghousing in the private sector. This might be a room in a family house, a studio/flat or a share in a flat or house. Further information and advice about the services offered can be found online at lse.ac.uk/accommodation Unlike many other European cities, central London mostly contains offices and shops. It is not uncommon to spend up to 45 minutes travelling between the School and private accommodation.

DID YOU KNOW...


International relations, social policy, sociology, social anthropology, social psychology and criminology all have their origins as subjects of university study in the innovative work carried out by LSE academics.

18 graduate prospectus Life at LSE

Living in halls

LSE Halls
Sidney Webb House Grosvenor House Northumberland House

Intercollegiate Halls
International Hall** Garden Halls (Canterbury, Commonwealth and Hughes-Parry Halls Lillian Penson Hall (postgraduate only) 320 130 N/A No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 25

Bankside House

Connaught Hall

Passfield Hall +

Number of places Single room rate (weekly)* Single studio (weekly)* Double studio (weekly)* On site restaurant Access to shared kitchens with limited facilities Self catering only Meals provided Games room Common room Bar Launderette Central heating Parking Time to LSE on foot
+ Limited facilities are available

587 180-197 N/A N/A Yes Yes++ No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 25

276

220 N/A

146 151 110-119

437 129 N/A N/A No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 10

366 N/A N/A No Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes No 25

340

222

328

452 N/A N/A N/A No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 30

317 N/A N/A N/A N/A Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 20

228

975

605 182 N/A 219 245 N/A Yes

117-124 N/A N/A N/A No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 25

197-234 135-165 196-225 159-167 159-168 130-145 116-129 103-134 122 N/A N/A Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 20 N/A N/A Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 25 N/A No Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes No 20 165-231 N/A

191-230 161-214 174-205 133-144 130-174 N/A 261 Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 20 N/A N/A N/A Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 20

168-193 137-179 124 189-214 N/A 230-258 N/A N/A Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 25

Shared room rate (weekly)* 120-133 87

238-291 N/A 298-336 N/A No No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 5 No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No 25

Some Some Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 15

LSE Halls Passfield Hall. An evening meal is provided each day from Sunday to Friday and brunch on Saturdays during term time (31 weeks). The cost is included within the rent over the 31 week contract with no opt-out. Carr-Saunders Hall. An evening meal is provided each day from Monday to Friday during term time (31 weeks). The cost is

* Weekly rates quoted are 2012/13 fees Actual fees for 2013/14 to be published on website in March/April 2013 By public transport ** International Hall has a number of self contained flats available. Please contact them direct for further details ++ Access to snack points Further information can be found on website

included within the rent over the 31 week contract with no opt-out. Rosebery Hall. An evening meal is provided each day from Monday to Friday during term time (31 weeks). The cost is included within the rent over the 31 week contract with no opt-out. All halls provide vegetarian, Halal and Kosher food.

Intercollegiate Halls Room rates include breakfast and dinner each day for all halls (except Lillian Pearson) All halls provide vegetarian food The University also has self-catering to accommodate 570 students in various parts of London

Nutford House 222

Lilian Knowles

High Holborn

Carr-Saunders

Butlers Wharf

Rosebery Hall

College Hall

Life at LSE graduate prospectus 19

Food and drink


Our campus catering facilities offer a wide range of food and drink together with the opportunity to socialise with friends and colleagues. There arenumerous restaurants and cafs on the campus, which provide quality food at affordable prices, together with two student pubs; the George IV and the Three Tuns. LSE Catering Services have been awarded Fair Trade Status for our commitment to offering products and services from fairly traded sources. For more informationplease see lse.ac.uk/cateringServices

represent you as students; the General Secretary (often called president at other unions), Education Officer, Community and Welfare Officer and Activities and Development Officer. There is also a part-time Postgraduate Officer as well as part-time officers who represent the many different groups of students on campus on a range of issues which effect them. Campaigns The Students Union aims to improve the lives of students, both present and future, through lobbying and activism. Issues can range from the local, such as library opening times and printer facilities, to national issues, like cuts to higher education and unpaid internships. LSE is famous for the political activism of its students. Many former students maintain that they learned more discussing in the Tuns and the Quad then they ever did in class! The crucible for debate is the weekly Union General Meeting (UGM) where left, right and centre compete for the hearts and minds of the uncommitted; few students can resist at least one visit to this hotbed of debate, discussion and decision making.

something for pretty much everyone, but theres always room for more. All societies are student run so it is a great chance to get involved, have a great time and leave your mark on the Students Union. Media The Students Union also has an active media group made up of four different outlets: our weekly newspaper the Beaver; Pulse, our radio station; LooSE TV, our student film group; and the Clare Market Review, the termly journal. All give students a great opportunity to make themselves heard and get real experience of operating within different fields of the media. Sports Sports enthusiasts wont be disappointed by the activities on offer. Our Athletics Union is home to nearly 40 clubs for a wide range of sports. Teams compete in a variety of competitions including those hosted by the British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) and University of London Union (ULU). The facilities available include a 25 acre sports ground at New Malden, Surrey, called Berrylands which is a short train journey away from campus. At Berrylands youll find space that caters to a variety of outdoor sportssuch asfootball, cricket and rugby, as well as a bar and dining facilities. There is a gym on campus,as well asbadminton facilities, martial arts, table tennis and squash. Nearby, there are facilities which cater to other sportssuch asbasketball, rowing and tennis.

RAG RAG (Raising And Giving) is your outlet for all things altruistic. RAG is the fundraising body on campus and works to raise money for a variety ofcharities. This is done through the big events in the term like Battle of the Halls and the Freshers Ball and also by coordinating with other student groups to put on events of their own. RAG week is held in the middle of Michaelmas term, and is when everyone on campus gets together to raise as much money as possible in a week. Advice and support The Students Union Adviceand Support Service offers all LSE students free, independent and confidential advice, support and representation on a range of issues that you may face during your time at the School. More information about this service can be found on page 20. For more information on the LSE Students Unionvisit lsesu.com

Students Union
LSE Students Union is dedicated to the welfare and representation ofmore than9,000 students. Responsible not only for representing students, it also runs an Advice and Support Service, and is home to a vast array of sports clubs and societies. The SU has a number of bars and cafs which serve quality food and drink at good prices, and shops which sell everything from snacks and stationery to hoodies and birthday cards. In essence it is responsible for almost every aspect of the social experience at LSE. Every LSE student is automatically a member, which gives you access to all the facilities and services of the Students Union. Everything from joining one of the large variety of sports clubs and societies to getting discounted membership to the gym. There are four full-time paid Sabbatical Officers that are elected to

Student activities
Societies With over 150 societies in the Students Union, you can be sure that there is something to cater to your interests. The variety of societies changes with each new group of students that comes and goes. From knitting to investment there is

20 graduate prospectus Student services

Student services
LSE graduate students are of different ages and come from a wide range of backgrounds. To help students reach their full potential, the School has in place a range of student services to ensure that the whole experience is as rewarding and enjoyable as possible. Please see lse.ac.uk/lifeAtLSEfor more information.
Medical Centre
A Medical Centre on campus provides full NHS services to registered patients and medical care to anyone who becomes ill or needs medical advice while at the LSE campus. Overseas students on full-time courses lasting six months or longer are eligible to use the National Health Service on the same terms as UK residents. Others are advised to maintain private insurance. Information about the NHS and how to register/make use of its services is available at lse.ac.uk/medicalCentre If you live outside the immediate area of the School, including halls of residence in the SE1 postcode, you should register with a local GP. To find a list of practices in your area visit www.nhs.uk To register online, see www.spmc.info to the appropriate team member (eg, the neurodiversity service or mental health and well being service team manager). Prospective students are welcome to make contact. A system ofIndividual Student Support Agreement (ISSA) operatestorecord the 'reasonable adjustments agreed with individual students, including any exam arrangements. The information is circulated only with the student's signed consent. You can contact the Disability and WellbeingService by telephoning +44 (0)20 7955 7767 or by emailing DisabilityDyslexia@lse.ac.uk and there is more information at lse.ac.uk/disabilityOffice Facilities at LSE include:  A range of assistance in the library including specialist software, lockers; a book fetch service and photocopying assistance IT supportand assistive technology  A number of accessible and adapted rooms in most halls of residence  All lecture theatres and some classrooms are fitted with infrared hearing support systems  Readers, note-takers and support assistants can be arranged as part of the LSE Circles Network of peer/staff support  A community service volunteer (CSV) can provide practical assistance A rest room, with a bed and easy chairs UK students may be eligible for a Disabled Student Allowance to fund disability related costs of study. Further details are available at direct.gov.uk/ studentfinance. It is advisable to start the process as early as possible. Please inform the DWS if you are in receipt of the DSA. LSEs Disability Equality Scheme, as required by the Disability Discrimination Act 2005, can be viewed at lse.ac.uk/ disabilityEqualityScheme

Disabled students and students with long-term medical conditions and/or specific learning difficulties (dyslexia, dyspraxia etc)
LSE embraces disability as a valuable aspect of diversity and welcomes the requirements of the Disability Equality Duty and the Equality Act. Equalities legislation requires that we promote disability equality by reducing disabling barriers and encouraging full participation of disabled people as a valuable part of our community. Anticipatory activity includes working to improve physical access and access to information and resources, providing services such as hearing loops and developing our infrastructure of assistive technology. Peer support networks are being developed. The Disability and Well-beingService (DWS) provides a first point of contact for prospective and current students who need the School to make reasonable adjustments in order for them to access their programme of study. LSE views disability equality as a shared responsibility so assistance is also available beyond the DWS. Specialist careers advice is available for example. Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the DWS Operational Manager will ensure that any query is signposted

Chaplaincy
LSE will be opening its state of the art Faith Centre as part of the Student Centre in 2013. This will be a place for quiet meditation and will house a large multifaith room. The Centre will also contain purpose-built Islamic prayer rooms and ablution facilities. The full-time Chaplain and Associate Chaplains are available to provide pastoral care to all students and they organise a range of events through the year including interfaith trips and discussions, the Christmas Carol Service and a Holocaust Memorial Commemoration. More information can be found on the Chaplaincy pages of the LSE website.

Advice and counselling


LSE Student Counselling Service The LSE Student Counselling Service is free of charge for all current students at LSE. It aims to enable students to cope more effectively with any personal or study difficulties that may be affecting them while at LSE. There areeight professionally qualified and experienced counsellors in the service, and we offer about 80 sessions of counselling each

Dental Service
A dental service is available at the School. A charge is made for dental services. Further information can be found at lse.ac.uk/medicalCentre

week. Each session lasts for 50 minutes. The service is part of the Teaching and Learning Centre (lse.ac.uk/TLC). All counselling sessions need to be booked in advance, and can be made in person, by phone or email. There are also urgent slots available each day for students in distress, which last for half an hour. The service is open throughout the year, apart from when the School is closed (bank holidays/School closure days). The website has detailed information about the service, together with a wide range of advice and self-help resources. Students Union Advice and Support Service Professional advisers in the SU are able to help students to solve a range of problems that they may face whilst studying at LSE. Students can get information, support, advice and representation by:  Talking one to one with a member of the Problem Solvingand Prevention Team Going to a workshop or group session By getting information from our website Our team has a wide range of expertise and skills. We can help students in the following areas:  Academic academic misconduct, appeals, mitigating circumstances, progression, and complaints  Housing problems with Halls of Residence or private rented accommodation disrepair, tenancy checks, council tax and deposits

F  inance problems managing your money, debt advice D  iscrimination and your rights unfair treatment, discrimination Welfare general, mental Hardship funds are also available to assist students with unexpected costs that they may face whilst studying. This includes council tax liability, emergency housing and homelessness, immigration, repeating and re-sitting, medical costs, small claims court and legal costs and a right to choose fund for unplanned pregnancies. All services are independent, impartial, confidential and free. Student Centre LSE is seeking to transform the student social experience by building an exceptional new student centre. Housing the Students Union, the site will become a student hub at the heart of LSEs campus and should add significant value to the student experience at LSE. The Student Centre is scheduled for completion in June 2013 and will include a number of student-facing services such as the Students Union reception; the advice and representation centre; sabbatical and general manager's offices; a learning space; a pub; large venue spaces; a media centre; a fitness centre, which will include a gym and dance studio; an interfaith prayer centre; and offices dealing with residences, together with the LSE Careers Service.

Further information can be found at lse.ac.uk/newStudentsCentre

Adviser to Women Students


A member of the academic staff acts as the Adviser to Women Students. She is available to discuss in confidence all issues of concern to women students in the School, including sexual harassment, and to offer advice and support to women students with personal problems. The adviser has a positive commitment to increase awareness in the School of matters that concern women students and to take new initiatives which may improve the quality of life for women students in the future.

Adviser to Male Students


A member of the academic staff acts as the Adviser to Male Students. He is available to discuss all issues of personal or academic concern with male students in the School, including sexual harassment, and to offer advice and support to male students with personal problems.

Nursery
The School provides a Nursery for children between the ages of six months and five years. There are places for 63 children of students and staff of the School. From year to year, there may be a waiting list. TheNursery is open for 50 weeks of the year including all term time. Further information is available at lse.ac.uk/nursery

LSE Careers
LSE Careers provides a comprehensive service for LSE students and alumni seeking guidance and information on graduate employment and further study. Our mission statement: LSE Careers facilitating transitions from education to employment and supporting development of the skills required to build, and maintain, fulfilling careers LSE Careers online LSE Careers website (lse.ac.uk/careers) includes extensive information and resources on CVs, interviews, employment sectors, internships and much more. Jobs and opportunities Search for full time graduate employment, part-time jobs, internships, on-campus and volunteering opportunities using My CareerHub, our online student and graduate portal. Events The Employer Engagement Team liaise with a diverse range of top organisations from key employment sectors to bring LSE students a number of fairs, forums, and presentations throughout the year. Our Careers Consultants also work closely with academic departments to deliver a career programme and develop wideranging seminars tailored to the needs of LSE students.

One to one careers discussions LSE students and alumni can book one to one appointments with Careers Consultants to discuss anything careers related. You can also use these appointments to get your CV checked and to have a practice interview with a Careers Consultant. PhD students LSE Careers has a dedicated careers adviser with specific responsibility for providing one to one careers advice and developing and delivering careers resources and events for PhD students. LSE Internships LSE Careers works closely with organisations in London to source internship opportunities for LSE students. Current internship schemes include: Parliament, Policy and Public Affairs  Corporate Social Responsibility and Media Policy internships Based on the success of other programmes we now offer a small number of positions with small organisations in these sectors such as pressure groups, research organisations, charities and consultancies. LSE Volunteer Centre The Volunteer Centre offers students and alumni the opportunity to get involved whilst gaining experience and skills that will be invaluable in their future careers. For more information about the LSE Volunteer Centre, please visit lse.ac.uk/volunteerCentre

After you graduate Alumni are able to use LSE Careers services for up totwo years after graduation and have access to the jobs and opportunities database indefinitely. We are always looking for LSE alumni to get involved in events and activities; from speaking at one of our forums to completing a graduate profile for our website. We'll also be in touch with you six months after you graduate, in order to find out what you're up to, be it work or study, for the national Destinations of Leavers of Higher Education survey which forms the basis of our Graduate Destinations website: lse.ac.uk/graduateDestinations

Academic support services graduate prospectus 23

Academic support services


LSE offers a comprehensive range of services to help you succeed in your studies. These range from your academic adviser to the world-renowned British Library of Political and Economic Science, as well as the LSE Language Centre, IT Services and specialist study skills and professional development opportunities offered by the Teaching and Learning Centre.
Advice and support
At LSE, every graduate teaching and research programme is managed within the framework of a Code of Good Practice, which is designed to ensure that staff and students clearly understand their obligations to each other. You can view a copy of this online at lse.ac.uk/intranet/ staff/schoolRegulations You will have an academic adviserwho can advise and help you on any academic, administrative or personal issues that may arise during your time at LSE. The Dean of Graduate Studies is available to any graduate student who wishes to raise any problem, academic or otherwise. In particular he is available for the counselling ofindividual students who experience difficulties. designated by the Museums, Libraries and Archives Council as being of outstanding national and international importance. The Library subscribes to approximately 32,000 e-journals as part of its electronic information provision and has over four million separate printed items, including over 33,000 past and present journal titles. The Library's collections cover the social sciences in the widest sense; being particularly strong in economics, sociology, political science and the social, economic and international aspects of history. There are rich international collections of government publications, a wealth of statistical materials and important collections of manuscripts, archives and rare books. Primary materials supporting graduate study and original research are one of the Librarys greatest strengths. The Library offers a data advisory service to graduates and researchers, with a data librarian providing one to one support in the use of a wide range of datasets held locally and via external data centres and Archives can advise on archive materials suitable for graduate research. For material not available at LSE we offer an inter-library loan service via our web based Library catalogue. The School also has a separate collection for general literature which is housed in the Shaw Library, a relaxing room in which concerts are often held. The Library is more than just a collection of books and journals; it is an ideal place to study with hundreds of study spaces and PCs, laptop points, a free laptop loan service, wireless access, group study rooms and photocopying and printing facilities. It is a focal point at the School and used extensively by both students and academics. The course collection contains multiple copies of books on your reading lists, all of which can be located via the Library Catalogue, which also provides access to all of our e-resources including newspapers, journals and e-books. The Library is open for long hours, seven days a week in term time and vacation and for 24 hours from the beginning of the Lent term until the end of the examination period, excluding Easter week. The escape area in the Library entrance lets you take a break from your studies, relax with friends and have something to eat. We have also introduced different zones in the Library for group, quiet and silent study. To help you find your way around the Library, you can take a free audio tour or download the podcast from the Library website. There are also Orientation web pages available for your first few weeks which include videos showing you how to use key Library services. Library staff provide online tutorials on topicssuch asHow to find items on your reading list, as well as training sessions on finding and using information throughout the year. There is a student guide available and staff are available at service points to answer any queries you have. Additional assistance and services are provided for disabled students. The Library is committed to user satisfaction and has achieved satisfaction ratings in excess of 90 per centin recent user surveys. Constantly looking to improve, new services are added regularly, often in direct response to feedback to enhance the user experience. As an LSE student you will also have access to most libraries of other colleges of the University of London, as well as many other academic libraries in the Greater London area and nationwide. To find out more about the Library,please visit the website atlse.ac.uk/library

IT Services
IT Services provides a wide range of services, facilities and support, including high speed network access, high specification PCs and high quality help, advice and training. IT facilities on campus There are around 1,000 PCs available for taught students to use in open access areas around the School and in the computer classrooms. Over 450 of these PCs are located in the Library and there is 24-hour PC availability on campus during termtime. Students can also borrow laptops to use in the Library. Research students also have access in their departments, providing at least one PC per three

The Library
LSE's Library, founded in 1896 as the British Library of Political and Economic Science, is the major international library of the social sciences. It has been recognised by the Higher Education Funding Council as one of only five National Research Libraries in England and its collections have been

24 graduate prospectus Academic support services

research students. All student computer areas have laser printing facilities. Specialist facilities are available for disabled students, including dedicated computer workstations around campus. Screen reading software is available for blind and visually-impaired students and voice recognition software is available for students affected by repetitive strain injury (RSI). All networked PCs on campus provide access to common desktop applications and specialist software, including:  Microsoft Office (Word, PowerPoint, Excel, Access) Microsoft Outlook and Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox web browser Windows Live Messenger and Skype  Quantitative analysis software (eg, SPSS, SAS, STATA)  Qualitative analysis software (eg, ATLAS.ti, NVivo)  Geographical and mapping software (eg, ArcGIS, Google Earth)  Computer based training (VTC video tutorials) PCs on campus also provide access to the Library catalogue and a wide range

of electronic databases and datasets (eg, census, financial information). IT facilities in residences All residences are wired for direct connection to the School network. There are a small number of open access PCs and a printer in each residence computer room, which are available 24 hours a day. Students may alsouse their own computer in their study bedroom or in the wireless zone, located in the social and recreational areas in residences and print to LSE printers. Every student staying in an LSE residence receives a network cable and a guide to connecting their computer to the internet and LSE resources. Using your own computer Computer ownership is not obligatory, but if you do bring your own computer, IT Services provides information and help with connecting to the LSE IT environment and accessing services and resources both on campus and off site. On campus, there is an extensive wireless network from which you can gain access to the internet and email. In addition, there are over 300 laptop data points in the Library for students to use. Students can also print to LSE printers from their own computers. Off campus, students can connect via the Remote Desktop or a virtual private network (VPN).

IT support and training Hardware and software support for taught graduate students is provided by the IT Help Desk in the Library. Research graduates receive first and second line IT support, as well as specialist advice and assistance for research and teaching software from one of three academic support teams. One-to-one support and training on the use of IT is available for students with disabilities, and the Laptop Surgery provides support for all students with personally-owned laptops. A wide range of online IT guides are also available. All IT training is provided free of charge for students who wish to improve or extend their IT skills. IT Training also offer a certificate scheme for students who participate in the training programme. Training workshops run during the Michaelmas and Lent terms and online computer based training is also available. Lecture capture A fully-automated lecture recording system is installed in all of the main lecture theatres, and in many of the classrooms and smaller lecture rooms. If a lecturer has opted-in to use this service, the system records audio, video (where cameras are installed) and whatever is displayed on the projector. Content is then synchronised into a web page, which is automatically uploaded for distribution via the Schools virtual learning environment (Moodle), by email or online. For more information see lse.ac.uk/itServices

LSE Language Centre


The LSE Language Centre is unique no other centre specialises in creating courses targetedto the needs of students and practitioners in the fieldof social science and related areas of study. All our teachersare native speakerswho combine extensive teaching experience with an educational background in one or more of the subject specialisms offered at LSE. Whether you are going to study a modern foreign language or need to improve your English for Academic Purposes (EAP), our aim is to provide you with the highest level of language support throughout your studies. All our language courses utilise the specialist talents of our lecturers who relate their own expertise to the teaching of languages for specific purposes. No other language centre can match our experience in this developing field. The LSE Language Centre is constantly reviewing its provision and delivery, so the best way of finding out how we can support you is to contact us directly. For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/language Before your programme Students can take advantage of the following pre-sessional courses:  An EAP Language Foundation Yearfor students looking to improve their English language skills consists ofthree modules which can be booked together or separately

DID YOU KNOW...


In 2008 Her Majesty The Queen opened the New Academic Building at the School. The 71 million building houses the Schools Departments of Management and Law.

 A pre-sessional EAP programme for students who need to develop their English language skills before starting their degree programme, or who have an offer conditional on their English proficiency During your studies Our institution-wide language programme gives students who do not have a language component on their programme,the chance to learn or improve a modern foreign language.  Languages currently offered: French, German, Italian, Russian, Spanish, Arabic, Mandarin,Portuguese, Japanese EAP Insessional academic language support  Study skills support in liaison with the LSE Careers Service and the Teaching and Learning Centre Additional services  Proofreading, translation and document authentication One to one tuition Language learning support

TLC also offers a one to one study support service (appointments can be made via studentsupport@lse.ac.uk), which is open to all graduate students. This includes a specialised quantitative support facility. TLC provides a wide range of development activities for PhD students. Those who choose to develop their HE teaching skills while studying will receive initial training and support, and may choose to work towards a Postgraduate Certificate in Higher Education. The PGCertHE programme is managed by TLC and participants achieve a recognised teaching qualification (see lse.ac.uk/ TLC/whatWeDo/teachingSupport for more information). TLC also organises an extensive central PhD development programme that supports students with the process of researching, writing and managing a PhD, and develops participants techniques in communicating research findings to a broad audience. The Disability and Well-beingService (lse.ac.uk/disability) and Student Counselling Service (lse.ac.uk/ studentCounsellingService) are also part of the Teaching and Learning Centre.

Study skills and professional development


The Schools Teaching and Learning Centre (TLC) offers a range of study support facilities and professional development opportunities for graduate students. It runs special workshops for MSc students as part of the integrated academic and professional development programme organised with the Language Centre and Careers Service.

26 graduate prospectus Graduate careers

Unemployed Working and studying Studying Working

Unemployed Working and studying Studying Working

Graduate careers
An LSE education is valued by employers because of the intellectual rigour of its courses, the breadth of the student experience and the global focus of the School. According to the Destinations of Leavers of Higher Education Survey the average Banking and Finance 32.1% salary for LSE graduates six months after graduation is 35,671.
Consulting 10.6%

Top five employment sectors for LSE graduates after six months
35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% Banking and Finance Consulting Charity, development and international organisations Education Government and Politics

Graduate destinations

The School is heavily targeted by employers, and graduates from LSE are Government and in great demand. Our students go on Working in the UK after graduation Politics 8.0% to all sorts of careers. By far the largest The Tier 1 (Post-Study Work) route which (single) group of graduates gointo allowed students to apply to remain in further academic study or vocational the UK for two years after their studies, training (mainly for law). The next largest closed in April 2012, however there are groupare those who work in financial other routes open to skilled graduates services, mainly as trainee accountants; months in the UK. The main route for students others work in various aspects of when they complete their studies in the finance, for banks, insurance companies UK under Tier 4 (General) is to switch and stockbrokers. However, there is a into Tier 2 General. To switch into this broad range of employers and types route, you will need to find an employer of work represented in our graduate who holds a licence to employ nondestinations: management trainees (for Other EEA nationals, a job that is graduate example, in health and local authorities, level with a minimum starting salary Unemployed retail, media, marketing, transport, of 20,000 if you are applying to Working andand studying engineering, food and drink, software and switch from Tier 4 to Tier 2 from inside electronics companies), personnel officers, Studying the UK, your employer will not have to researchers and analysts, publishers and pass the resident labour market test Working booksellers, lawyers, charity and social (this is where they must demonstrate that workers and civil servants. no other settled worker can do the job). We conduct research into the destinations In 2013, LSE graduates with exceptional of graduates six months and three years business ideas may also be able to apply after graduation. This research continues to remain in the UK under the Tier 1 to demonstrate the employability of LSE Graduate Entrepreneur route. For further graduates, even within the early stages details on these and other work routes, go of their career, with the proportion in to lse.ac.uk/isis/workingafter graduate level jobs around 30 per cent higher than the national average.

Further information about graduate Charity, development and international organisations 9.9% destinations can be found at Education 9.7% lse.ac.uk/graduateDestinations

3 years

LSE graduates three years after graduation

Other Unemployed Working and studying Studying Working

What do employers think about LSE graduates?


LSE graduates demonstrate a mix of sharp analytical ability, commercial awareness and entrepreneurial drive which make them highly sought after candidates. Studying in a hugely international context set in the cultural melting pot of London further builds their ability to succeed internationally.
Alex Snelling, Human Resources Director at The Body Shop

Accenture looks to LSE to provide some of our very best, high-performing graduates. When we hire from LSE, we know were soon to be joined by a really diverse range of talented individuals; were also guaranteed an exceptional calibre of graduates, focused on achieving.
Aaliya Jetha, Senior Recruiter at Accenture Consulting

At Credit Suisse we look for people with vision, talent and enthusiasm who have a wide range of experience, interests, backgrounds and degrees. This is why LSE has been and will continue to be a significant part of our Graduate talent pipeline of diverse individuals who have intellectual curiosity, a desire to achieve and who will ultimately be the future leaders of the organisation.
Sally Whitman, Head of EMEA Campus Recruitment

Restless Development particularly values the unique skills and expertise offered by LSE graduates. Having studied at a leading university in the field of development, we are continually impressed and inspired by their dynamism. From innovative thinking, to analytical insight, we look forward to continually engaging with LSE graduates and benefiting from the contribution they make to our organisation.
Beth Goodey, International Placements Coordinator at Restless Development

Civil Service Fast Stream greatly values LSE graduates especially for their analytical skills in fact recent data highlights that LSE is, proportionately, in the top two UK universities for gaining Fast Stream roles. A tremendous record.
Philip Wilson, Chief Psychologist and Head of Marketing for the Fast Stream

As one of the universities on Deloittes Global Universities Program, LSE continues to be a source of high quality talent for many of our offices around the world. The quality, diversity and career motivation of LSE students makes them a great fit for a career with Deloitte member firms.
Tarek Dawas, Senior Manager, Global Universities Program at Deloitte

The energy and commitment of the students at our LSE FoodCycle hub is always an inspiration to the community on what young people can achieve if they just put their minds to it.
Kelvin Cheung, Founder of FoodCycle

We continue to work closely with the LSE Careers Service to attract bright, motivated and commercially-minded graduates to Allen & Overy. The high quality of degree courses and the general university experience provided by LSE allows graduates to develop a range of skills, all of which are transferable into a legal career.
Caroline Lindner, Graduate Recruitment Manager at Allen & Overy LLP

28 graduate prospectus After LSE

After LSE
Rahul Agarwal
Alumni
After you graduate you will automatically join the LSE Alumni Association, a free worldwide network of over 100,000 alumni in over 190 countries, but prior to graduation there are a number of services that will enable you to make the most of the network. The Alumni Relations team works closely with academic departments to ensure that current students have access to the alumni community during their studies through professional networking events and opportunities. There are a number of services specifically developed to support students and recent graduates including the Alumni Professional Mentoring Network. The network provides students and graduates with access to alumni who have elected to offer their professional knowledge and expertise. Following graduation you can stay connected with your former classmates and the School through LSEs online alumni community, Houghton Street Online. For further information visit lse.ac.uk/alumni or email the Alumni Relations team at alumni@lse.ac.uk

MSc Global Politics 2008 United Kingdom Consultant, Ernst and Young

After completing my undergraduate degree I was fortunate enough to be accepted on to the MSc Global Politics programme in 2008. It was a truly exciting prospect to be taught by some of the worlds best scholars in a subject that I was passionate about. My time at LSE certainly didnt disappoint! With this masters degree in hand I am now working for Ernst and Young as a Consultant on their Graduate scheme specialising in Public Sector and Defence clients in performance improvement; I firmly believe that my LSE experience made a huge difference in enhancing my career direction. At LSE I felt that my learning experience was enhanced because of the many different dimensions of global politics, economics and sociology that we were encouraged to explore. This was further supplemented through other opportunities that really added to my LSE experience including societies such as the UN society, student associations like AIESEC and a Ministry of Defence internship. I also made life long friends from diverse backgrounds but with similar passions to me. When I look back at all that I have achieved in getting to the position that I am in now, I genuinely see LSE at the heart of it as it helped me to be more confident, professional and to always strive for excellence no matter what your abilities or background are. This provided me with enough ammunition to get the career I wanted in a competitive job market. I can honestly say that LSE was one of the best choices I made and Im proud to be associated with such a great institution.

DID YOU KNOW...


A total of 16 Nobel prize winners in economics, peace and literature have been either LSE staff or alumni.

Larisa Hill
3 2

MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management 2007 Senior Reward Analyst, Prudential UK and Europe

4
I started with Prudential in October 2007, shortly after completing my MSc. The job was advertised in a Department email and I was attracted to it as it clearly stated the company was seeking people who were looking for a global career. This seemed to fit perfectly with my studies and how I wanted my career to develop. I joined Prudential as part of the Momentum Programme, which is a group-wide leadership development programme, aimed at growing future leaders of the company by giving them opportunities to work in different parts of the business in Europe, Asia and the USA. Momentum participants are expected to change roles every 18 months to 2 years to maintain a broader view of how the company operates globally, and in order to develop both personally and professionally. My first role in the Momentum programme is working in the UK and Europe business, specifically executive reward. I work directly with the Head of Executive Reward in managing the reward aspects of the senior manager and executive population. My work involves research, data analysis, preparation for the senior salary review, and dealing with other aspects related to the employment relationship of these employees. I am also responsible for managing and coordinating international assignments for Prudential. I believe my studies at LSE have prepared me greatly for my job. On the one hand I use the theory and practical teaching from my classes on a daily basis in my current role while on a broader level, the MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management programme has given me a greater knowledge of employment relations in a global context which has helped me in my understanding of working with other parts of the business, and liaising with members of the Momentum programme. I know that the skills I learned at LSE in terms of research, analysis and argument will be invaluable as both a member of this programme and as I further develop my career.

5 10 DID YOU KNOW...


In all, 35 past or present world leaders have studied or taught at LSE and 31 current members of the UK House of Commons and 42 members of the House of Lords have also either taught or studied at LSE.

Prominent LSE alumni


1  Paul Volcker, former Chairman of the Federal Reserve 2  Shami Chakrabarti, Director of Liberty 3  Michael Lewis, financial journalist and author of Liars Poker, Moneyball and The Blind Side 4  Rajat M Nag, Managing Director General of the Asian Development Bank 5  Stelios Haji-Ioannou, founder of easyJet 6  Lykke Friis, former Danish minister for Climate Change and Energy 7  Nitin Desai, former Under Secretary General for Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations 8  Clara Furse, first female Chief Executive of the London Stock Exchange 9 Cherie Booth QC

10  George Soros, financier and philanthropist

30 graduate prospectus Fees and financial support

Fees and financial support


The School recognises that living and studying in London can be expensive. The information here provides prospective students with details of scholarships and awards that are available both from LSE and from external sources. LSE makes available over 10 million annually in financial aid for its graduate students. Around one quarter of graduate students receive financial support from the School. In addition, external funding is also available for graduate students from sources such as the UKResearch Councils and overseas governments. For the most up to date information please check lse.ac.uk/financialSupport
Tuition fees
Fees cover registration, teaching, first entry to examinations, the use of the Library and membership of the Students Union. They also normally cover teaching and the use of student common rooms at other colleges of the University of London, if your programme has intercollegiate arrangements. Fees are fixed annually, normally in the spring prior to the start of the programme. Students are informed of the relevant fee level in the offer letter. Please see lse.ac.uk/tableOfFeesfor the most up to date information. Fee discounts and rewards LSE undergraduates starting taught graduate study at the School are eligible for a fee reduction in the region often per centof the fee. These reductions are available for UK, EU and non-EU students. The School offers a range ofearly payment rewardsfor all self-financed students based on when payments are received by the School. MPhil and PhD Visiting students For the latest information regarding these reductions andrewards please see lse.ac.uk/tableOfFees Tuition fees for masters and diploma programmes The fees for each masters and diploma programme are listed in the individual programmeentries. Tuition fees for MPhil and PhD programmes and visiting students The likely fee for 2013/14 will be: UK and other EU students 3,923* Overseas students 14,724 Fee status If you are offered admission to the School you will be advised of your fee status. Fee status is assessed according to guidelines provided by the Department of Education: Education (Fees and Awards) Regulations 1997. The Education (Fees and Awards) Regulations 1997 state that to be considered for 'Home/EU' fee status, a student must demonstrate:  that s/he was settled in the UK/EU within the meaning of the Immigration Act 1971 on the first day of the first academic year of the programme (settled, meaning ordinarily resident in the UK/EU without any restriction); AND  that s/he has been ordinarily resident in the UK/EU for a specified three years preceding the commencement of their programme (ordinarily resident, meaning habitually resident in the UK/EU); AND  that no part of this period of residence was wholly or mainly for the purpose of receiving full-time education. You may be asked to provide documentary evidence of your status/residence. Note: It is important to note that once you register for your degree, your fee status will only change in highly exceptional circumstances (either a change in the law or if you become an EU national; or if you are granted Refugee Status, Exceptional Leave, Humanitarian Protection or Discretionary Leave). If you would like guidance on your status for fees, independent advice is available from the UK Council for International Student Affairs (www.ukcisa.org.uk)

Financial help from LSE


LSE makes available over 10 million annually in financial support for its graduate students. The Financial Support Office offers help and advice on financial support and scholarships to applicants and existing students. While the information here is correct at the time of going to press, circumstances occasionally require us to change the terms of awards, and new awards may also become available. For up to date information, please always refer to lse.ac.uk/financialSupport LSE Graduate Support Scheme Around 2.5 million is available annually in the form of awards from the Graduate Support Scheme (GSS). This scheme is designed to help students (from the UK, the rest of the EU and Overseas) who do not have the necessary funds to meet all their costs of study. It is available only for study of taught graduate programmes at LSE. Once you apply for admission for a diploma/master's programme, you will be able to apply to the Graduate Support Scheme online via a link to the LSE Graduate Financial Support Application form, which we will send to you at the end of a series of acknowledgement emails. You must complete this application as soon as possible after you receive the link in order to have the best chance of securing funding. GSS awards range in value from 3,000 to a

Please refer to the website

*Please note that this fee is provisional. We advise you to check the fees website at lse. ac.uk/tableOfFeesfrom January 2013 onwards.

James Glossop, UK MSc Economics


maximum of 12,500, and have an average value of 6,000. You are encouraged to apply as early as possible because funds are limited. You do not need to wait for an offer of admission to be made. The information provided on this form will also be used to put you forward for any other LSE scholarships and awards for which you are eligible. Your financial information will not be considered as part of your application for a place at the School. LSE PhD Studentships LSE has 59 of its prestigious PhD studentships to award. Each studentship is tenable for four years, subject to satisfactory academic performance, and covers full fees and an annual stipend of 18,000. The awards are made on the basis of academic merit and research potential, and include a requirement that scholars contribute to their academic department as part of their research training, in the form of providing some teaching or other work from year two onwards. When you submit your application for an MRes or MPhil/PhD programme, your academic department will decide whether to nominate you for an LSE PhD Studentship. Academic departments are able to nominate a limited number of candidates only. Departmental nominations will be considered by a panel. Early application is strongly advised. There will be three rounds of selection for LSE PhD Studentships funding, and to be nominated by your academic department for these awards you should note the information they give on funding and application deadlines, as these vary. Some departments will only nominate for one or two rounds of funding. For nomination you must have submitted your complete application for admission to the School, including references, transcripts, research proposal etc. by the deadline referred to. The funding deadlines are 11 January 2013, 21 February 2013 and 26 April 2013. Full details of each round of nominations will be published on lse.ac.uk/financialsupport Other LSE scholarships and awards LSE offers a wide range of scholarships awarded on the basis of academic merit and financial need, country of domicile and subjects studied. We offer scholarships for UK, other EU and overseas students. The terms and value of the awards vary; applicants should check the eligibility criteria which are listed atlse.ac.uk/financialSupport From time to time, new awards become available or existing scholarships are discontinued, so applicants are encouraged to look at the website for the most up to date information. However, at the time of going to press, the following awards are available for LSE applicants. D  epartmental awards: awards made to applicants intending to follow particular programmes of study. The value of the awards range from 2,000 to full scholarships covering fees and expenses.  Regional and country based scholarship awards, made to applicants from particular The Bill Harrison Scholarship was crucial in allowing me to accept my offer from LSE. I was incredibly pleased to be able to take the MSc in Economics as it is one of the most challenging, rewarding and stimulating graduate economics programmes in the world. Without the scholarship, I feel I would have missed a huge opportunity to maximise both my academic aptitude as well as my career prospects. I am also thankful to LSE for the sophisticated network of funding schemes provided. They ensure that access to the highest quality of education can be achieved by students from all backgrounds which helps to generate LSEs extremely diverse student body. Lastly, I would like to mention that I had the chance to meet the Harrison family during my time at LSE, and I was able to show my appreciation of their generosity. We now exchange regular emails regarding life after LSE; donors really do appreciate hearing about both the short and long term benefits their donations have had on peoples lives as a whole.

Cristina Golomoz, Romania MSc Law, Anthropology and Society


Being awarded the LSE Central European Scholarship was certainly one of the important moments in my life. Saying that it gave me access to the high-standard of education offered by LSE would certainly not be evocative of the whole academic experience which I actively took part in. Apart from the fascinating classes, I feel that being an LSE student created opportunities that I would have never had otherwise. Among these, the very stimulating international environment offered me the chance to share knowledge and academic resources within a community of students and teachers from different academic traditions and backgrounds, with very diverse, but closely connected, research interests to my own. LSE has impressed on me the idea that education has indeed become a global process in which minds and personalities are shaped through interaction and sharing.

Tamlyn Monson, South Africa PhD Sociology


While completing my masters I found it very difficult to juggle work, study and caring for a young child. The LSE PhD Scholarship gave me the freedom to fully concentrate on the demanding final stage of graduate study, which will enhance my future intellectual work and ensure that I have the academic qualifications to match my experience as an advocacy researcher. I am studying in the Sociology Department, an ideal environment for someone with an interdisciplinary background. It is an incredible blessing to have received such a generous award from such a prestigious university and to be working on a topic I care about under a supervisor who is at the cutting edge of his field. The journey to a PhD is challenging me constantly, both personally and intellectually, but I am taking advantage of all the support available. The weekly schedule of events featuring world leaders in almost every facet of human endeavour is a constant reminder of what an amazing gift this opportunity has been to me. countries or regions. In 2012, scholarships were available for students from Europe, North America, South America, the Middle East, Africa, Asia and Australasia. For further details, please refer tolse. ac.uk/financialSupport. Application for any awards for taught masters programmes will be via the LSE Graduate Financial Support Application form. You must have an offer of admission by the time the awards are decided (unless otherwise stated, this will be in May 2013). some limited cases overseas students are eligible for funding (see ESRC below). For more information about these awards please refer to lse.ac.uk/ financialSupport LSE Economic and Social Research Council Doctoral Training Centre (ESRC DTC) LSE is an ESRC DTC, with funding to support 36 studentships a year, selected within LSE and awarded under terms set by the ESRC (esrc.ac.uk). There are over 50 accredited programmes, which are grouped into seven themes in line with the ESRCs strategy. This includes an emphasis on economics related subjects and on research programmes involving advanced quantitative methods. In the case of ten of the awards within these subject areas, eligibility can be extended to students from overseas, and EU students receive a full award from the ESRC. The ESRC funds programmes of up to four years. These can consist of:  a one year masters degree leading into research followed by a three year PhD  a two year MRes programme followed by two years study for a PhD a three or four year PhD programme. LSE ESRC studentships are selected by a School awards panel, from nominations made by the academic departments. The departments will look at applications for MPhil/PhD programmes and at applications for taught masters programmes where the applicant makes clear the intention to

Other sources of financial support for UK/EU students


Research Council awards for UK and EU students Awards are offered for graduate programmes (taught masters and research) by a number of research councils. Research Council awards normally cover fees up to the level stipulated by the government. LSE charges graduate fees which are sometimes above this level. Therefore, if you are awarded a studentship via a Research Council, the School will make up the difference between the published fee and the amount awarded via the Research Council. There is no application procedure for the top up awards as the School will be aware of who has obtained a Research Council award and top up awards will be allocated accordingly. All Research Council awards are open to UK and EU students.In

Milan Martinovic, Serbia PhD Finance


I am extremely grateful to the Department of Finance and LSE for the LSE PhD scholarship offering me this amazing opportunity to fulfil my dream of pursuing a research degree in one of the most renowned institutions in the world. Coming from a region that was devastated by wars it would not be possible for me to come to London and commit myself to full-time research without financial assistance. Life at LSE surpassed all my expectations. I am surrounded by fellow students who are striving to push their intellectual abilities to the limits with the end goal of better understanding our world and improving it. Ive come to realise just how much LSE is a truly research oriented institution at mind-boggling weekly Financial Markets Group seminars whose participants come from all around the world to present their new research and ideas.

Fees and financial support graduate prospectus 33

continue directly on to MPhil/PhD study. You need only make your application for a place to LSE there are no further forms to be completed to be considered for nomination. Decisions over whether to nominate overseas students for steered awards rest with the academic department making the nomination. For details of LSE's accredited pathways please refer to lse.ac.uk/financialSupport. There is also further information on ESRC funding at esrc.ac.uk The deadline for submission of your application to be considered for Research Council funding will vary according to your department, but the major round of ESRC funding will require application by the first funding deadline. The three funding deadlines are 11 January 2013, 21 February 2013 and 26 April 2013. Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) LSE is in receipt of a Block Grant Partnership Award, offering studentships in both one year Research Preparation Masters programmes and PhDs. In 2013 doctoral studentships are available in the subject areas of European language and culture, history, law and philosophy, and in addition there is a Research Preparation Masters award in philosophy. Students will be nominated by relevant departments of the School, and applicants in the appropriate subject areas should discuss the possibility of nomination with their departmental contact. More information is available at lse.ac.uk/ financialSupport and www.ahrc.ac.uk. The deadline information given above for

ESRC also applies to AHRC major deadline is 11 January 2013. Career development loans If you live or intend to train in the UK you can apply for a loan to improve your employment prospects. The maximum loan available is 10,000. Details are available from banks or direct.gov.uk/cdl Disabled students allowance A disabled students allowance, available for UK students,may help with costs you incur for the duration of your course as a direct result of your disability. Information and a copy of the booklet Bridging the Gap: a guide to the disabled students allowances (DSAs) in higher education can be ordered from 0800 731 9133 or accessed from direct.gov.uk/en/DisabledPeople/ EducationAndTraining/HigherEducation/ index.htm Information can also be obtained by telephoning the information line on 0845 300 5090. Copies of the guide are also available in Braille, audio cassette and Welsh language. A minicom service is available on 0845 604 4434.

 British Marshall Scholarships www.marshallscholarship.org  British Chevening Scholarships www.chevening.com  Commonwealth Scholarship Commission in the UK cscuk.dfid.gov.uk  Joint Japan Graduate Scholarship Programme/World Bank Graduate Scholarship www.worldbank.org/ wbi/scholarships  Rotary Foundation Ambassadorial Scholarships www.rotary.org/en/ Members/RunningADistrict/ FutureVisionPilotProgram/Pages/ fv_global_grants.aspx, www.rotary. org/en/Members/RunningADistrict/ FutureVisionPilotProgram/Pages/ fv_district_grants.aspx UNESCO Fellowships portal.unesco.org/en/ev.php-URL_ ID=7972&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_ SECTION=201.html

information, refer to www.acu. ac.uk/member_services/cudos  For information about international scholarships and scholarships to British universities, refer to www.unesco.org/education/ studyingabroad/networking/ studyabroad.shtml  The Guide to Educational Grants. Lists educational charities in England and Wales giving support to students in need. For further information please refer to www.dsc.org.uk/Publications  The Grants Register 2013. Lists worldwide graduate funding opportunities. Published by Palgrave Macmillan. For further information refer to www.palgrave.com/reference

Other sources of financial support for overseas students


External organisations, agencies and government bodies also offer scholarships for students planning to study in the UK. A selection of these external organisationscan be foundbelow. Please refer to lse.ac.uk/ financialSupport for information about funding for overseas students.

Useful resources
The brief list below contains details of resources for those seeking financial help from education trusts, charities or foundations. Copies of paper publications may usually be found in British reference libraries or British Council offices.  Association of Commonwealth Universities Database. For more

DID YOU KNOW...


There are currently 17 research centres at the School, ranging from large interdisciplinary centres with substantial financial support to smaller centres. These centres lead research in their fields and tackle some of the most pressing issues of our times.

34 graduate prospectus Entry requirements

Entry requirements
Each level of graduatestudy (diploma, masters, MPhil/PhD) has particular minimum entry requirements which you must have in order to be considered. These consist of your degree(s) and your proficiency in the English language. Please consult individual programme entries as well as reading the information below.
Your application will be considered on its academic merits. An offer of a place may be conditional on attending additional courses and/or passing qualifying examinations at a suitable standard, in addition to your degree. You should note that there are always many more applications than places available at LSE and possession of the minimum entrance requirements does not guarantee that you will be offered admission. It is therefore in your interests to apply as early as possible. Applications open on 15 October 2012 If you are taking, or have taken, a recognised degree programme outside the UK you will need to have obtained, or expect to obtain, at least 70 per cent of the available marks in your final year examinations. If your institution uses the cumulative grade point average (GPA) system you should normally have obtained, or expect to obtain, a GPA of at least 3.5 (out of 4) or above. For a table of equivalent qualifications from around the world please see lse.ac.uk/study/ informationForInternationalStudents Summary information is given below. Most graduate programmes assume that you will have prior knowledge to degree level in particular disciplines. Competition varies between programmes and the level of grades/marks required will vary. Popular programmes will often look for a first class honours degree or its equivalent. The minimum entrance requirements for each type of programme are normally as follows: Diploma A degree or equivalent qualification and experience. You will not normally be accepted for a diploma programme similar in content to one that you have already taken at the School. Masters degree A first or upper second class honours (2:1) degree from a UK university or a non-UK equivalent in a subject appropriate to the programme to be followed. MPhil/PhD Normally a UK taught masters degree with merit or a non-UK equivalent in a subject appropriate to the research to be undertaken. The most appropriate supervisor for your work will be allocated with particular reference to your research proposal. Any offer of a place would depend on: t  he quality and feasibility of your research proposal  your academic qualifications, and relevant professional or other experience, if appropriate  the ability of the department to provide adequate and appropriate supervision  an interview with the department, unless there are exceptional circumstances which prevent this MRes/PhD Your entry qualification determines which track you will follow if your application is successful. For entry onto either track, candidates should have a first or upper second class honours degree, or equivalent, in a closely related discipline. Track 1 students fulfil the entry requirements for a master's degree and follow the 2+2 structure laid out below. Track 2 involves an exemption from the first year of taught courses and will only be recommended by the course conveners if, in their judgement, a student already has appropriate prior training in quantitative methods and has already completed an MA or MSc in a relevant discipline. Upgrade to the PhD depends on successful completion of the MRes in either track. Research council-funded programmes A number of LSEs graduate masters programmes comply with the requirements for financial support from the research councils. These programmes consist of a linked MSc and MPhil/PhD degree (either 1+3 or 2+2). For information on research council studentships, please see page 32. If you wish to be considered for nomination for a research council studentship, you must include an outline research proposal with your application. This proposal should be a brief description of the research topic you are considering pursuing during your PhD and should explain why you are interested in this area of research. As your research interests will develop further over the year of your masters training your proposal need only be indicative. You must meet the same entry requirement as for all MSc programmes. Visiting research students Visiting research students attend for one or more terms and study up to four graduate or undergraduate courses. Examinations are optional, but students wanting to sit the examination in a course must have attended the course for the full year.

Equivalence of non-UK qualifications


Simply having a first degree from your country may not be sufficient for admission to LSE. The following list shows the minimum entry requirements we would normally expect in terms of the qualifications offered in a number of countries. If you cannot find your qualification below see www.naric.org.uk or go to your local British Council Office for more information.

Entry requirements graduate prospectus 35

Afghanistan:Master's degree with 85% (a GPA of 3.5). Bachelor of Science (Engineering) from Kabul University will be considered in exceptional circumstances Albania: Kandidat I Shkencave with an overall mark of 8 Argentina: First degree with average marks of 8 or 9 depending on undergraduate institution Armenia: Magistros with overall mark of 80% or GPA of 3.5 Australia: Upper second class honours bachelors degree Austria: Diplomstudium, bachelors degree or Magister with 2.2 or better Azerbaijan: Specialist Diploma with grades of 9 or above Bahrain: Degree from Arabian Gulf University or Bahrain University with 90% or 4.0 GPA Bangladesh: Masters degree with exceptional grades Belarus: Specialist Diploma or masters degree with overall marks of 4 Belgium: Licence/ Licenciaat/ Matrise or bachelors degree (since 2004) with 70% or avec distinction Bolivia: Licenciado with overall distinguido or 77% Bosnia-Herzegovina: Diploma Visokog Obrazovanja with grades of at least 9 Brazil: Bacharel, Licenciado or professional title with 8 or 'muito bom'

Brunei: Four year Bachelor (Honours)degree from the University of Brunei Darussalam with second class honours (upper division) Bulgaria: Bachelors degree (started after 2001) or masters degree with grades of 5 or above Cameroon: Diplme d'Ingnieur or Matrise with overall mark of Trs Bien Canada: Honours bachelors degree with B+/77%/GPA 3.3/GPA 7.0 Chile: Licenciado with a minimum overall mark of 5.0 or 70% overall China: Bachelors degree from a prestigious university with an overall mark of 85% Colombia: Licenciado or Professional Title with overall mark of 4.0 Costa Rica: Licenciado with four years study and an overall mark of 85% or 8.5, or a Maestra with five years' study and marks of 80% or 8.0 overall Croatia: Baccaleureus (completed after 2005) with a mark of 4 or above Cyprus: Bachelors degree or a Ptychion from the University of Cyprus, with 7.5/10 Czech Republic: Pre-2001, the Magistr with velmi dobre. Post-2001, a Bachelor's degree with velmi dobre, B or 1.5 overall Denmark: Bachelors degree with an overall mark of 10. Alternatively, a Masters or Candidatus Magisterii with an average mark of 9 Dominican Republic: Maestria with grades of B, 80% or 3 out of 4

Ecuador: Licenciado or Professional Title or Maestria with 80% or 8.0 Egypt: Bachelors degree with 85% in science disciplines or 90% in others. From the AUC we require a minimum GPA of 3.5 Estonia: Bakalaurusekraad (started after 2005) with grade of 5, A or suureprrane or a Magistrikaad/master's with vga hea, 4 or very good Ethiopia: Masters degree with overall mark of B+ or GPA of 3.5 Fiji/University of the South Pacific, Vanuatu: Bachelors degree with majority of component marks A or above or Masters degree with marks of B+ or above Finland: Kandidaattii with good grades. Students graduating between 1993 and 2005 are required to hold the Magister with good grades France: Licence with 13/20 Georgia: Magistris Khariskhi with overall grade of 5 Germany: Diplom, Staatsexamen, Bachelor's or Magister with good grades (2.2 or better). We will consider you if you have taken the Vordiplom or other intermediate qualification, provided that you have also taken a third year (at least two semesters) of substantive study beyond that point Ghana: Honours degree from prestigious institution with grades of 65%, B+ or a GPA of 3.75 Greece: Ptychion awarded by an AEI, with marks not below 7 out of 10

Guatemala: Licenciado obtained after four years with overall mark of 85% Honduras: Licenciado or Professional Title with an overall mark of 90% or 4/5 Hong Kong: Bachelors (Honours) degree with 2:1 Hungary: Alapfokozat (started after 2004) with cum laude India: Bachelors degree with high first class honours. Overall grade in excess of 60% or a GPA of above 5/7, 6/8, 7/9, or 8/10 (with attention paid to the AIU recognised undergraduate institution and subject studied). Honours and special courses are advantageous but not essential Indonesia:Sarjana (SI) with an overall grade of A/4/Excellent Iran: Licence or Karshenasi with overall grade of A, 4 or 17/20 Iraq: Masters degree with 85% from a university Ireland: Bachelors degree with 2:1 or above Israel: Bachelors degree with overall marks of 85% Italy: Laurea with 106/110 Jamaica: Bachelors (Honours) degree with 2:1 or above Japan: a good first degree with a GPA of 3.3, B+, 76% or above Jordan: Bachelors degree from University of Jordan with overall grade of A Kazakhstan: Magister with an overall grade of 4

Kenya: Bachelors (Honours) degree with a 2:1 or above Kuwait: Masters degree with very good grades Kyrgyzstan: Magister/Specialist Diploma with an overall mark of 4.0 or above Latvia: Four year Bakalauras (started after 2000) with grades of Excellent/9 or a second cycle Magistrs/masters degree with 8/Very Good Lebanon: Matrise with overall mark of 85% or above Lithuania: Four year Bakalauras (started after 2000) with grades of 9/Excellent or a Magistra/masters degree Luxembourg: Bachelor's degree (when started after 2003) from the University of Luxembourg with Trs Bien FYR Macedonia: Magistar with overall grades of 9 Malaysia:Bachelors degree from a public university with grades of 2:1, B+ or 3.5 GPA. Applications from students from private universities will be considered on a case-by-case basis Malta: Four year bachelors degree with 70%, 2A or upper second class overall Mexico: Licenciado with very good grades (muy bien+) Netherlands: Second level doctoral programme (drs/ir/mr) or bachelor degree (when started after 2002) with grades of 7, good or goed New Zealand: Upper second class honours bachelors degree

Norway: Bachelors degree with B/Very Good or Candidatus/Candidata Magisterri with 2.5 Pakistan: Four year bachelors degree with overall marks of 75%, GPA 3.5 Palestine (West Bank, East Jerusalem and Gaza):Masters degree from a recognised institution with a minimum GPA of3.5 Peru: Licenciado (four years) with grades of 15 or above Philippines: Masters degree with grades of 1.75 or APoland: Bachelors degree (when started after 2006) or the Magister with overall grade B/4+ Portugal: Licenciado/Licenciatura/DESE normally with average marks above 16 Romania: Diploma de Licenta (when started after 2005) with grades of 9/10 or the Diploma di Studii Aprodundate with 9 or above Russian Federation: Magister with good grades (4/5) Saudi Arabia: Masters degree or a bachelor's degree (started after 2004) with 85% Serbia: Diploma Visokog Obrazovanja from recognized university with marks of 9 or Magistarska Dimploma with 8 or above Singapore: Bachelors degree with 2:1 Slovak Republic: Magister with good grades (vel mi dobr)

Slovenia: Univerzitetni Diplomat, Univerzitetni Diplomirani with six years study and grades of 9/10 South Korea: Bachelors degree (Haksa) from a prestigious institution or a masters degree (Suksa) from other institutions. We require an overall GPA 3.5/4 or 3.8/4.3 Spain: Licenciado, normally with a grade of 8, or 2.5 on the 0-4 scale Sweden: Magisterexamen with at least 90 credits at VG Switzerland: Bachelors degree, Diplom or Lizentiat or Staatsdiplom/Diplme d'Etat with grades of 5/6, 2.2/5, 8 out of 10 or gut, bien, bene, good Taiwan: Bachelors degree with overall marks of 80% or a GPA of 3.7 for applicants from a National university. From other institutions, we require a masters Thailand: Bachelor's degree from a prestigious institution with grades of B+, 3.5/4 or very good Turkey: Lisans Diplomasi with an average mark of 70% or a GPA of between 3.4 and 3.5 Ukraine: Dyplom Magistra with grades of 4 or above United Arab Emirates: Masters degree with overall marks of 85% or a GPA of 3.5 Uruguay: Licenciado with an overall mark of 8.0 USA: BS, BA or JD with a GPA of 3.5 Uzbekistan: Magister/Specialist Diploma with an overall mark of 4.0/5 or 80%

Entry requirements graduate prospectus 37

Venezuela: Licenciado with an overall mark of 8.0 Vietnam: Masters degree/Thac si with an overall mark of 7.0 Yemen: Masters degree with a mark of 90% overall/A/4/Excellent Zambia: Masters degree from the University of Zambia with marks of A or 2.0 Zimbabwe: Bachelors (Honours) degree with 2:1, 65% or B++

Standard TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) a minimum score of 100 overall in the internet based test with at least 21 in the writing element and 20 in all other sections. For full information on TOEFL and testing centres worldwide, please see www.ets.org/toefl IELTS (International English Language Testing System) a minimum score of 6.5 overall with no section below 6.0 in each of the four elements. For full details about the British Council's English tests, please see www.ielts.org Higher TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) a minimum score of 107 overall in the internet based test with at least 21 in the writing element and 20 in all other sections. IELTS (International English Language Testing System) a minimum score of 7.0 overall, with no section below 6.0 in each of the four elements. Law programmes TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) a minimum score of 109 overall in the internet based test with at least 24 in listening, 25 in writing and 20 in the other sections. IELTS (International English Language Testing System) a minimum score of 7.5 overall and at least 7.0 in both listening

and writing elements and at least 6.0 in reading and speaking. Research programmes TOEFL a minimum score of 107 overall in the internet based test withat least 25 in the writing element and 22 in all other sections IELTS a minimum score of 7.0 overall with at least 7.0 in the writing element and at least 6.5 in the other elements. Other test scores may be acceptable if you have already obtained them. You should supply evidence of your English test with your application and if you are made an offer we will indicate whether we will accept your score or if we require one of the tests above. You may be required to achieve a higher score at the discretion of the selectors. If you have not yet taken any English test, we recommend that you take the IELTS orTOEFL. Please see lse.ac.uk/admissionsEnquiries for further information. These are minimum requirements. You may need additional language instruction before you register to be confident that you can participate fully in your programme. Experience has shown that students who are fully proficient in English are best placed to make the most of all that LSE has to offer, both academically and socially. Please refer to lse.ac.uk/ language for further information about our Language Centre.

GRE and GMAT


Several programmes, notably in the Accounting, Economics and Finance Departments, the Department of Management and the MSc Real Estate Economics and Finance, require GRE (Graduate Record Examination)or GMAT (Graduate Management Admissions Test)scores and you should complete all three sections of the test in addition to your other supporting documents. This is indicated in the key facts box at the start of each programme entry. Your score should be less than five years old at the time of application. You should arrange for an official certificate of your score to be sent to LSE from the Educational Testing Service (ETS)as well as entering your scores in the relevant section of the application form. The LSE institution code for the GREis 0972; no department code is required as the scores are processed centrally. The LSE institution code for the GMAT is HMT 86-56. For more information about the tests, please see www.gre.org or www.gmac.com or contact ETS, Box 6000, Princeton NJ 08541, USA. Tel: +1 609 921 9000, or see www.ets.org In China, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea, ETS have replaced the previous split administration of the GRE with the new Revised General Test, which will be offered in a single computer-based session to be available twice per month. Full details are on the GRE website.

English language requirements


If your first language is not English or if the language of instruction of your previous degree is not English, we ask you to provide evidence of your command of English. You should include your test scores, if available, in the relevant section of the application form. If you receive an offer of admission, it will be subject to proof of your score. English tests must be less than two years old on 1 October 2013. If you have not yet taken the test, your application can be considered in its absence, but any offer will be conditional on your achieving the required score. Non-EEA applicants will also be required to meet UKBA's requirements at the time they make their visa application. Each programme in the prospectus lists the level of English required for admission see below for details:

38 graduate prospectus Applying to LSE

Applying to LSE
We understand that the application process can be an anxious time. Please read carefully the information in this section and on the website and follow the instructions given; this will help to ensure that everything runs quickly and smoothly. You will be able to track the progress of your application on the web. You must apply early, as competition for programmes at LSE is intense. Applications open on 15 October 2012. In addition to the minimum entry requirements some programmes require the submission of additional test scores or written materials. See individual programme entries for details.
How to apply
Please seelse.ac.uk/graduate for upto-date and comprehensive information about graduate programmes. The site contains links to other sources of information regarding all aspects of the application process, including our dedicated online enquiries system: lse.ac.uk/admissionsEnquiries. If you cannot find the answer to your questions online, you cancontact us by email using this system. To be considered for admission, all applicants must supply the documents A to E below, and F toJ where applicable. Programmes administered jointly by LSE and other institutions may have specific requirements; please consult individual programme entries. All documents are treated as confidential and are non-returnable. Please note: Unlike other universities LSE does not work with recruitment agencies. We strongly recommend that you apply directly to LSE. A. Application form There are two ways to apply: Online via a link on the LSE website (please see apply.embark.com/Grad/LSE). This service includes online reference requests and transcript uploading. We recommend this option as it is cheaper than applying by post and guarantees secure delivery. The vast majority of applicants use this system. By post using the LSE application pack. You can download the application pack, which consists of an application form, academic reference form, transcript request form and payments of application form (in pdf format). See lse.ac.uk/ graduateHowToApply Alternatively, you can request a paper copy of the formsby telephoning the Graduate Admissions Office: +44 (0)20 7955 7160 If you choose to complete the paper form please ensure that you write clearly. B. Application assessment fee Please note that the application assessment fee is not refundable. You must check that the programmes you are applying for have places available before submitting your application. Programme availability can be found on the Graduate Admissions webpage. Online: You must pay by credit card only when you submit your application. Full details can be found on the website. The fee is 50. Last year 98 per cent of applicants chose to apply online it is faster, allows you to submit all your documentation securely and is cheaper than applying by post. By post: We accept a cheque made payable to LSE, drawing on a UK bank; travellers' cheques; bank draft; GB sterling money order; GB postal order; or Visa, MasterCard or Maestro, by completing the section on the supplementary application form. We cannot consider applications until payment is received. The fee is 75 for a paper application. Via the British Council: Applications submitted on your behalf by a British Council Office (usually Chevening Scholars) do not require a fee. C. Two academic references Online: When applying online you should arrange to supply your academic references (from tutors who have taught you at university) as part of the online process. This is a secure and confidential service for referees and helps speed up the decision making process. If you are offered a place at LSE your referee may be asked to supply an original reference on headed university notepaper, and you will be informed in your offer letter if this is the case. If you or your referees prefer, you may submit your references by post as listed below. You are advised to use your referee's academic (university) email address wherever possible. By post: References must be signed documents on headed university/ institution notepaper (not the supplementary form), and should be typed in English. We discourage the submission of handwritten and photocopied references. If your application is successful, we must receive original or certified signed documents prior to registration. For further guidance, please see lse.ac.uk/admissionsEnquiries. We will accept a translation, but only if it has an official stamp from your university or a translation service and if the original document is also supplied. We will not accept an unofficial translation. The LSE Language Centre (lse.ac.uk/language) offers a translation service. Current students and applicants who graduated after January 2009 must supply two academic references. References should be from a teaching member of your current (or, if you have graduated, from your most recent) university department. Applicants who graduated before January 2009may supply one nonacademic reference in place of one of your academic references. This should normally be a reference from your most recent employer (in standard professional reference format).

Applicants who graduated before January 2007 may supply two professional references if they are unable to provide academic references. However, it is in your interests to supply academic references wherever possible. Applicants for Law programmes should ask at least one referee to indicate their overall ranking in class either for the final year or, preferably, for the whole degree. If an exact ranking is not possible the referee should be asked to give an approximation, for example, top ten per cent. Applicants for MSc Statistics and MSc Risk and Stochastics are not required to submit references with the application, however you must submit the name and email address of one referee. Applicants currently registered at LSE need only supply a single reference if they intend to remain within the same department, and two references if they wish to be admitted to a different department. Applicants who have graduated from LSE must supply two academic references even if they intend to study in their former department. D. Transcripts/mark sheets and proof of existing qualifications Online: Youshould submit scanned versions of your transcripts with your online application, in English or officially translated as described below. If your application is successful, we must receive original or certified signed documents prior to registration. From the outset you may also choose to supply these

documents by post. If you submit scanned or photocopied transcripts/marksheets you must ensure that the information in the document is clear and legible. Failure to do so may result in delays to the processing of your application. You should also scan the reverse of your transcriptif the mark scheme is explained there. By post: We require original or certified copies of all documents in English. We will accept a translation, but only if it has an official stamp from your university or a translation service and if the original document is also supplied. We will not accept an unofficial translation. If you cannot supply original documents at the time you submit your application, we will accept photocopies at that stage, but original documents are preferred. If your application is successful, we must receive original or certified signed documents prior to registration. Qualifications pending: The transcript or mark sheetmust includea list of subjects studied and the grades obtained to date. If you are at a university that does not supply transcripts or mark sheets, please ask your academic referees to comment in detail on your progress, including your marks obtained in all years of study. You may apply if you are awaiting any examination results. You must have fully graduated by October 2013. Qualifications held: The transcript should include the information above, plus your final overall grade and the date on which your qualification was awarded. You should supply this information for all university level study. If your transcript

does not include your final mark and date of award, you should send a certified copy of your degree certificate as well. Do not send your original degree certificate, as documents cannot be returned. Applicants currently or formerly registered at LSE do not need to supply transcripts of their LSE qualifications as these are generated internally. E. Personal statement You must submit a personal statement with your application form. This should be between 1,000 and 1,500 words. It should describe your academic interests and your purpose and objectives in undertaking graduate study. If you are applying for two programmes please ensure that your personal statement addresses why you are applying for each programme.You may submit two personal statements as a single document with clear headings if you wish. Please make sure that each page of your personal statement bears your name. F. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) general test and Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) If GRE or GMAT scores are required by your chosen programme(s) it is essential that you supply them at the time you apply. You should include your test scores in the relevant section of the application form, stating the percentile and marks obtained for all three sections of the test. The test scores should be less than five years old at the time you apply. Your application cannot be processed until this is received as the GRE/GMAT is often a vital deciding factor.

If you receive an offer of admission, you will have to submit proof of your score. If your scores are not available at the time you apply, you should supply them as soon as possible using the online form at lse.ac.uk/graduateHowDoI G. Research proposal MPhil/PhD, MRes/PhD Economics (Track 2) You should state your research topic as accurately as possible on a separate sheet. Your research proposal should address the following questions: 1 What is your general topic? 2 What questions do you want to answer? 3 What is the key literature and its limitations? 4 What are the main hypotheses of the work? 5 What methodology do you intend to use? 6 What are your case studies, if any, and what are your case selection criteria? MPhil/PhD applications that are received without a research proposal that addresses these questions will not be considered. Your proposal should be approximately 1,500 words in length (outline proposals for MRes programmes can be shorter).You should ensure before applying that your area of research can be supervised in your chosen department. The research interests of staff members can be found at lse.ac.uk/experts You should also indicate if you have discussed your proposed research with any member of the LSE academic staff and the name of that person.

Please make sure that each page of your research proposal bears your name. MSc (Research), MRes/PhD Economics (Track 1) or MRes/PhD Political Science You must include an outline research proposal with your application see above. H. Sample of written work These are ideal requirements. If you are unable to fulfil them exactly, please submit a writing sample that fits as closely to them as possible. Please make sure that each page of your writing sample bears your name. Online: You should provide a scanned copy of a marked assignment (a maximum of 3,000 words this can be an extract of a longer work), in English, from your most recent programme of study. This can be related to your proposed topic of research or more broadly to the discipline area for which you are applying. If possible, the copy should show comments from the marker/s and/or the mark given for the assignment. If not originally written in English, you should translate the essay yourself. If you submit scanned copies you must ensure that the information in the document is clear and legible. Failure to do so may cause delays to the processing of your application. By post: When applying by post you should include a photocopy of a marked assignment (a maximum of 3,000 words this can be an extract of a longer work), in English, from your most recent programme of study. This can be related to your proposed topic of research or more broadly to the discipline area for which you are applying. If possible, the photocopy should show comments from the marker/s and/

or the mark given for the assignment. If not originally written in English, you should translate the essay yourself. I. English test scores If you have already taken the TOEFL or IELTS at the time you apply, you should include your most recent test scores and score report form number in the relevant section of the application form. English tests must be less than two years old on 1 October 2013. J. Miscellaneous supporting documents If you are applying for a programme in a different field from that of your principal/ major degree subject, you may wish to supply additional material supporting your application; for example if you hold a degree in engineering and are applying for MSc Human Rights on the basis of your current employment, a supplementary professional reference would be helpful. Do not send non-documentary materials such as DVDs, CDs or large publications, as we do not have the facilities to include these with your application file and they will be discarded. Submitting your application form Paper application forms and documentation should be sent to: Graduate Admissions Office London School of Economics and Political Science PO Box 13420 Houghton Street London WC2A 2AE

Applying to LSE graduate prospectus 41

If you are sending your paper application package or other documents by courier service, omit PO Box 13420 from the above address. All post is received by our central post room. We do not accept application forms sent by fax. Please do not send supporting documents directly to the academic department as this will delay your application. Wherever possible, please send all supporting documents in a single package (with your application form if you are not applying online). If this is not possible (for example where your referee is sending a reference to us directly) please ensure that all documents bear your full name as it appears on the application form and your date of birth or programme choice(s). Additional documents/ information can also be sent at any point during the admissions cycle using the online forms at lse.ac.uk/graduateHowDoI Please make sure that scanned documents are legible and attached in a commonly used format such as jpeg, pdf or Word document. Please note that we will acknowledge documents when they are processed rather than when they are received. Current processing dates will be availableat lse.ac.uk/study/graduate/news. Please check the current processing date before contacting us regarding your documents. Please remember that it is your responsibility to ensure that your application is complete, including all references, the transcript and the fee, and where applicable GRE/ GMAT scoresand research proposal. You should also be aware that all documents are non-returnable.

Programme selectors will not consider incomplete applications. If you apply without the full supporting documentation your application form will not be passed to theselector until we receive the outstanding documentation. Duplicate forms You may apply for up to two programmes, which will be considered sequentially in the order of preference on the application form. If you are made an offer for your first choice, your second choice will not be considered unless you specifically request it. If you are unsuccessful for both choices, then you may apply for additional choices using the online form at lse. ac.uk/graduateHowDoI, for which the application assessment fee is 75; you must not submit a new application form, as this will delay your application. If you apply online, you should not send a separate postal application to the School, and you should not submit more than one application online. It is not possible to hold more than one offer of a place at LSE. Joint programmes LSE has developed a number of programmes which are administered jointly with other institutions such as Peking University inChina and theUniversity of Southern California in the USA. Any additionalrequirements for these programmes will be listed under their individual entries in the prospectus. Your application will be considered by selectors from both institutions, and this means that

it may take much longer for a decision to be made on these programmes than onthe single centre programmes. We will advise you of the decision as soon as possible. Fraud prevention We take active steps to scrutinise and verify documents received during the application process. If we are unable to verify independently the accuracy of information supplied, your application may be cancelled and any offer withdrawn.

as long as you contact the Graduate Admissions Office using the reinstate form at lse.ac.uk/graduateHowDoI before 16 November 2012 and submit a new application assessment fee of 50. All old application documents will be destroyed immediately after this date. Most taught masters (MSc/MA/MPA) programmes start in the Michaelmas term (October 2013). Some programmes, particularly those in the Departments of Economics, Accounting, Finance and Management, require attendance at Summer School or pre-sessional courses in the July-September months before the main programme begins. Research (MPhil/PhD) programmes may additionally start in the Lent (January) and Summer (April) terms at the discretion of your department. Please see lse.ac.uk/graduateStartOptions

When to apply/deadlines
You must apply early in the application cycle. Applications open on 15 October 2012. Departments will begin to consider these applications from 1 November 2012. The first decisions will be released from January 2013 onwards. There is intense competition for admission, therefore early applications have a greater chance of being successful and of meeting financial support/scholarship and, where applicable, visa deadlines. Please check the availability of programmes at lse. ac.uk/graduate before you apply. Only a limited number of programmes have deadlines by which you should apply decisions are mostly considered on a rolling basis and programmes close once all places have been filled. Please be aware, however, that many scholarships, especially for research programmes, have early deadlines. Please see individual programme entries and the Fees and financial support sectionfor details of particular deadlines. If you applied for the 2012/13 session, we will be able to re-use your application documents

Tracking your application and contacting us


We aim to keep you fully informed of the progress of your application through the LSE website. For information on any delays or special factors affecting the admission process, please see lse.ac.uk/graduate Once you have been allocated your unique application number, you can check the progress of your application using the online tracker, and should inform us of any changes by using our online forms.  Make a note of your application number and use it when checking your status and in all correspondence with the Graduate Admissions Office, including by telephone.

42 graduate prospectus Applying to LSE

 To see the current status of your application, go tolse.ac.uk/ TrackYourApplication this information is linked directly to our computer system. What you see here is the same information we hold centrally. If you need to advise us of a change of address, you should use the link on the tracking system to do so. Later in the admissions process, the online tracking system alsoprovides you withlinks to your financial support application, individual LSE for You account, and links to apply for accommodation, choose courses/modules and pay your tuition fees online. T  o inform us of any changes to your application, to send additional information or to inform us of your decisions regarding your application, you should use the online forms available atlse.ac.uk/graduateHowDoI  If you are unable to access the information you need online, you may telephone +44 (0)20 7955 7160 either to speak to a member of the Graduate Admissions Team, Monday to Friday 9.45am-5.15pm (local time), or to access automated summary information about your application status at any time. A  ll of your personal data is kept confidential, and we are therefore not able to discuss your application with any third party unless specifically nominated by you on your application form. The website and admissions enquiries system are the quickest and most comprehensive ways of answering any questions you may have. Please visit these

sites before contacting the Graduate Admissions Office. If your question cannot be answered by reference to online resources, you can contact us by email via lse.ac.uk/admissionsEnquiries If you write to or email us, your enquiry will be dealt with in strict rotation and it may take us some time to reply, though we shall try to do so within one working week. Please do not repeat the enquiry until after this time has elapsed as this diverts staff from other work and delays the admissions process. The Graduate Admissions Office is closed for ten days over Christmas and New Year and for a week over the Easter period. This results in a backlog of correspondence and increased processing times during January and April especially. We publish our closure dates on the website. Please check the current processing dates atlse.ac.uk/graduateNews before contacting us to enquire whether your documents have been received. As soon as your documents are processed they will appear on your record on the tracking system.

required documents have been processed and your application is complete, a further acknowledgement is sent to you. At this point the file is passed to the selectors for your first choice. Your application will only be considered for your second choice if your first choice application is unsuccessful or if the first choice programme has already closed. For a more comprehensive overview of the decision making process, please follow the links from lse.ac.uk/graduate The timetable  For the timetable for processing masters and diploma applications, please see lse.ac.uk/graduate. The earlier we receive your application, the sooner a decision can be made. The first offers will be released from January 2013 onwards. If you apply after January the decision time increases. Please check the LSE website before asking us for information. For further information including news about events affecting decision times, as well as a link allowing you to track your application, please see lse.ac.uk/graduateNews F  or research programmes, the decisions are made by panels of selectors at meetings throughout the year you should apply at least six months before the start of the term in which you wish to commence your study. Please be aware that the allocation of a suitable supervisor may take some time. Shortlisted applicants are normally interviewed via telephone or Skype.The department will contact you if an interview is necessary.

The decision A decision is authoritative and official only if it has been sent in writing from the Graduate Admissions Office. Decisions on admissions are made on the basis of academic merit andthe availability ofplaces on specific programmes. The decision sent to you will be one of these:  An unconditional offer. You satisfy all of the academic conditions required before entry and we are offering you a place. You may still need to supply originals or certified copies of some documents.  A conditional offer. You do not yet satisfy the academic conditions required before entry but you plan to do so. The conditions are given in the offer letter and may include tests such as English language as well as degree results, or attendance at pre-sessional or Summer School courses.  You are on a waiting list. In this case we need more time before making a full decision. We shall make that decision by the end of April 2013. At that stage we may be able to offer you admission, a place on the reserve list, or, depending on the level of competition, we may be unable to offer you a place.  We are unable to offer you a place. This decision is final and not open to appeal. It may be that the programme is already full in this case, you may request that your application is considered for an alternative choice(s) orthat your application is reinstatedfor the following year.

The selection process


When we process your application we add the information to our database and send you an email acknowledgement with your application number and details of any missing documents, if applicable. Please do not contact us to request your application number prior to receiving your email acknowledgement. Once all the

 You are on a reserve list. Your application is considered to be of a high enough standard, but no places remain on your chosen programme. If a place becomes available, you may be sent an offer later in the year, Final offers to reserve listed applicants will be sent out by the end of August 2013. Applying for financial support You will be sent a link to the Graduate Financial Support Application when we acknowledge your application. You should complete this as soon as possible. The information you submit will be used to consider you both for the Graduate Support Scheme and, later in the admissions cycle, named scholarships and awards. There is considerable additional financial support available. Please see lse.ac.uk/ financialSupport for further information Further action If your offer is conditional you need to provide proof that you satisfy the stated conditions as soon as you can. The latest date for this is when youregister at the start of your study. Registration will be withheld if you cannot satisfy us, by reference to original documentation, that you have obtained the qualifications required. We will publish full information about costs, fees, accommodation and registration at lse.ac.uk/yourFirstWeeks and in the booklet accompanying your offer letter. If you wish to receive a reading list etc for your programme, you should contact your department after receiving your offer.

Deferring your offer If you are unable to take up a 2013/14 offer of a place, you may wish to defer your offer to 2014/15. To apply to do this you must complete the online deferral request form at lse.ac.uk/ graduateHowDoI by31 October 2013. If the request is granted you must submit a deposit of 750 by 31 January 2014. Failure to pay the deposit will result in your offer being withdrawn. Deferral of your offer is not guaranteed; if your request is denied, you may still take up your offer for the current year or reinstate your application. It may take up to four weeks to make a decision regarding your deferral request. Reinstating your application If you are unable to take up your offer of a place and the department is not willing to defer your offer, or if your application is not successful, you may wish to reinstate your application from 2013/14 to 2014/15. You must complete the online reinstate request form at lse.ac.uk/ graduateHowDoI by 15 November 2013. You will have to submit a new application assessment fee. After 15 November 2013 all unsuccessful 2013/14 application files will be destroyed. Applying for a student visa If you are an international student from outside the EEA, you will have to apply for permission to come to the UK as a student. You will need an unconditional offer to apply. It is advisable to apply for a visa as early as you can. For up to date

information on applying for your student visa go to lse.ac.uk/isis

Our database and you


Any information you provide may be held by LSE on computer in accordance with the requirements of the Data Protection Act 1998. Among other purposes, this information will form the basis of records of registered students supplied to the Higher Education Statistical Agency (HESA), which is owned and managed by the universities to provide statistics for the Higher Education Funding Councils and the universities. All information supplied to HESA is subject to strict confidentiality safeguards, and is published only as statistical tables. In addition to the HESA requirements LSE, like all other UK universities, collects and processes information on its students for various essential administrative, academic and health and safety reasons, in order to pursue its legitimate interests as a university. When you register as a student of the School, we will tell you what data will be collected, the purposes for which the data will be processed, and the recipients to whom the data might be disclosed. You have the right to obtain a copy of the current personal information held on you by the School. A fee of 10 is payable for each enquiry, which should be addressed to the Data Protection Officer at the School (lse.ac.uk/dataProtection).

44 graduate prospectus Other LSE programmes of study

Other LSE programmes of study


LSE Executive Education
LSE Executive Education offers a range of training and educational programmes for executives and managers in both private and public sectors based upon the latest thinking and research from LSE. Options include: Tailor-made training programmes Open enrolment courses Fully customised learning solutions For further information please see lse.ac.uk/executiveEducation helps make the Summer School a unique and rewarding learning experience. Summer School courses are offered in the following disciplines: accounting and finance; economics; English language; international relations, government and society; law and management. For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/summerSchool or email summer.school@lse.ac.uk LSE Executive Summer School LSE Executive Summer School aims to deliver cutting edge research to global professionals from both the private and public sectors. For more information visit lse.ac.uk/study/ executiveSummerSchool LSE-PKU Summer School LSE and Peking University jointly run a twoweek summer school in August, based at the PKU campus in Beijing. China- and Asiafocussed courses are delivered in English by leading faculty from both institutions, in subjects such as management, economics, international relations and finance. Further information can be found at lse.ac.uk/ LSEPKUProgramme LSE-UCT July School In 2013, LSE and the University of Cape Town will launch the LSE-UCT July School, a two-week summer school-style programme at the UCT campus in Cape Town. Courses in disciplines across the social sciences will be taught by faculty from the two institutions and have a focus on, and relevance to, Africa today. Further information can be found at lse.ac.uk/LSEUCTJulySchool Language Summer School The LSE Language Centre offers a range of short summer courses in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish. These introductory courses are designed for complete beginners who have no knowledge of the language and are looking to develop a basic understanding. Further information can be found at lse.ac.uk/language

University of London International Programme


The University of London International Programme allows students from anywhere in the world to complete qualifications through independent study. The programmes of study are subject to the same rigorous academic standards that shape LSEs internal qualifications. LSE academics write syllabuses, create learning materials, and set and mark examinations to the same standards applied internally. There are two programmes for students with a first degree: a BSc Graduate Entry Route and a Diploma for Graduates. If you would like further information about the degrees offered through the University of London International Programmes, please visit lse.ac.uk/study/ UOLIP or emailuolip@lse.ac.uk

Summer schools
LSE runs four summer schools, two in London, one in Beijing and one in Cape Town, plus a language Summer School. LSE Summer School The LSE Summer School, based on the LSE campus in London, provides an opportunity to share in our tradition of academic excellence with members of LSE faculty. The Summer School programme takes place between July and August, offering three week intensive courses, which are taught and examined to LSE standards and based on the regular undergraduate courses. In 2011 we welcomed almost 4,500 students from over 120 countries. The majority of students each year are undergraduate but courses are also attended by professionals from both private sector and government organisations, which

DID YOU KNOW...


For more than 150 years, the University of London has been offering International Programmes to students all over the world. There are currently more than 45,000 students studying in over 180 countries.

Departments and institutes


46 Department of Accounting 51 Department of Anthropology 58  Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment 59 Department of Economic History 64 Department of Economics 70 European Institute 77 Department of Finance 83 Gender Institute 89  Department of Geography and Environment 99 Department of Government 112  Department of International Development 119 Department of International History 124  Department of International Relations

130 Department of Law 139 Department of Management 157 Department of Mathematics 160  Department of Media and Communications 167 Methodology Institute 170  Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method 177 Institute of Public Affairs 180 Regional and Urban Planning 182 Department of Social Policy 195 Institute of Social Psychology 201 Department of Sociology 212 Department of Statistics 216 Urban@LSE

Research centres and groups


LSE is home to a large number of interdisciplinary research centres concentrating expertise on a wide range of subjects. Each has its own programme of events which can be found at lse.ac.uk/researchCentres Asia Research Centre Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion (CASE) Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP) Centre for Economic Performance (CEP) Centre for Philosophy of Natural and Social Science (CPNSS) Centre for the Analysis of Time Series (CATS) Centre for the Study of Human Rights Financial Markets Group (FMG) The Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment (GRI) IDEAS: International Affairs,Diplomacy and Strategy

International Growth Centre (IGC) LSE Cities LSE Health and Social Care Middle East Centre Spatial Economics Research Centre (SERC) Suntory and Toyota International Centres for Economics and Related Disciplines (STICERD)

Programme regulations
Detailed programme regulations, including individual course guides and other information relating to the administration of our degrees is published in the School's Calendar at the start of each session at lse.ac.uk/ calendar. Proposed changes for future years, including course withdrawals, are also published as they become available.

46 graduate prospectus Department of Accounting

Department of Accounting
lse.ac.uk/accounting
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 260 Research: 3 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 24 RAE: 70 per cent of the Departments research was rated as world leading or internationally excellent Location: Old Building

Monopolies and Mergers Commission; the Centre for Business Performance of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW); the Institute of Actuaries; and the Accounting Standards Board. Members of the Department also have advised the International Accounting Standards Board.

firms and strategies and their impact on economic growth and development; applied industrial economics; strategic management; history of multinational enterprise; innovation and productivity growth in services; creative industries; motion pictures; music; pharmaceuticals; software; methodology; philosophy of history. Professor Al Bhimani: Management accounting in the digital economy; international comparative management accounting; strategy and cost management; aspects of globalisation, corporate governance and financial control. Professor Michael Bromwich: Accounting standards; theory of fair value, economics of information and organisations, management accounting in the new manufacturing environment, strategic management accounting, accounting for utilities. Dr Stefano Cascino: Accounting conservatism, corporate governance, international accounting, debt markets, disclosure regulation in capital markets, family firms. Dr Yasmine Chahed: Accounting change in its social and institutional context, regulation of non-financial and futureoriented reporting, corporate accountability and disclosure, integrated performance measurement and reporting systems. Dr Pascal Frantz:Capital markets; mergers and acquisitions; securities analysis; the economics of disclosures; corporate governance. Dr Martin Giraudeau:Accounts of the future; entrepreneurship and strategy; economic sociology: market devices, emergent market ties, financial interaction, calculative practices: business history; history of economic thought; anthropology of the future.

Staff and their academic interests


The Department of Accounting has expertise in a wide range of areas. In financial accounting and corporate reporting, particular strengths include debates around audit and financial regulation, comparative and historical studies of financial accounting, reporting and auditing, and the economics and politics of accounting standard setting and harmonisation. In management accounting and control, we have unique strengths in the organisational and social analysis of management accounting systems. This includes: studies of accounting innovation in organisations; strategic approaches to management accounting and control; cost management, performance measurement and incentive systems; the impact of organisational and technological change on management accounting; accounting in the public sector, with particular reference to health care; and historical and international differences in practices of organisational control. Dr Vasiliki Athanasakou: Earnings management and earnings quality; expectations management; voluntary disclosure; the impact of accounting and market regulation on capital markets and intermediaries; executive compensation and corporate governance. Dr Gerben Bakker: The historical analysis of the interaction between markets, industries,

About the Department


The Department of Accounting is widely recognised for its excellence in accounting and financial management research and teaching, as well as its leading role in public policy issues. In the 2001 review of university research by the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE), the Department was awarded 5* the highest possible rating and one of only two departments in its category to receive this award. The Department was similarly successful in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, on this occasion as part of the Business and Management Studies Unit of Assessment. The Department of Accounting provides an outstanding international and interdisciplinary environment, based on a mix of departmental activities, close links with other departments, as well as strong connections with research centres. Each year, over 240 graduate students from over 40 countries and representing a wide range of academic and work backgrounds

are admitted into its taught graduate programmes. Our research seminars and workshops, visitors and visiting research students, together with our links with professional and practitioner communities ensure that our faculty continue to work at the cutting edge of new developments and that their output is widely disseminated. Our faculty are members of, and involved in, the Centre for Analysis of Risk and Regulation (CARR), as well as LSE Health. They contribute to public debate in both the academic and professional domains. We have close links with several international journals, such as Accounting Organizations and Society, Contemporary Accounting Research and Management Accounting Research. Faculty also have close associations with several research and professional institutions, including the European Institute for Advanced Studies in Management (EIASM), the European Accounting Association (EAA) and the American Accounting Association (AAA). Faculty continue to play key roles in a range of professional and regulatory bodies. These include: the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA); the

Department of Accounting graduate prospectus 47

Dr Lisa Goh: Financial reporting and international financial reporting standards; executive compensation and corporate governance; mergers and acquisitions. Dr Matthew Hall: Management accounting, management control systems and performance measurement; behavioural accounting; the role of accounting in managerial work. Dr Lisa Kurunmki: Accounting in the new public sector, with special reference to healthcare. Professor Richard Macve: Conceptual framework of financial accounting; financial reporting, accounting and auditing regulation in insurance; history of accounting; environmental accounting. Dr Andrea Mennicken: International accounting and auditing; sociological studies of audit regulation and harmonisation; processes of professionalisation. Professor Peter Miller: Investment appraisal; accounting and New Public Management; accounting as social and institutional practice. Dr Julia Morley: The influence of financial economics on financial reporting practice; the use of economic valuation methods for pensions, derivative instruments and contingent obligations. Mr Christopher Noke: Historical developments of financial reporting, financial accounting. Dr Tommaso Palermo: Management control systems and performance measurement, linking risk management to performance management, management accounting and public sector management. Professor Michael Power: The causes and consequences of auditability, transparency and accountability; the

role of internal and external auditing in corporate governance; internal control systems and corporate risk management; financial regulation and security. Dr Rita Samiolo:Project appraisal, accountability and the environment; accounting and auditing in public sector reforms; risk management, internal control and corporate governance. Dr Ana Simpson: Accounting disclosures; analyst forecast efficiency; earnings management. Dr Kazbi Soonawalla: Financial accounting; international accounting; joint ventures; corporate social responsibility. Dr Ane Tamayo: Impact of accounting information on capital markets, role of financial intermediaries in capital markets, empirical asset pricing and portfolio allocation, corporate governance/finance. Professor Wim A Van der Stede: Management control systems: budgeting, performance measurement, and incentive systems; corporate governance: executive compensation, boards of directors, and internal controls. Dr Zsuzsanna Vargha: Economic sociology, sociology of finance, banking, and risk management, performance measurement and organisational control, professions and professionalisation.

Entry requirement: Merit in ataught masters degree in relevant area English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Accounting is part of the Global Economic PerformancePolicy and Management group ofaccredited programmes for ESRC funding(see page 32). Some other awards (eg, from the Worshipful Company of Chartered Accountants) may be available for MPhil/PhD Accounting students. Departmental doctoral scholarships may also be available Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

The PhD in Accounting is a formally structured programme that has received research training recognition from the ESRC. The programme aims to produce students whose research is of the highest international quality and is designed to provide a comprehensive training in theoretical and empirical research in accounting. The students individual programme of study is designed in collaboration with the supervisor to reflect the specific needs and interests of the student. In the first year, you will normally attend the main research seminar in accounting, in addition to a maximum of three taught graduate courses in areas related to your field of research. The aim is to both broaden and deepen students understanding of their area. One further course or part-course may be taken in the second year. We encourage our research students to participate fully in the intellectual life of the Department. Students are required to make a seminar presentation each year, and to attend the Departments Accounting ResearchForums which provide exposure to the work of leading academics worldwide. Students are also encouraged to attend any relevant seminars in related areas elsewhere in the School, such as those offered by the Centre for Analysis of Risk and Regulation (CARR), as well as other research centres and departments as appropriate. These seminars provide an opportunity to hear presentations not only from academics, but also from policy makers and practitioners.

Opportunities for research


You should have a substantial academic background in accounting, typically a merit at masters level, although we are able to consider students with a more general graduate training in the social sciences. Strong performance in the Departments or School's own MSc programmes can meet the entrance requirements.

MPhil/PhD Accounting Visiting Research Students


Application code: N4ZB, N4EA (VRS) Start date:3 October2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3 to 4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months

Taught programmes
Diploma in Accounting and Finance (see page 48) MSc Accounting and Finance (see page 48) MSc Accounting, Organisations and Institutions (see page 49)

48 graduate prospectus Department of Accounting

MSc Law and Accounting (see page 136) MSc Risk and Finance (see page 82) (with the Department of Finance (see page 77)

Diploma in Accounting and Finance


Application code: N4ED Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 9 monthsfull-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 29/204 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 19,680 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

extend their knowledge and understanding in areas of special interest within a flexible programme. The programme is deliberately kept small to facilitate the learning experience. The average number of contact hours per week is 12 hours, which includes lectures and seminars. Office hours with teachers and academic advisers are available in addition to this. For students studying on the Diploma programme there is a clear route towards MSc level study within the Department, subject to satisfactory performance. Those Diploma students who wish to apply for the MSc Accounting and Finance in the following year will not ordinarily be required to submit a GMAT test with their application. Given the high competition for places on this programme, applicants who indicate an interest in the Diploma in Accounting and Finance specifically as their first choice will maximise their prospect of admission to the programme. Equally, candidates should note the differentiated nature of the graduate programmes in the Department of Accounting, and are advised to identify their first choice accordingly. Further study, however, is not the only option offered by the programme. The Diploma in Accounting and Finance opens up a wide range of career opportunities. Over the past five years, upon completion of the Diploma, one third of the students registered for further studies at master's level, with the other two thirds going into professional careers such as investment banking, accounting, management consulting, and auditing. The Diploma programme consists of examined courses to the value of four full units.

Compulsory courses
Principles of Finance or Corporate Finance, Investments and Financial Markets or Quantitative Finance Managerial Accounting or Financial Accounting, Analysis and Valuation or Management Accounting and Financial Accounting: Decisions, Control, Reporting and Disclosure

Introduction to Econometrics Macroeconomic Principles I or II Mathematics of Finance and Valuation* Microeconomic Principles I or II Organisational Theory and Behaviour Quantitative Methods (Mathematics)* and Quantitative Methods (Statistics)* or The Process of Management Valuation and Security Analysis* By special permission

Options
(* half unit) Any courses available from departments around the School to a total of two full units, subject to the approval of the Programme Director and, where applicable, permission from the course leader. The following are some of the more popular courses selected by students over the past five years: Applied Corporate Finance* Auditing, Governance and Risk Management Managerial Accounting (if not already selected) or Management Accounting, Financial Management and Organisational Control or Management Accounting, Decisions and Control* (if not already selected) Financial Accounting, Analysis and Valuation (if not already selected) Commercial Law Corporate and Financial Crime Design and Management of Organisations* European Models of Capitalism* Financial Risk Analysis* Game Theory I* Industrial Economics

MSc Accounting and Finance


Application code: N4U1 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 9 months full-time, 21 months part-time(9 month masters programmes are not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see Bologna process page 12) Intake/applications in 2011: 179/1,487 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in accounting and finance or related subject English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: GMAT is required for all students without a UK undergraduate degree. The GMAT is recommended for all students with UK undergraduate degrees, particularly those whose quantitative skills are not demonstrated by their undergraduate studies

About the Diploma programme


To be eligible to apply for the Diploma programme, you should have obtained at least a good upper second class honours degree from a UK university, or have reached a similar standard with an overseas degree. The Diploma in Accounting and Finance is a qualification in its own right. It acts as a conversion course for students with little or no background in accounting or finance, such as students with undergraduate degrees in arts, economics, law, business, science, or engineering. It also provides students with some background in accounting and finance the opportunity to

Department of Accounting graduate prospectus 49

Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programme


The programme is based in the Department of Accounting and has an established reputation for excellence extending for more than four decades. This programme will be appropriate for those interested in a career in financial institutions, management consulting, industry, or government bodies. Many graduates of the MSc have achieved outstanding success in business, governmental and academic careers. The programme allows specialisation through the appropriate choice of courses along designated pathways in finance, international accounting and finance, or accounting and financial management. The MSc assumes an academic background in the following subjects prior to entry to the programme: financial reporting, management accounting, finance, economics and quantitative methods. Admission to the programme may be conditional upon taking one or more courses in these areas to strengthen your background. This may be a course undertaken at the LSE Summer School or an approved distance learning or web-based equivalent. Given the high competition for places on this programme, applicants who indicate an interest in the MSc Accounting and Finance specifically as their first choice will maximise their prospect of admission to the programme.

A short, focused, introductory course on quantitative methods and technical accounting will be held at the beginning of the programme. Thereafter you take examined courses up to a total of four full units. The average number of contact hours per week is 12 hours, which includes lectures and seminars. Office hours with teachers and academic advisers provide extensive support to students on the programme. You should ordinarily possess at least a good upper second class honours degree in accounting and finance, or a related subject from a UK university, or have reached a similar standard in an overseas degree. All applicants without a UK undergraduate degree must submit a GMAT test score with their application. The GMAT is recommended for all students with UK undergraduate degrees, particularly those whose quantitative skills are not demonstrated by their undergraduate studies. Students currently studying on the Diploma in Accounting and Finance programme at LSE are not required to submit a GMAT score. GMAT score totals should normally be in excess of 650 points. In exceptional circumstances, applicants without a UK degree may be exempted from submitting GMAT scores. This may include cases where the requirement proves difficult for the individual to meet (eg, the test not being offered in the applicants home country, or where test centres only have limited spaces available for testing). Where this is the case, applicants should complete and submit the online GMAT waiver form at lse. ac.uk/graduateHowDoI. The Graduate Admissions Office will subsequently advise whether a waiver can be granted. Candidates are advised that requests for a waiver from this test are seldom granted.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Corporate Finance and Asset Markets or Asset Markets A* and Corporate Finance A* (or another course with permission) Financial Reporting in Capital Markets or Management Accounting, Strategy and Organisational Control or both Accounting, Strategy and Control* andFinancial Reporting, Capital Markets and Business Combinations*

Quantitative Methods for Finance and Risk Analysis* Real Estate Finance* Valuation and Security Analysis* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* One option from the wide variety of courses available in other departments (with permission) If not selected above. ~ # may not be taken together. Subject to approval, it may be possible to substitute an extended essay of not more than 10,000 words on an agreed topic for one optional course.

Options
Choose a total of two full units from the following: Accounting in the Global Economy* Accountability, Organisations and Risk Management* Accounting, Strategy and Control* ~ Applied Corporate Finance* Corporate Finance Theory* Corporate and Financial Crime Financial Reporting in Capital Markets# Financial Reporting, Capital Markets and Business Combination*# Derivatives* Financial Risk Analysis* Fixed Income Markets* Forecasting Financial Time Series* Global Financial System* Leadership in Organisations: Theory and Practice* Management Accounting, Strategy and Organisational Control~ Portfolio Management*

MSc Accounting, Organisations and Institutions


Application code: N4U4 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 10 months full-time only (10 month masters programmes are not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see Bologna process see page 12) Intake/applications in 2011: 51/520 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 honours degree or equivalent in any discipline English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 22,176

50 graduate prospectus Department of Accounting

Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programme


This innovative and distinctive programme provides the opportunity to study at the interface between accounting, organisations and institutions from a rigorous interdisciplinary social science perspective. The programme does not require a background in accounting, and students with an initial training in the humanities or the social or natural sciences are encouraged to apply. The programme is aimed at those aspiring to careers in accounting, auditing and assurance, financial management, risk management, management control, management consultancy, and regulation, in a variety of for-profit and non-profit organisations globally. The degree also provides a preparation for those aspiring to embark on academic research in the field of accounting. The programme is aimed at people with good undergraduate degrees, who should normally possess at least a good upper second class honours degree or equivalent. Given the high competition for places on this programme, applicants who indicate an interest in the MSc Accounting, Organisations and Institutions specifically as their first choice will maximise their prospect of admission to the programme. Equally, candidates should note the differentiated nature of the graduate programmes in the Department of Accounting, and are advised to identify their first choice accordingly. A short, focused, introductory course on accounting practices and techniques will be

held at the beginning of the programme. Thereafter, you take examined courses up to a total of four full units. The average number of contact hours per week is 12 hours, which includes lectures and seminars. Office hours with teachers and academic advisers are available in addition to this. Key features of the programme are:  A stimulating and intellectually demanding approach to analysing the key issues facing accounting within the global economy.  The opportunity to study accounting and its organisational and institutional significance in one of the world's leading social science institutions and departments of accounting.  Blends LSE's tradition of developing the highest level of analytical skills with a focus on practice.  Introduces students to key design issues for accounting and management control systems and their operation and regulation in both the for-profit and non-profit sectors.  Explores the interface between accounting, risk management systems and accountability.  Provides exposure to the operational and strategic significance of accounting within modern organisations.  Introduces students to the different ways in which accounting shapes modern organisations and institutions across a range of different contexts.  Pays particular attention to the problems confronting accounting for hybrid and interorganisational processes and structures.  Aimed at those exceptional individuals aspiring to the highest levels of seniority, whether in accounting

firms, management consultancies, or government and regulatory institutions.

Corporate Governance Regulation of Financial Markets Regulation, Risk and Economic Life Economic Sociology * Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* Risk and Governance: A Sociological Approach* Other course options are available but only with the approval of the programme director. To reflect the strong research orientation of the programme, students must write a 6,000 wordlong essaywhich accounts for 50 per cent of the mark of compulsory courseone ~Students with a substantive and verifiable background in accounting must do either Management Accounting, Strategy and Organisational Control, Financial Reporting in Capital Marketsor a combination of Accounting, Strategy and Control and Financial Reporting, Capital Markets and Business Combinationsas compulsory course two ^# May not be taken together Please note that options taken outside the Department of Accountingare subject to availability.

Compulsory courses
Accounting, Organisations and Institutions Management Accounting and Financial Accounting: Decisions, Control, Reporting and Disclosure ~

Options
(* half unit) Courses to the value of two full units from the following: Management Accounting, Strategy and Organisational Control # Accounting, Strategy and Control* # Financial Reporting, Capital Markets and Business Combinations*^ FinancialReporting in Capital Markets^ Valuation and Security Analysis* Accounting in the Global Economy* Institutions, Environmental Change and Development* Institutions and the Global Environment* The Long-Run Analysis of Firms and Industries* The Historical Context of Business* Corporate Social Responsibility and International Labour Standards* The Rise and Decline of Economic Policy in Twentieth-Century Europe The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries International Economic Institutions since World War I*

Department of Anthropology graduate prospectus 51

Department of Anthropology
lse.ac.uk/anthropology
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 100 Research: 25 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 19 RAE: 65 per cent of the Department's research was rated as world leading or internationally excellent Location: Old Building

Dr Catherine Allerton: Eastern Indonesia; place and landscape; houses; kinship and marriage; childhood and schooling. Professor Rita Astuti: Madagascar; kinship; gender; anthropology of death; cognitive development and cultural transmission; ethnographic and experimental research methods. Dr Mukulika Banerjee: South Asia; democracy; citizenship; Muslim societies Dr Laura Bear: South Asia; anthropology of the state; temporality; neo-liberalism; globalisation; labour. Dr Fenella Cannell: Lowland Philippines; United States; anthropology of Christianity; healing and mediumship; gender; Mormonism and kinship. Dr Matthew Engelke: Zimbabwe; England; Christianity and the Bible; semiotics; materiality; public religion; history of anthropology; human rights. Professor Deborah James: South Africa; political economy; civil society and the state; land reform and property regimes; development and migration; ethnicity; ethnomusicology; HIV/AIDS and reproductive health. Dr Mathijs Pelkmans: Caucasus (Republic of Georgia); Central Asia (Kyrgyz Republic); anthropology of borders; political anthropology; anthropology of religion. Dr Michael Scott: Melanesia; ontology; comparative cosmology; models of sociality; Christianity; ethnogenesis and postcolonial transformations of the nation-state; space and place. Professor Charles Stafford: China and Taiwan; learning; schooling and child development; cognitive anthropology; the relationship between learning and economic life.

Dr Hans Steinmuller: China; political and economic anthropology, moralities and ethics, irony, ritual, gambling. Dr Harry Walker: Lowland South America; sociality and relatedness; materiality; ritual language; symbolic ecology. See also the departmental page for staff of the Department of International Development (page 112).

MPhil/PhD Anthropology Visiting Research Students


Application code: L6ZA (MPhil/PhD), L6EA (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), (VRS) up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in taught masters in Social Anthropology from a British university. If you do not have these qualifications you should apply for an MSc in the first instance. In exceptional circumstances the Department will consider students with a BA/BSc in Social Anthropology (at least an upper second) from a UK university. (Please note that for students currently registered on the Departments MSc Anthropology and Development,MSc Anthropology and Development Management, MSc Religion in the Contemporary World orMSc China in Comparative Perspectiveprogrammes, specific additional conditions apply) English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30

About the Department


The Department of Anthropology has a strong international reputation and a long and distinguished history of leadership in the discipline.It is characterised by a dynamic research culture and by a strong commitment to teaching and to promoting an inclusive intellectual environment. We engage in innovative research in the unfolding contemporary world while maintaining core anthropological traditions: long-term empirical research, a commitment to a broad comparative enquiry on the nature of human sociality and human nature, and a constructive but critical engagement with social theory. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, LSE's Anthropology Department obtained the highest proportion of 4* rated submissions (the highest ranking) in the UK. The Department maintains international links and leading scholars in the discipline often come to LSE as academic visitors.

These links bring a special quality to the Department's research culture, and are of great educational and professional benefit to students. The Department has a long and distinguished history. It originated with the work of Bronislaw Malinowski who arrived in 1910 and developed the distinctive features of British social anthropology. Many of the most famous figures in this tradition have been students and teachers in the Department. You can hear from some of the current members of staff and students by watching our videoAnthropology at LSE: lse.ac.uk/anthropology/video.aspx

Staff and their academic interests


The research interests of our staff span nearly all the major theoretical spheres of modern social anthropology from learning and cognition, to industrialisation and globalisation, mythology and religious symbolism, temporality and history, development and human rights. Our range of regional interests is equally wide.

52 graduate prospectus Department of Anthropology

Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31), LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Anthropology is part of theSocial Sciencegroup of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). Depending on the topic, AHRCfunding is also available(see page 33) Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

should apply first for one of our MSc programmes. While studying for the MSc, you may apply for admission to the MPhil/ PhD programme in the following year, although satisfactory completion of the MSc (obtaining a Merit classification or higher in the MSc overall) is required before an offer of admission to the MPhil/ PhD can be confirmed. However, if you will be supported by a scholarship which can be held only for a research degree and not for the MSc degree, you should write directly to the Departments Doctoral Programme Director to discuss this in relation to your individual circumstances. The first year of our graduate research programme focuses on fieldwork preparation and training in research methodologies. Students take courses and seminars based in the Department of Anthropology. Depending on your qualifications and background, you will also be asked to take additional coursework in social anthropology by attending lecture courses in, for example, kinship or religion. Throughout the pre-fieldwork year, your main task is to prepare in close consultation with your two supervisors a formal research proposal (with a 10,000 word limit). This is formally assessed by the Department. Students are normally upgraded from MPhil to PhD registration if their proposals have been approved, and if they have achieved the required marks on their methodology coursework. They are then allowed to proceed to fieldwork. During fieldwork depending on the practicalities of communication students are expected to maintain close contact with their supervisors about the progress of their work. Most of our students carry out fieldworkfor approximately 18 months.

Opportunities for research


Our graduate research programme, which is central to the life of the Department, is built around long term participant observation fieldwork. In recent years, doctoral students have conducted fieldwork related to a broad range of contemporary themes in social anthropology in many different countries, especially in Asia, Africa, the Middle East, South America and the Pacific. We invite applications for research, particularly on topics which are linked to the interests and expertise of our members of staff. In order to be considered for direct admission to the MPhil/PhD programme, you must have completed an MA or MSc in social anthropology at a British university to a high standard. If you do not have these qualifications, you

Department of Anthropology graduate prospectus 53

After fieldwork, doctoral candidates begin writing their PhD dissertations under the close supervision of members of staff. During this period of their studies, they attend weekly thesis writing seminars, and fortnightly seminars on recent developments in anthropology as well as departmental seminars on anthropological theory. Most students complete their dissertations between one and two years after their fieldwork has ended.

English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level:UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Apply early, however, as places will fill up quickly

teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by regular academic tutorials. The programme will help you to develop a good understanding of classical social theory and modern anthropological theory, with reference to a range of theoretical issues, including those of development and social change, and in relation to appropriate ethnography. You will gain a thorough understanding of the history of development policy and practice and their theoretical underpinnings, and of the ways in which these are illuminated by anthropology. Though the programme is not a course in applied anthropology, it will be invaluable if you are planning a career in development work. The programme also provides a good foundation for anthropological research on problems connected with development. You take two compulsory core courses (one in anthropology and one in development) and an optional course to the value of one unit, and complete an essay (dissertation) to be submitted by early September.

The Anthropology of South-East Asia* The Anthropology of South Asia* The Anthropology of Industrialisation and Industrial Life* The Anthropology of Melanesia* The Anthropology of Southern Africa* Anthropology of Development* Anthropology of Schooling* Anthropology of Learning and Cognition Anthropology and Human Rights* Investigating the Philippines New Approaches and Ethnographic Contexts* China in Comparative Perspective Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Economy 1: Production and Exchange* Anthropology of Economy 2: Development, Transformation and Globalisation* Children and Youth in Contemporary Ethnography* Anthropology and Media* Anthropological Approaches to Questions of Being* The Anthropology of Post-Soviet Eurasia* The Anthropology of Borders and Boundaries* The Anthropology of Amazonia* Ethnography of a Selected Region* Poverty* Economic Development Policy Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* African Development*

Taught programmes
MSc Anthropology and Development (see page 53) MSc Anthropology and Development Management (see page 54) MSc China in Comparative Perspective (see page 55) MSc Religion in the Contemporary World (see page 56) MSc Social Anthropology (see page 57) MSc Social Anthropology (Learning and Cognition) (see page 57)

About the MSc programme


This programme isoffered by the Department of Anthropology with the assistance of the Department of International Development and offers the following benefits:  Both the Department of Anthropology and the Department of International Development have a strongly international character, and are situated in the only institution devoted solely to the social sciences in the UK. T  he strong tradition of empirical research within both departments directly informs and enhances the teaching on the programme. T  he programmeoffers anexcellent and intensive introduction to the disciplines of social anthropology and international development. T  he programme provides ideal preparation for research work in anthropology, international development and related fields. The programme isintended for graduates with a good first degree in any discipline who can demonstrate a genuine interest in anthropology and development. Scheduled

MSc Anthropology and Development


Application code: Y2UB Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration:12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 14/89 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline, with genuine interest in anthropology and development, and in possible areas of overlap between the two (see page 34)

Compulsory courses
Anthropology: Theory and Ethnography Development: History, Theory and Policy Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) One full unit from the following: The Anthropology of Religion The Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender The Anthropology of Christianity*

54 graduate prospectus Department of Anthropology

Complex Emergencies* Development, Diaspora and Migration* Managing Globalisation* Public Management of Development* Managing Humanitarianism* Global Civil Society* The Anthropology of Schooling* Key Issues in Development Studies* Any other courses offered by Anthropology and International Development, as approved. NB It is strongly recommended, though not compulsory, that you include Anthropology of Development in your degree programme. Please note that only a limited selection of optional courses will be available every year; when you are offered a place you will be advised about availability for your year of study. If you want to be eligible to apply for a research degree in anthropology, you should take a full unit in anthropology as your optional course(s). If you already have a substantial background in anthropology and wish to take optional courses in development, you should discuss your course choice with the Doctoral Programme Director.

Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline, with genuine interest in anthropology and development, and in possible areas of overlap between the two (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Apply early, however, as places will fill up quickly

The programme is intended for graduates with a good first degree in any discipline who can demonstrate a genuine interest in anthropology and development. Scheduled teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by regular academic tutorials. In addition, as part of the course Development Management, students will take part in and be assessed on the Development Management Project, a live consultancy exercise for real development agencies in consultation with International Development staff. This programme will help you to develop a good understanding of classical social theory and modern anthropological theory, with reference to a range of theoretical issues, including those of development and social change, and in relation to appropriate ethnography. You will gain an understanding of political economy approaches to the causes of development and nondevelopment; the role of different kinds of authority, incentives and accountability mechanisms, and insight into best practice in designing state agencies, private firms and NGOs. You will explore theories about the emergence of the state, how institutional forces interact to drive processes of change in different kinds of society, and the ways in which these are illuminated by anthropology. Though the programme is not a course in applied anthropology, it will be invaluable if you are planning a career in development work. The programme also provides a good foundation for anthropological research on problems connected with development. You take two compulsory core courses (one in anthropology and one in development) and an optional course to the value of one unit, and complete an

essay (dissertation) to be submitted by early September.

Compulsory courses
Anthropology: Theory and Ethnography Development Management Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) One full unit from the following: A. Courses run annually The Anthropology of Religion The Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender Anthropology of Development* Anthropology of Learning and Cognition China in Comparative Perspective . Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Economy 1: Production and Exchange* Anthropology of Economy 2: Development, Transformation and Globalisation* B. Courses with varying availability (check LSE calendar) The Anthropology of Christianity* The Anthropology of South-East Asia* The Anthropology of South Asia* The Anthropology of Industrialisation and Industrial Life* The Anthropology of Melanesia* The Anthropology of Southern Africa* Anthropology and Human Rights*

About the MSc programme


This programme isoffered by the Department of Anthropology with the assistance of the Department of International Development and offers the following benefits:  Both the Department of Anthropologyand the Department of International Development have a strongly international character, and are situated in the only institution devoted solely to the social sciences in the UK.  The strong tradition of empirical research within both departments directly informs and enhances the teaching on the programmes.  This programme offers an excellent and intensive introduction to the disciplines of social anthropology and international development.  The programme provides ideal preparation for research work in anthropology, international development and related fields.

MSc Anthropology and Development Management


Application code:L6U7 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: New programme for2012

Department of Anthropology graduate prospectus 55

Investigating the Philippines New Approaches and Ethnographic Contexts* Children and Youth in Contemporary Ethnography* Anthropology and Media* Anthropological Approaches to Questions of Being* The Anthropology of Post-Soviet Eurasia* The Anthropology of Borders and Boundaries* Ethnography of a Selected Region* Anthropology of Amazonia* Poverty* Economic Development Policy Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* African Development* Complex Emergencies* Development, Diaspora and Migration* Managing Globalisation* Public Management of Development* Managing Humanitarianism* Global Civil Society* Key Issues in Development Studies* Any other courses offered by Anthropology and International Development, as approved. NB It is strongly recommended, though not compulsory, that you include Anthropology of Development in your degree programme. Please note that only a limited selection of optional courses will be available every year; when you are offered a place you

will be advised about availability for your year of study. If you want to be eligible to apply for a research degree in Anthropology, you should take a full unit in Anthropology as your optional course(s). If you already have a substantial background in Anthropology and wish to take optional courses in Development, you should discuss your course choice with the Doctoral Programme Director.

including anthropology, economic history, international history, sociology, government and international relations. It offers the following benefits: S  tudents are taught about China from a comparative social science perspective. T  he programme can accommodate those who have interests in specific disciplinary frameworks such as anthropology, government, international relations or international and economic history. Students benefit from LSEs considerable expertise in studies of China and of Asia more generally.  The programme is a good preparation for research work in an academic discipline, but is also appropriate for those with career interests related to China and East Asia (for example, in business or government). A key feature of the MSc is that China is always considered in a comparative and historical framework. So, for example, Chinese economic history might be contrasted with European or Indian economic history or Chinese governmental powers with those found in Europe. The programme is built around a compulsory core course on China in Comparative Perspective, combining lectures, seminars and tutorial supervision. Additionally you take optional courses to the value of two unitsand complete a dissertation to be submitted by early September. Scheduled teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by fortnightly academic tutorials in groups of two or three students. During the Lent and Summer terms there are additional one-hour seminars to prepare students for dissertation writing.

Compulsory courses
China in Comparative Perspective Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose coursesto the value oftwo fullunits from: Anthropology: Theory and Ethnography Pre-modern Paths of Growth: East and West Compared, 1000-1800 Democracy in East and South Asia* Introduction to Comparative Politics * The Anthropology of Religion The Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender The Anthropology of Industrialisation and Industrial Life* The Anthropology of Development Anthropology and Human Rights* Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Economy (1): Production and Exchange* Anthropology of Economy (2): Development, Transformation and Globalisation* Anthropology and Media* The Anthropology of Post-Soviet Eurasia* The Anthropology of Schooling* China in Developmental Perspectives* Economic Developmentin East and Southeast Asia* Shipping and Sea Power in Asian Waters, c1600-1860* European Models of Capitalism*

MSc China in Comparative Perspective


Application code: L6U2 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration:12 months full-time only Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in social science (see page 34) Intake/applications in 2011: 30/152 English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Apply early, however, as places will fill up quickly

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Anthropology, however teaching contributions come from staff in a range of departments within LSE. The programme provides an introduction to the study of China, drawing on a range of social science disciplines

56 graduate prospectus Department of Anthropology

Government and Politics in China* Local Power in an Era of Globalisation, Democratisation, and Decentralisation* Cities and Social Change in East Asia* Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity* East Asia in the Age of Imperialism, 1839-1945* Foreign Policy Analysis III International Politics: Asia and the Pacific The Political Economy of International Trade Introduction to International Political Theory* The International Political Theory of Humanitarian Intervention* The Politics of International Law* European Social Policy* NGO Management, Policy and Administration Social Policy: Goals and Issues* Globalisation and Social Policy* Social Policy Organisation and Innovation* Health and Population in Developing and Transitional Societies* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy* The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the EU* If you want to be eligible to apply for a research degree in Anthropology, Economic History or Government, your choice of two optional courses must include one core unit () and another full unit from the relevant discipline. Please note that only a selection of the optional courses is run each year, and some options are only available with approval of the course leader. Other courses in related disciplines may be taken instead of

the above subject to the approval of your supervisor and the course teacher(s).

of religion and secularisation through comparison with the rest of the world.  Teaching is directly informed and enhanced by the very strong tradition of fieldwork-based research within the LSE Department of Anthropology.  We offer a full academic tutorial system, which means that students on this MSc benefit from direct and sustained contact with members of staff.  The programme is an ideal preparation for research work in the study of religion. Many graduates from the Department go on to complete PhDs. It will also provide a foundation for those wishing to find employment in the civil service, policy and diplomacy, education, social work, and NGOs. This programme is intended for graduates with a good first degree in the humanities and social sciences, including those who may have studied anthropology within the context of a more general degree. Scheduled teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by regular academic tutorials. You take a compulsory core course, a choice of options to the value of two full units, and complete an essay (dissertation) to be submitted by early September.

Option List A: Anthropology of Religion: Current Themes and Theories* The Anthropology of Christianity* Anthropology of South-East Asia* The Anthropology of Melanesia* Anthropology of Southern Africa* Investigating the Philippines: New Approaches and Ethnographic Contexts* Anthropology and Media* Anthropological Approaches to Questions of Being* Anthropology of Post-Soviet Eurasia* Anthropology of South Asia* The Idea of Europe* Europe Beyond Modernity* Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia* Local Power in an Era of Globalisation, Democratisation, and Decentralisation* Islamic Republic of Iran; Society, Politics and the Greater Middle East* Islam in International Relations: From Al-Andalus to Afghanistan The International Politics of Culture and Religion Choose courses to the value of one unit from the following: Option List B Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender Anthropology of Industrialisation and Industrial Life* Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Economics (1): Production and Exchange*

MSc Religion in the Contemporary World


Application code:L6U3 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration:12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: New programme for 2013 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline, with genuine interest in anthropology and development, and in possible areas of overlap between the two (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level:UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Apply early, however, as places will fill up quickly

About the MSc programme


This programme offers the following benefits:  It provides an interdisciplinary, broad socialscience perspective on the study of religion, in contrast to courses which take a religious studies or theology-based perspective.  It covers topics of key importance, such as secularisation, religion and public policy, religion in the developing world, religion in the West and its historical development, and the understanding of Western models

Compulsory courses
Understanding Religion in the Contemporary World Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value of one unit from the following:

Department of Anthropology graduate prospectus 57

Anthropology of Economics (2): Development, Transformation and Globalisation* The European Enlightenment: c1680-1799 Political Islam: From Ibn Taymiyya to Osama Bin Laden Cognition and Culture* Racial Formations of Modernity* Ethnic and Religious Violence in PostColonial Societies* Race and Biopolitics* Race, Ethnicity and Migration in Britain (post-1945)* An additional unit from option list A not previously taken Please note that only a limited selection of the optional courses will be available each year. When you are offered a place you will be advised about availability for your year of study.

Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Apply early, however, as places will fill up quickly

The MSc Social Anthropology (Learning and Cognition) offers students the opportunity to specialise in the anthropological study of human learning and cognition.  Students engage in the study of crosscultural cognitive development in a Department which combines a strong tradition of fieldwork based research with innovative experimental research.  Students benefit from our links to internationally based initiatives and research on culture and cognition.  We offer a full academic tutorial system, which means that students on this MSc benefit from direct and sustained contact with members of staff who are specialists in the anthropology of learning and cognition.  The programme is an ideal preparation for research work in anthropology and related fields, especially for those with interests in the areas of learning, child development, schooling and cognition. This programme is intended for graduates with a good first degree in any discipline and an interest in the cross-cultural study of human learning and cognition. Scheduled teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by regular academic tutorials. The programme involves completing two compulsory core courses and one optional course, as well as preparing a long essay (dissertation) to be submitted by early September.

Options for MSc Social Anthropology


(* half unit) Choose courses to the value of one unit from the following: The Anthropology of Religion The Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Economy (1): Production and Exchange* Anthropology of Economy (2): Development, Transformation and Globalisation* Choose courses to the value of one unit from the following: An additional unit from the options listed above The Anthropology of Christianity * The Anthropology of South-East Asia* The Anthropology of Industrialisation and Industrial Life* The Anthropology of Melanesia* The Anthropology of South Asia* The Anthropology of Amazonia* The Anthropology of Southern Africa* The Anthropology of Development* Anthropology of Learning and Cognition Anthropology and Human Rights* Investigating the Philippines: New Approaches and Ethnographic Contexts* China in Comparative Perspective Children and Youth in Contemporary Ethnography* Anthropology and Media*

About the MSc programmes


The MSc Social Anthropology offers the following benefits:  Teaching is directly informed and enhanced by the very strong tradition of fieldwork-based research within the LSE Department of Anthropology.  The programme is an excellent and intensive introduction to the discipline of social anthropology.  We offer a full academic tutorial system, which means that students on this MSc benefit from direct and sustained contact with members of staff.  The programme is an ideal preparation for research work in anthropology and related fields, and many graduates go on to complete PhDs. Other graduates find employment in a wide range of national and international organisations, including those concerned with international development. This programme is intended for graduates with a good first degree in any discipline, including those who may have studied anthropology within the context of a more general degree. Scheduled teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by regular academic tutorials. You take a compulsory core course, a choice of options to the value of two full units, and complete an essay (dissertation) to be submitted by early September.

MScSocialAnthropology MScSocialAnthropology (Learning andCognition)


Application code: L6U5 Social Anthropology; L6U6 Social Anthropology (Learningand Cognition) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 36/153 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184

Compulsory courses for MSc Social Anthropology


Anthropology: Theory and Ethnography Dissertation

58 graduate prospectus

Department of Anthropology

Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment

Anthropological Approaches to Questions of Being* The Anthropology of Post-Soviet Eurasia* The Anthropology of Borders and Boundaries* Ethnography of a Selected Region* The Anthropology of Schooling*

Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment


The Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment is home to climate change and environment research at LSE. The Institute, funded by the Grantham Foundation for the Protection of the Environment, is chaired by Lord Stern of Brentford, author of the 2006 Stern Review (www.occ.gov.uk/activities/stern.htm), and brings together high quality research on climate change and environmental issues from across the social sciences, supporting policy development, raising public awareness, and contributing to business strategy. The Institute also hosts the ESRC Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy. This is a research partnership between LSE and the University of Leeds to advance climate-change policy by improving both the evidence and the tools available to decision makers. The Centre also benefits from an additional programme, Evaluating the Economics of Climate Risk and Opportunities for the Insurance Sector, which is funded by Munich Re. The Research agenda of the Institute and Centre covers five broad themes that are supported across all three sources of funding: Global response strategies  Green growth  Practical aspects of climate policy Adaptation and development Resource security social science aspects of climate and environmental change, and the Institute houses a growing number of research students working in these areas. Cutting edge research in this area requires interaction and collaboration across the disciplines and the Institute is working in partnership with departments and other research centres, including the Departments of Geography and Environment, Economics, Statistics, International Relations, Philosophy and centres such as CEP, Financial Markets, CATS and Human Rights. Students receive research training in the relevant departments and where appropriate are affiliated to the Institute. Members of the Institute include: Nick Stern: Chair of the Institute, IG Patel Professor in Economics and Government, Director of the Asia Research Centre. Judith Rees:Professor of Environmental and Resource Management, Grantham Research Institute. Lenny Smith: Director of CATS, Professor in Statistics. Simon Dietz:Institute Co-Director, Senior Lecturer in the Department of Geography and Environment. Sam Fankhauser: Institute Co-Director, Professorial Research Fellow, Grantham Research Institute More information on the Institute, its academic members and current activities can be found at lse.ac.uk/granthamInstitute

Compulsory courses for MSc Social Anthropology (Learning and Cognition)


Anthropology of Learning and Cognition Anthropology: Theory and Ethnography Dissertation

Options for MSc Social Anthropology (Learning and Cognition)


Any full unit, or any two half units from the lists above. Please note that only a limited selection of the optional courses will be available each year. Of these, some will be on anthropological themes and some will be on ethnographic regions; when you are offered a place you will be advised about availability for your year of study.

Opportunities for research


There are opportunities across many departments at LSE for research on the

Department of Economic History

graduate prospectus 59

Department of Economic History


lse.ac.uk/economicHistory
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 149 Research: 36 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 18 RAE: 65 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Clare Market history of the 19th and 20th centuries; the economic history of the less developed world; and global economic history. We particularly value a comparative outlook on research, and the fruits of our research have been used by international agencies, such as the World Bank and International Monetary Fund, government departments and local communities. Our faculty have included among their research commitments the editorship of The Economic History Review, The Journal of African History and The European Review of Economic History.

Professor Stephen Broadberry: Global economic history; very long run economic growth; international comparisons of growth and productivity performance since 1870; long run economic growth and development before 1870. Dr Kent Deng: Pre-modern Chinese economy (particularly the role of the Literati and maritime history) and longterm Chinese economic history. Dr Leigh Gardner:Economic and fiscal history of the British Empire, particularly Africa; political economy of medieval kingship; economic origins of political institutions. Dr Peter Howlett: British economic history; war economies; labour markets. Professor Janet Hunter: Japanese economic development; gender issues; Anglo-Japanese relations. Dr Alejandra Irigoin:Economic history of early modern and modern Latin America; global economic and monetary history in the early modern period; comparative history of Empires. Dr Tim Leunig: British and American business and industrial history. Dr Debin Ma: Long-term determinants of economic growth and comparative economic history with a focus on east Asia; technology, institutions and productivity changes in Chinese and Japanese silk sectors. Dr Chris Minns: Economic history and labour economics, with focus on North American labour markets in the early 20th century. Professor Mary Morgan: History and philosophy of economics. Professor Albrech Ritschl: Economic growth; fluctuations and economic policy in the 19th and 20th centuries.

ProfessorTirthankar Roy: Economic history of modern and early-modern South Asia; particular interests include industrialisation, labour and employment, and historiography. Professor Max-Stephan Schulze: European economic history, particularly the Habsburg Empire; market integration; growth and convergence. Dr Oliver Volckart: Late medieval and early modern economic history; constitutional history; monetary and financial history. Dr Patrick Wallis: History of medicine and disease, particularly epidemics, pharmacy and medical practice; the early modern economy; cities, particularly London.

About the Department


Following in a long and distinguished tradition, research in the Department of Economic History uses concepts and theories from the social sciences as a starting point for studying the development of real economies and understanding them in their social, political and cultural context. The Department is home to by far the largest group of researchers in economic history in the UK and probably the world. The composition and international diversity of its staff, academic visitors and research students mean that its interests range from the medieval period to the current century, from Latin America to China via Africa and Europe, from questions about the institutions of economic change to ones on technology and finance, and from the history of economic ideas and policy to the measurement of past human well-being and explanations for global trade patterns. Research and teaching are particularly vigorous in the international economic

MPhil/PhD Economic History Visiting Research Students


Application code: V3ZE (MPhil/PhD) V3EE (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in a taught masters degree in economic history or a related subject in social science. Other students should apply for MSc Economic History (Research) English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhDEconomic Historyis part of the Global Economic Performance Policy and Management group of

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Olivier Accominotti: Monetary and financial history of the 19th and 20th centuries; international financial instability during the Great Depression; financial crises and contagion. Dr Gerben Bakker: The historical analysis of the interaction between markets, industries, firms and strategies and their impact.

60 graduate prospectus

Department of Economic History

accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32) Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

historians and consider how these have beenand can be applied in research; and examine how statistical techniques and inference procedures can be used in the study of economic history. In addition, all first year research students attend a compulsory course, which provides a forum for the discussion of general issues and problems relating to PhD research, as well as assisting students to clarify their topics and research strategies through the examination of texts related to their proposed thesis areas. Supervisors may also require students to take additional taught courses in the first year of study. A thesis workshop for all graduate research students is held weekly during term, and all students are expected to attend. This provides a forum for students to chair seminars, present papers, and act as discussants, and as such constitutes a central part of the graduate training programme. The main goal of research students in the Department is the researching and writing of a thesis. Students are, however, expected to do much more than just thesis research. Most doctoral students go on to academic or academic related jobs which require a broader knowledge of the subject than can be gained from intense but narrow thesis research. Research students are therefore regularly expectedto attend and participate in departmental workshops and seminars, as well as other seminars in the University of London. Advanced research students are expected to present research papers at conferences and seminars, and many also act as teaching assistants on undergraduate courses. All students have one main supervisor, and inmost cases a second supervisor. The supervisor is the students most important academic link with the Department. The

research student tutor is responsible for the overall research programme, and chairs the Graduate Review Committee which oversees the progress of research students. All students are reviewed at the end of their first year of research, and registration for the second year depends on a satisfactory outcome. Students are reviewed again when they upgrade from MPhil to PhD status, normally at the end of their second year of study, when they are expected to have produced around half the thesis in draft. The Department has a large body of research students drawn from every continent, who join with staff members to form a vigorous research community. A significant number of research students trained in the Department are now employed at institutions all over the world in teaching and research posts. Students leave the Department equipped for any profession that requires intellectual judgement, the ability to assess and analyse evidence and ideas, and good communication skills. Graduates of the programme have gone on to university teaching or research posts, into jobs in international economic agencies, such as the Asian Development Bank and the World Bank, and to a variety of other positions, from museum directors to pig farmers!

universities. EU financial support is available (see page 223) MSc Political Economy of Late Development (see page 63)

MSc Economic History


Application code: V3U1 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 77/255 (with Research track) Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None

Opportunities for research


To undertake research you should have completed a taught master's degree in economic history, economics or a closely related subject. Other students will be expected to take the MSc Economic History (Research) as the first year of their programme. Incoming students may also be required during the first year of the MPhil/PhD to take one or more examined MSc options related to the provision of core knowledge and individual research interests. Those entering from the master's degrees in the Department are required to achieve a merit overall and 65 per cent in the dissertation to qualify for entry to the MPhil/PhD programme. All research students who have not already taken the MSc in Economic History in the Department are expected to attend the MSc (Research) core courses, Historical Analysis of Economic Change and Research Design and Quantitative Methods in Economic History. These courses provide a basic awareness of historical methodology and central themes in economic history; introduce important analytical tools used by economic

About the MSc programme


Applicants for our MSc programmes should have at least an upper second class honours degree, or its equivalent, in the social sciences. The MSc Economic History offers a flexible programme to those who have already studied economic history at first degree level, or for those who have studied a related discipline and whose interests have moved towards economic history. The wide range of courses in economic history available enables candidates to compile a programme that meets their particular requirements. The degree is a twelve month programme, consisting of one compulsory half unit, a compulsory dissertation (half or full unit), and optional courses to the value

Taught programmes
MSc Economic History (see page 60) MSc Economic History (Research) (see page 61) MSc Global History (see page 62) MA Global Studies: A European Perspective. A two year (full-time) Erasmus Mundus programme. Students spend a year at each of two participating

Department of Economic History graduate prospectus 61

of two and a half or three units selected from the prescribed list, which must include at least one of our advanced survey courses on modern or pre-modern economic history over the last millennium. Please note that some options have prerequisites and some have a restricted intake. The range of options available in any one year may vary. Students leave the Department equipped for any profession that requires intellectual judgement, the ability to assess and analyse evidence and ideas, and good communication skills. Economic history graduates can be found in management and administration in the public and private sectors; banking; journalism; economic consultancy; and library and museum services, to mention just a few.

International Migration, 1500-2000: from slavery to asylum* Research Topics in Economic History A* Research Topics in Economic HistoryB* The British Economy in Global Perspective, 1000-2000* Shipping and Sea Power in Asian Waters, c1600-1860* International Economic Institutions since World War I* African Economic Development in Historical Perspective* Topics in Quantitative Economic History Economic Development of East and Southeast Asia Latin American Development: Political Economy of Growth* Latin American Development and Economic History* The Long-Run Analysis of Firms and Industries* The Historical Context of Business* The Rise and Decline of Economic Policy in 20th Century Western Europe The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries Great Depressions in Economic History* Economic History of Southeastern Europe and the Middle East, 1820-1970* Labour and Work in Pre-industrial Europe* Epidemics: Epidemic Disease in History, 1348-2000 Japan and Koreaas Developing Economies* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Research Design and Quantitative Methods in Economic History*

Quantitative Topics in Economic History I: Cross-Section and Panel Data* Quantitative Topics in Economic History II: Time Series and Economic Dynamics* Pre-modern Paths of Growth: East and West Compared, c1000-1800 History of Economics: Making Political Economy into a Social Science* History of Economics: Ideas Policy and Performativity* Cannot be combined with Topics in Quantitative Economic History

Notes: This research track can be taken as a stand alone qualification or as the first year of a research degree, followed by 3-4 years of MPhil/PhD. You should indicate in your personal statement if you wish to be considered for the 1+3 programme and submit an outline research proposal

About the MSc programme


Applicants for our MSc programmes should have at least an upper second class honours degree, or its equivalent, in the social sciences. The MSc Economic History (Research) provides training in methods including the role of theory, evaluation, analysis and explanation, quantitative techniques and computing, the use of sources and presentational skills, all of which give a foundation for more advanced research work in the subject. Students considering further graduate work and/or students who have received an ESRC 1+3 grant, must successfully complete the MSc Economic History (Research) degree. The programme comprises two compulsory half units, a dissertation (which counts as two units) and optional courses to the value of two units selected from the prescribed list. Please note that some options have prerequisites and some have a restricted intake. The range of options available in any one year may vary. Students leave the Department equipped for any profession that requires intellectual judgement, the ability to assess and analyse evidence and ideas, and good communication skills. Economic history graduates can be found in management and administration in the public and private sectors; banking;

MSc Economic History (Research)


Application code: V3U2 Research Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 77/255 (with non-Research track) Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). MSc Economics History (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32). Your complete application must be submitted before 7 January 2013 to be considered for nomination Application deadline: None

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Historical Analysis of Economic Change* Choose one from: Essay/Dissertation (6,000 words)* Dissertation (10,000 words) Choose one from: The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries Pre-modern Paths of Growth: East and West Compared, c1000-1800

Options
Depending on the type of essay/ dissertation chosen, select a total of one and a half or twounits from: India and the World Economy*

62 graduate prospectus Department of Economic History

journalism; economic consultancy; and library and museum services, to mention just a few.

Latin American Development and Economic History* The Long-Run Analysis of Firms and Industries* The Historical Context of Business* The Rise and Decline of Economic Policy in 20th Century Western Europe History of Economics: Making Political Economy into a Social Science* History of Economics: Ideas Policy and Performativity* The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries Great Depressions in Economic History* Economic History of Southeastern Europe and the Middle East, 1820-1970* Labour and Work in Pre-industrial Europe*

Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 20/77 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in humanities or social science. Prior knowledge of economic theory is not essential (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Historical Analysis of Economic Change* Research Dissertation of 15,000 words (counts as two units) One of the followingresearch training courses: Research Design and Quantitative Methods in Economic History* Quantitative Topics in Economic History I: Cross-Section and Panel Data* Quantitative Topics in Economic History II: Time Series and Economic Dynamics*

unit and a half unit dissertation, or optional courses to the value ofa half unitand a dissertation to the value of one unit. The compulsory half unit course introduces central debates and key analytical tools and the full unit courses provide a general grounding in major processes in global history over the last millennium. Please note that some options have prerequisites and some have a restricted intake. The range of options available in any one year may vary.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Economic Change in Global History: Approaches and Analysis* Choose one from: Essay/Dissertation* (6,000 words) Dissertation(10,000 words) Choose two from: Pre-modern Paths of Growth: East and West Compared, c1000-1800 The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries Empire, Colonialism and Globalisation

About the MSc programme


This programme is intended for graduates in history, geography, anthropology and other humanities degrees as well as related social sciences, such as economics, politics and sociology (prior knowledge of economic theory is not essential). Applicants should have at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent in a social science or humanities subject and a desire to explore change in a global perspective over the long term. The programme was developed in response to the maturation of global history as a field; by the contribution of economic history and social science based approaches to the framing and content of the field; and by the increasing involvement of members of the Department in this area. To achieve coherence and rigour, the focus is specifically on economic change considered in its cultural, social and political contexts. The MSc comprises of compulsory courses to the value oftwo and a halfunits, and either optional courses to the value of one

Options
Choose a total of two full units from: India and the World Economy* International Migration, 1500-2000: from slavery to asylum* Research Topics in Economic History A* Research Topics in Economic History B* The British Economy in Global Perspective, 1000-2000* International Economic Institutions since World War I* African Economic Development in Historical Perspective* Topics in Quantitative Economic History Economic Development of East and Southeast Asia Latin American Development: Political Economy of Growth*

Epidemics: Epidemic Disease in History, 1348-2000 Japan and Koreaas Developing Economies* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Quantitative Topics in Economic History I: Cross-Section and Panel Data* Quantitative Topics in Economic History II: Time Series and Economic Dynamics* Shipping and Sea Power in Asian Waters, c1600-1860* If not taken as a research training course Please note, Quantitative Topics in Economic History I and II cannot be combined with Topics in Quantitative Economic History.

Options
Depending on the type of essay/ dissertation chosen, select a total ofhalf orone unit from: Pre-modern Paths of Growth: East and West Compared, c1000-1800 The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries

MSc Global History


Application code: V3U6 Start date:3 October 2013

Department of Economic History

graduate prospectus 63

Empire, Colonialism and Globalisation Economic Development of East and Southeast Asia Latin American Development: Political Economy of Growth* Latin American Development and Economic History* Japan and Koreaas DevelopingEconomies* African Economic Development in Historical Perspective* Great Depressions in Economic History* Economic History of Southeastern Europe and the Middle East, 1820-1970* India and the World Economy* International Migration, 1500-2000: From Slavery to Asylum* Research Topics in Economic History A* Research Topics in Economic HistoryB* The British Economy in Global Perspective, 1000-2000* Shipping and Sea Power in Asian Waters, c1600-1860* International Economic Institutions since World War I* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Labour and Work in Pre-industrial Europe* Epidemics: Epidemic Disease in History, 1348-2000* Research Design and Quantitative Methods in Economic History* Topics in Quantitative Economic History The Long-Run Analysis of Firms and Industries* The Historical Context of Business* The Rise and Decline of Economic Policy in Twentieth Century Europe

History of Economics: Making Political Economy into a Social Science* History of Economics: Ideas Policy and Performativity* Quantitative Topics in Economic History I: Cross-Section and Panel Data* Quantitative Topics in Economic History II: Time Series and Economic Dynamics* Cannot be combined with Topics in Quantitative Economic History

of Economic History and the Department of International Development. It provides a unique set of courses that combine conceptual approaches to development, empirical analyses of patterns of growth in Africa, Asia and Latin America, and key themes in development. The intellectual objectives of the degree derive from increasing interest in the recent economic history of late developing economies and their differing growth trajectories. The programme is primarily intended for students planning a career in development work, and provides a good foundation for social science research in development. The programme uses techniques of longrun growth analysis to inform modern approaches to development policy and practice. It provides a comparative assessment of current development debates, and locates them in appropriate historical and theoretical contexts. Courses consider the origin and outcomes of patterns of growth in various parts of the world, policy responses to differing growth outcomes, and assumptions underpinning policy interventions. The programme also seeks to explain how and when some developing economies converged with industrialised countries, while the growth performance of others was more erratic, and why problems of poverty, inequality, instability and violence still characterise large parts of the world. The degree is a twelve-month programme, consisting of two core units, a dissertation, and optional courses to the value of two full units selected from the prescribed list. The core elements are Development: Theory, History and Policy and Theories, Paths and Patterns of Late Development, to which the dissertation is linked. In choosing options, students must select an equivalent of one full

MSc Political Economy of Late Development


Application code: V3UC Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 45/143 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science or humanities (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Economic History and the Department of International Development The MSc Political Economy of Late Development offers students an opportunity to integrate two related fields of study that draw on the breadth of research expertise and practical experience in the Department

64 graduate prospectus Department of Economic History

Department of Economics

Department of International Development unit and one full economic history unit. Please note that some options have prerequisites and some have a restricted intake. The range of options available in any one year may vary.

Epidemics: Epidemic Disease in History, 1348-2000* International Migration, 1500-2000: from slavery to asylum* Research Topics in Economic History A* Research Topics in Economic History B* The British Economy in Global Perspective, 1000-2000* International Economic Institutions since World War I* Department of International Development courses Poverty* Economic Development Policy

Department of Economics
lse.ac.uk/economics
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 228 Research: 84 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 68 RAE: 95 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: St Clements In rankings of departments, based on publications in leading journals and peer review, the Department is consistently placed in the top 20 worldwide, far ahead of any other department in Europe. A recent ranking by Tilburg University of publications in top economics journals 2004-2009 places the Department equal 8th worldwide. Members of the Department are current or former editors of some of the leading journals, including the American Economic Review, Review of Economics Studies, the Economic Journal and Economica. There is a cosmopolitan feel to the Department as well over half the members of staff were born or educated outside the UK and nearly three-quarters of graduate students come from overseas. Former students are employed as economists in universities and in a wide range of national and international organisations, in government, business, and finance.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Theories, Paths and Patterns of Late Development* Development: History, Theory and Policy Dissertation on the Political Economy of Late Development* (10,000 words)

Options
Choose courses to the value of two full units, to consist of one unit from Department of Economic History and one unit from Department of International Development: Department of Economic History courses India and the World Economy* African Economic Development in Historical Perspective* Economic Development in East and Southeast Asia Latin American Development: Political Economy of Growth* Latin American Development and Economic History* Shipping and Sea Power in Asian Waters c1600-1860* Labour and Work in Preindustrial Europe* Japan and Korea as DevelopingEconomies*

Population and Development: An Analytical Approach* African Development* Global Political Economy of Development I* International Institutions and Late Development* Managing Humanitarianism* Nationalism, Democracy and Development in Contemporary India* Key Issues in Development Studies*

About the Department


The Department is one of the largest in the world, and offers an unusually rich choice of courses. It is also one of the leading research departments: in the 2008 review of university research by the UK Higher Education Funding Councils, the Department came top, whether ranked by grade point average or by the percentage of research receiving the top 4* grade. 60 per cent of our research activity was considered world leading and a further 35 per cent considered internationally excellent. Ten past and present members of staff and students have been awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics including the 2010 prize winner Christopher Pissarides. Important figures in the discipline such as Atkinson, Besley, Layard, King, Sutton and Stern are, or have been, members of the Department.

Department of Economics

graduate prospectus 65

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Esteban Aucejo: Economics of education; labour economics; applied microeconomics. Professor Oriana Bandiera: Development economics; labour economics; public economics. Dr Gianluca Benigno: International macroeconomics; monetary economics. Professor Timothy Besley: Public economics; development economics; political economy. Dr Margaret Bray: Portfolio theory; agency problems in financial markets; expectation formation. Dr Gharad Bryan: Development economics; behavioural economics; microeconomic theory. Professor Robin Burgess: Development economics; public economics; political economy. Professor Francesco Caselli: Macroeconomics; development economics; economic growth; economics and politics. Professor Frank Cowell: Income and wealth distribution; inequality and poverty; issues in taxation. Professor Wouter Den Haan: Macroeconomics; dynamic stochastic equilibrium models; matching models; frictions; numerical solution techniques Dr Swati Dhingra: International economics; trade policy; industrial development Dr Christopher Dougherty: Planning of education and training; manpower analysis. Dr Erik Eyster: Behavioural economics; political economy. Professor Leonardo Felli: Contract theory; theory of the firm; labour economics and

application to human capital investment and incentives; game theory. Dr Greg Fischer: Development; applied microeconomics; experimental economics. Dr Matthew Gentry: Empirical industrial organisation; microeconomics; auctions. Professor Maitreesh Ghatak: Development economics; economics of organisation; contract theory; public economics. Dr Vassillis Hajivassilou: Applied and theoretical econometrics; simulation based inference. Professor John Hardman Moore: Economic theory. Professor Javier Hidalgo: Time series analysis; semiparametric estimation; specification testing; econometric theory. Dr Ethan Ilzetzki: International finance; macroeconomics. Professor Richard Jackman: Economics of the labour market; unemployment; wage determination; local government finance; labour markets in eastern Europe. Dr Keyu Jin: International finance; macroeconomics; finance; the Chinese economy. Professor Philipp Kircher: Labour markets; unemployment and mismatch; search and matching theory; economic theory. Dr Henrik Kleven: Public economics; labour economics; applied microeconomics. Dr Tatiana Komarova: Econometric theory; applied econometrics. Dr Camille Landais: Public finance; labour economics; applied microeconomics; microeconometrics. Dr Jonathan Leape: Capital flows in emerging economies; financial regulation; regional integration; economies of Africa;

economics of public policy; taxation; savings and portfolios. Professor Gilat Levy: Applied microeconomic theory; political economy; information economics. Dr Matthew Levy: Behavioural economics; public economics; health economics. Professor Alan Manning: Labour economics; minimum wages; wages councils; low pay. Dr Guy Michaels: Labour economics; economic development; economic geography. Dr Pascal Michaillat: Macroeconomics; contract theory; game theory; psychology and economics. Dr Francesco Nava: Economic theory; contract theory; political economy; industrial organisation; computational economics. Dr Rachel Ngai: Development economics; macroeconomics; labour economics. Professor Gerard Padro I Miquel: Economic development; conflict; economics of institutions; political economy. Dr Taisuke Otsu: Empirical likelihood; nonparametric and semiparametric methods; microeconometrics. Professor Gianmarco Ottaviano: Capital movement and multinationals; development and growth; economic integration; international trade; migration, regional cohesion. Professor Martin Pesendorfer: Industrial organisation; auctions; information economics; strategic interaction. Professor Michele Piccione: Microeconomic theory; game theory; bounded rationality. Professor Jrn-Steffen Pischke: Labour economics; applied econometrics; economics of education.

Professor Christopher Pissarides: Macroeconomics; unemployment; growth. Professor Andrea Prat: Microeconomic theory; public economics; political economy; game theory; organisation theory. Professor Danny Quah: Economic growth; income inequality; new technology; intellectual assets; information technology; the weightless economy. Professor Ronny Razin: Political economy; applied microeconomics; industrial organisation. Professor Peter Robinson: Econometrics; time series analysis; nonparametric inference; semiparametric inference. Dr Thomas Sampson: International trade; growth and development. Dr Marcia Schafgans: Theoretical and applied microeconometrics; semiparametric and nonparametric estimation techniques; limited dependent variable models; sample selection. Professor Mark Schankerman: Research and development; patents, intellectual property rights; regulation in telecommunications; capital growth; applied microeconometrics. Dr Pasquale Schiraldi: Industrial organisation; microeconomic theory; applied econometrics. Dr Myunghwan Seo: Econometric theory; time series analysis; bootstrap. Dr Kevin Sheedy: Macroeconomics; monetary economics; applied econometrics. Dr Johannes Spinnewijn: Public finance; theory; behavioural economics, organisational economics. Professor Nicholas Stern: the economics of climate change.

66 graduate prospectus Department of Economics

Dr Daniel Sturm: International trade; economic geography; political economy; environmental economics. Professor John Sutton: Theories of industrial structure and empirical implementation. Professor Balazs Szentes: Microeconomic theory. Professor Silvana Tenreyro: Macroeconomics; international economics. Professor John Van Reenen: Productivity; innovation; public policy; labour, industrial organisation; competition policy. Professor Christine Whitehead: Housing economics and finance; urban economics; privatisation and regulation. Professor Alwyn Young: Growth in East Asia; cross-country comparisons of productivity growth; international trade and specialisation; the economics of AIDS in Africa.

English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All applicants must submit a GRE score. This must be no more than five years old and must show full and percentile scores for all three sections Fee level: Track 1, year 1, 22,176; Track 2 and subsequent years of Track 1 follow the MPhil/PhD fee structure Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MRes/PhD Economics is part of the Economics group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (See page 32). Departmental scholarship funds may be available to UK/EU and overseas applicants unable to obtain external financial support. There are also numerous opportunities to earn support via teaching and research assistantships Application deadline: 7 January 2013. Selection for funding is also based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents by this deadline

centres. The largest are: the Suntory and Toyota International Centres for Economics and Related Disciplines, with major groups working on development economics, economics of industry, econometrics, economic theory, public finance and political economy; the Centre for Economic Performance, looking at technology and growth, globalisation, labour markets and financial stability; and the Financial Markets Group, specialising in risk management, asset pricing, financial institutions and corporate finance. During the past two decades, LSE has developed a remarkable record of placing its PhD students in academic positions in the United States, as well as in the best research universities in Europe. A 2005 study by the Universit Catholique de Louvain ranked LSE 10th worldwide for placing students in prestigious economics departments. For details of recent placements, see econ.lse.ac.uk/phdc The Department has educated some of the leaders in their respective fields, such as Orazio Attanasio, Daron Acemoglu, and Thomas Piketty.

the MRes/PhD programme (see below MSc plus MRes/PhD Track 2). An overview of the two routes is given below. Detailed information on coursework requirements and financial support is available at econ.lse.ac.uk/study/ programmes/apply/applyphd.html

Direct entry MRes/PhD (Track 1)


Direct entry to the MRes/PhD programme (Track 1) is aimed at students with a postgraduate degree, or an undergraduate degree and exceptional grades in economics, mathematics, econometrics and other quantitative subjects. In the first year of the programme you will take advanced core courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics, to equip you with the theoretical knowledge and analytical techniques necessary for research. In the second year, you will typically take two field courses and write a research paper in your major field. Currently, there are field courses covering: microeconomics, macroeconomics, econometrics, financial markets, and international, labour, public, industrial, and development economics. From the second year onwards, you will also participate in a departmental research seminar and a work in progress seminar allied to your research field.

MRes/PhD Economics Visiting Research Students


Application code: L1U4 (MRes/PhD Track1), L1U5 (MRes/PhD Track 2) L1EC (VRS) Start date: Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics begins early September 2013 Duration: MRes/PhD Track 1: 4 years; MRes/PhD Track 2: 3 years; VRS: up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Track 1 First class degree with exceptional grades in economics, econometrics, mathematics and other quantitative subjects. Track 2 - Exceptional marks in graduate economics programme

Opportunities for research


Our Department pioneered the development of systematic research training in economics in Britain and our PhD programme aims for the highest international standard of achievement and professional competence. The intellectual climate created by a substantial number of able and enthusiastic students, along with the input of an encouraging and skilled staff are the most important assets of the programme. Many research students are associated with the work of one of LSEs research

Structure of the programme and entry routes


A PhD in Economics from LSE consists of a coursework portion, largely completed over two years (leading to the MRes or Master of Research degree), followed by a thesis (leading to the PhD degree). There are two entry routes into the programme with slightly different coursework requirements; direct entry to the MRes/ PhD programme (Track 1), or entry via one of our prestigious MSc degrees. Highly successful graduates of our MSc programmes are able to enter Track 2 of

Direct entry MRes/PhD (Track 2)


Admission to Track 2 is restricted to applicants who have demonstrated exceptional performance in an existing graduate qualification in economics. Any credit for coursework is given at the discretion of the selectors. These applications are automatically considered for

Department of Economics

graduate prospectus 67

Track 1 if the selectors decide that Track 2 is not appropriate. In practice, almost all Track 2 entrants come from LSE MSc programmes (see below).

Applying
Admission to these programmes is highly selective. Applicants are therefore advised to choose only the track best suited to their academic qualifications and to consider carefully their second choice selection. All applicants must have taken the GRE General Test no more than five years before applying, and must include the test score with their application. Most successful MRes/PhD applicants have scores of 800/166 or more in the quantitative section. All students are required to attend the Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics. See also: econ.lse.ac.uk/study/ programmes/apply/applyphd.html

MSc plus MRes/PhD (Track 2)


This route is recommended by selectors for applicants who would first need to take our core courses at MSc level before moving on to the advanced MRes/PhD core courses. Students take either the MSc Economics or the MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics in their first year. Both programmes are long-established and highly prestigious degrees in their own right. Students on these MSc programmes have a conditional offer of admission to Track 2 of the MRes/PhD, subject to superior performance in the MSc exams. In the first year of the MRes/PhD (Track 2) you will take advanced core courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics and econometrics and write a research paper. In the second year, you will take one field course. This means students on Track 2 have to complete one field course less for the programme compared to students on Track 1, effectively giving recognition to the options course already undertaken during the MSc. MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics graduates may also carry credits for their compulsory econometrics course and any MRes core course taken as part of their MSc. Students interested in the MSc plus Track 2 route should apply either to the MSc Economics, application code L1U1 or the MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics, application code L1UB. A place on one of these programmes will include a conditional offer of progression to Track 2 of the MRes/PhD, subject to the attainment of a distinction grade in the MSc.

MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics (two year programme)
Application code: L1UB, L1UT (2 years) Start date:Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics beginsearly September 2013 Duration: One year 10 months full time (10 month masters programmes are not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information see page 12). Two year 22 months full time Intake/applications in 2011: 23/310 Minimum entry requirement: One year first class honours degree or equivalent with strong background in economic theory, econometrics, statistics and mathematics. Two year first class honours degree or equivalent with strong quantitative background including linear algebra and multivariate calculus. Some coursework in econometrics and economics is desirable (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All students who do not have an undergraduate degree from a UK institution must have taken the GRE General Test Fee level: One year 22,176; two year (preliminary year only) 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30).

Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programmes


These MSc programmes are designed to meet the needs of those who wish to take a more mathematical approach to economics. They have proved popular with mathematicians, statisticians, physical scientists and engineers converting to economics, as well as to graduate economists. Our former students are employed as economists in a wide range of national and international organisations in government, international institutions, business and finance. Approximately one third of students proceed to PhD programmes at LSE or other leading universities. The structure of the programmes is flexible, and allows you to specialise to some extent in either econometrics or economic theory, or a mixture of the two. The level of the material covered is perhaps higher than for any other master's degree internationally in this area, and the programmes have a long standing international reputation, listing numerous distinguished economists and econometricians among their graduates. You should have a strong background in economic theory, econometrics, statistics and mathematics at a high level in your first degree. If you do not have the full range of subject background required, you may apply to take the MSc over two years; please see the section below on the two year route. All students who do not have an undergraduate degree from a UK institution must have taken the GRE General Test no more than five years before applying, and must include the test scores with

Taught programmes
MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics (see page 67) MSc Economics (see page 68) The Department also contributes to: MPA European Public and Economic Policy (see page 178) MPA International Development (see page 178) MPA Public and Economic Policy (see page 178) MPA Public Policy and Management (see page 178) MPA Public and Social Policy (see page 178) MSc Economics and Management (see page 144) MSc Economics and Philosophy (see page 172) MSc Finance and Economics (see page 79)

68 graduate prospectus Department of Economics

their application. Please see lse.ac.uk/ AdmissionsEnquiries. We do not require a specific mark but the test gives us an indication of aptitude for economics. Typically we expect candidates to score over 780/163 in the quantitative section of the test. A higher score will count in your favour, but other information, such as grades and references will matter more in the overall evaluation. We recognise that if your first language is not English, the verbal test will present special difficulties and we view your score on that basis. An offer of a place on the MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics will include a conditional offer of progression to Track 2 of the MRes/PhD Economics, subject to the attainment of a distinction grade in the MSc. Students are required to attend the Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics before the main teaching programme starts in October.

A course from the list of MSc Economics option papers with the approval of the programme director Approved statistics and/or mathematics courses to the value of one unit: Stochastic Processes* Generalised Linear Modelling and Survival Analysis* Non-Linear Dynamics and the Analysis of Real Time Series* Developments in Statistical Methods* Time Series* Other courses in statistics or mathematics may be selected with the approval of the programme director. MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics (two year programme) The preliminary year of the two year route is designed for students with high academic ability but lacking a sufficient background in economics, econometrics, statistics or mathematics. Its purpose is to enable students to develop their skills to the point where they are eligible for progression to the MSc in Econometrics and Mathematical Economics. The preliminary year consists of the Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics in September 2013 followed by the compulsory courses in Econometric Theory and Microeconomics, and a further course from a choice of: (a) Mathematical Methods, (b) Probability, Distribution Theory and Inference and (c) Economic Theory and its Applications. Students who successfully complete the examinations in the preliminary year will be awarded a Diploma in Econometrics and Mathematical Economics, and those meeting the required standard will be permitted to proceed to the final year of the programme.

MScEconomics MScEconomics (twoyearprogramme)


Application codes: L1U1, L1U2 (2 years) Start date: Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics beginsearly September 2013 Duration: One year 10 months full-time(10 month masters are not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information see page 12). Two year 22 months full-time. Part-time only in exceptional circumstances Intake/applications in 2011: 138/1,115 Minimum entry requirement: One year first class honours with concentration on economics and quantitative subjects and at least a year of calculus, linear algebra and statistics. Two year a first class honours degree with two semesters of college-level calculus or equivalent (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: One year all students who do not have an undergraduate economics degree from a UK institution must have taken the GRE General Test. Two year all applicants must submit a GRE score. GRE scores must be no more than five years old Fee level: One year 22,176; two year (preliminary year only) 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30).

Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programmes


MSc Economics is intended to equip you with the main tools of the professional economist, whether you intend working in government, international organisations or business. Our former students are employed as economists in a wide range of national and international organisations in government, international institutions, business and finance. Approximately one third of students proceed to PhD programmes at LSE or other leading universities. As such, the degree concentrates on the core elements of economic theory and econometrics. Although extensive use is made of mathematics, this is primarily to facilitate analysis (if you are interested in a more mathematically oriented programme you should apply for the MSc Econometrics and Mathematical Economics). To succeed on the programme you need to prove that you can work to a high standard and have excellent analytical ability; the core economics and econometrics courses assume a knowledge of constrained optimisation, matrix algebra and basic statistics. We expect students to have very good grades, and to have majored in economics (not business studies), with standard courses in intermediate macro and microeconomics and econometrics, and a number of advanced courses that use these as prerequisites. You should have a solid quantitative background with at least a year of calculus, linear algebra and statistics and should, for instance, know how to handle maximisation of a function of several variables subject to constraint, and be able to explain what is meant by an efficient estimator.

Compulsory courses
Econometric Analysis Advanced Microeconomics or Microeconomics for MRes Students (the latter with permission of the course tutor)

Options
(* half unit) Choose a totalof two units from the following: Macroeconomics (with permission of the course tutor and not in conjunction with Microeconomics for MRes Students) Quantitative Economics Contracts and Organisations Topics in Advanced Econometrics

Department of Economics graduate prospectus 69

If you have not majored in undergraduate economics, you may apply to take the MSc programme over two years; please see the section below on the two year route. All students who do not have an undergraduate economics degree from a UK institution must have taken the GRE General Test no more than five years before applying, and must include full and percentile test scores for all three sections with their application. Please see lse. ac.uk/AdmissionsEnquiries. We do not require a specific mark but the test gives us an indication of aptitude for economics. Typically we expect candidates to score over 760/160 in the quantitative section of the test. A higher score will count in your favour, but other information, such as grades and references will matter more in the overall evaluation. We recognise that if your first language is not English, the verbal test will present special difficulties and we view your score on that basis. An offer of a place on the MSc Economics will include a conditional offer of progression to Track 2 of the MRes/PhD Economics, subject to the attainment of a distinction grade in the MSc. Students are required to attend the Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics before the main teaching programme starts in October.

Options
Choose one from the following: International Economics Labour Economics Monetary Economics Public Economics Economics of Industry Development and Growth Political Economy Contracts and Organisations Asset Pricing Corporate Finance A dissertation is required as part of the assessment of the option course.

strong academic qualification with emphasis on quantitative subjects. We give detailed attention to transcripts and look for strength in mathematics and statistics especially. All applicants must have taken the GRE General Test no more than five years before applying, and must include full and percentile test scores for all three sections with their application. Please see lse.ac.uk/AdmissionsEnquiries. Typically we expect candidates to score 780/163 or higher in the quantitative section of the test and 5.0 or higher in the analytical section. We recognise that if the applicant's first language is not English, the verbal test will present special difficulties and we take that into account when assessing the score. Students who have not previously studied economics are required to first take LSE Summer School courses in introductory macroeconomics and introductory microeconomics. Alternatively, such students may arrange to take equivalent courses elsewhere, subject to obtaining prior confirmation that the proposed courses are acceptable to us. The preliminary year consists of examined intermediate level courses to the value of four full units.

Students progressing to the final year of the MSc Economics must attend the Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics in September 2014. Further information about the MSc Economics programme can be found at econ.lse.ac.uk/study/programmes/ mscecon.html Further information about the two year route, including progression requirements and contact information, can be found at econ.lse.ac.uk/study/grpr.html

MSc Economics (two year programme)


The preliminary year of the two year route is designed to give students with a sound quantitative background the opportunity to acquire the foundation in economic theory and techniques that would make them eligible for progression to the MSc in Economics. The preliminary year will give students the opportunity to:  acquire a solid foundation in economics and quantitative techniques earn the Diploma in Economics  progress to the final year of the MSc in Economics, or to other related MSc programmes, subject to performance and programme prerequisites. prepare for a career as an economist. To be eligible to apply for the two year route, a student should have a

Compulsory courses
Microeconomic Principles I or Microeconomic Principles II Macroeconomic Principles Mathematical Methods or Further Mathematical Methods Introduction to Econometrics or Principles of Econometrics

Compulsory courses
Macroeconomics Microeconomics or (with permission) Advanced Microeconomics Econometrics

70 graduate prospectus European Institute

European Institute
lse.ac.uk/europeanInstitute
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 191 Research: 25 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 15 RAE: 65 per cent of the Institute's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Cowdray House prioritised the following themes: European governance and democracy; European economy and political economy; European society, ideas and identities; and European affairs beyond the EU borders. With our emphasis on a pan-European focus and a multidisciplinary perspective, each theme is placed in a context of the Big Questions facing Europe today, identifying patterns of change and continuity in the new Europe of the 21st century. The individual themes also provide the basis for the Institute to work with other parts of the School. The Institute collaborates closely in its teaching with the Departments of Government and International Relations. There are over 20 academic staff members in the European Institute from a number of disciplines which include economic history, geography, political economy, political sociology, international relations, political science, law, philosophy and social policy. The Institute hosts a number of research units: The Caada Blanch Centre for Contemporary Spanish Studies; The Catalan Observatory; The Forum for

European Philosophy; The Hellenic Observatory; and LSEE (LSE Research on South East Europe). It also runs ten different seminar series, including a lunchtime seminar series dedicated to doctoral research. There are over 35 doctoral students. Students supervised by European Institute staff have won the UACES prize for best doctoral thesis three times in recent years. The Institute also has a very active programme of public lectures, seminars and conferences on issues relating to contemporary Europe. We host over 100 events a year with a wide range of public and academic speakers: recent high level speakers have included the presidents of Austria, Ireland, Romania and Slovenia; the prime ministers of Italy, Hungary, Slovakia and Latvia; the president of the European Council; and the president of the European Parliament.

Professor Kevin Featherstone: Director of the Hellenic Observatory: EU politics, Europeanisation; EMU; Contemporary Greece and Cyprus. Maurice Fraser: EU politics; European intellectual history; the West and the idea of Europe; France; the centre-right in Europe. Dr Simon Glendinning: Director of the Forum for European Philosophy: European philosophy and philosophy of Europe. Dr Claire Gordon: Politics in Eastern Europe, EU enlargement and conditionality; the EUs relationship with the wider Europe; post-communist conflicts and minority rights. Dr Sara Hagemann: EU politics and governance; EU treaty reforms and enlargements; transparency and accountability in representative democracies. Dr Robert Hanck: European monetary union; comparative economic performance. Professor Sara Hobolt: EU and comparative European politics, democracy and representation, elections and public opinion. Dr Abigail Innes: Political sociology; political economy of transition from communism; varieties of capitalism in Europe. Dr Jennifer Jackson-Preece: Nationalism, religion, ethnic conflict, minority rights and multiculturalism in Europe. Dr James Ker-Lindsay: International politics of South East Europe; peace processes; secession and recognition. Dr Mareike Kleine: Theories of international cooperation and international political economy; informal and formal governance; the interplay of domestic politics and international institutions; negotiation theories; normative questions of global governance; qualitative methods.

About the Institute


The European Institute (EI), created in 1991, is a leading international centre for the study of contemporary Europe. In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise the Institute was ranked first by the British Government for research in European Studies in the United Kingdom. Student evaluations have consistently praised its teaching. The Institute has an unparalleled programme of public lectures and events on issues facing contemporary Europe, attracting large audiences. It offers a range of lectures and seminars by leading outside practitioners from across Europe, to add an important dimension to its teaching. Its vibrant environment offers a unique student experience and a strong platform for future careers. The Institute is a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence. The EI focusses on the study of processes of integration and fragmentation in contemporary Europe. To this end it has

Staff and their academic interests


Dr William Bartlett: Political economy of South East Europe; comparative economics; welfare state reforms. Professor Iain Begg: Economic governance of the European Union; EU budget and the Europe 2020 strategy. Professor Damian Chalmers: EU law. Dr Joan Costa-i-Font: Public choice; economics of social policy; economics of cultural transmission; fiscal federalism. Professor Paul De Grauwe: Economics of Monetary Union; behavioural macroeconomics; exchange rate economics Dr Spyros Economides: European foreign and defence policy; EU policy towards Western Balkans; international relations of the Balkans; Europeanisation of foreign policy.

European Institute graduate prospectus 71

Dr Jan Komarek: EU law. Dr Vassilis Monastiriotis: Greece and Southeast Europe (Balkan development and EU accession, regional cooperation, inter- and intra-regional trade, Greek economic policy); labour market policy and performance (labour market flexibility, EMU and labour market reform, wage disparities, unemployment); regional policy and performance (regional policy in NMS, regional labour markets, spatial economics). Dr Waltraud Schelkle: Evolving economic governance of EMU; social regulation of financial markets; welfare state reforms in EU member states; theories of political economy. Dr Marco Simoni: Comparative political economy, comparative industrial relations, economic policy-making. Dr Eiko Thielemann: EU and comparative European politics and policy; asylum and immigration; regionalism and devolution; regional and state aid policy; German politics and policy. Professor Helen Wallace: Politics of European integration; European regulation and governance; enlargement of the European Union. Dr Jonathan White: Political sociology; democratic theory; social theory; European integration; public opinion; qualitative research; discourse analysis.

education policy; EU education policy; UK higher education policy; French politics. Dr Marco Dani: EU constitutionalism, comparative constitutional law, law of free movement. Dr Florence Deloche-Gaudez: EU institutions and EU constitutional politics; France's EU policy. Dr Effie Fokas: Religion and nationalism; the politics and sociology of immigration in Greece and Europe in general; the sociology of religion in a European perspective, with a special focus on Islam. Professor Anke Hassel: EU labour relations; welfare and labour market reforms. Some 65 other members of LSE staff, in other departments, are conducting research on Europe.

Centre. The MPhil/PhD European Studies is part of the Political Science and International Studies group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). Depending on the topic, AHRC funding is also available (seepage 33) Application deadlines: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

language entry requirement for MPhil/PhD students is 7.0 overall with a minimum of 6.5 in all components and a minimum of 7.0 in the writing component. Qualifying students should submit a short research proposal (not more than 2,000 words) outlining their main research question(s), methodology, and sources with their application. This proposal will allow us to assess the strength of the proposed project and the availability of appropriate supervision within the Institute. We also require applicants to submit a sample of marked written work. A short-list of applicants will be invited to attend an interview at the School. Where an interview cannot be conducted in person, Skype interviews can usually be arranged instead. All students are initially registered for the MPhil degree and every student must follow the Research Design and Methods in European Studies course. On the advice of their supervisor, students will be encouraged to take relevant course(s) in the Methodology Institute. In their second and third years, all PhD students must follow the Research Workshop in European Studies. In addition, students working in themes of European economy and political economy are required to take the European Political Economy Seminar. Every student must conduct research under the guidance of their supervisor(s), regularly submit written work to their supervisor(s) and provide the materials required for annual reviews. The degree is awarded on the basis of a thesis of not more than 100,000 words or a series of three connected publishable articles on an approved topic, and an oral examination.

Opportunities for research

MPhil/PhD European Studies Visiting Research Students


Application code: M1ZE (MPhil/PhD), M1EU (VRS) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3-4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in a taught masters degree in related discipline with a distinction in the dissertation English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training

Associated staff and their academic interests


Richard Bronk: History and philosophy of political economy; role of imagination; language and metaphor in economics; uncertainty and the epistemology of markets; the dangers of economic monocultures; European models of capitalism. Dr Anne Corbett: Europeanisation of higher education; the Bologna process; EU higher

Applications for research are welcome in one of the Institutes four broad research themes: European governance and democracy; European economy and political economy; European society, ideas and identities; and European affairs beyond the EU borders. We encourage applications to our MPhil/PhD programme in European Studies from outstanding students who wish to undertake research that falls within the expertise of at least one of our permanent faculty members and within the themes listed above. Admission to the MPhil/PhD is conditional on obtaining a good merit on a previous MSc degree, normally defined as an overall average of 65 per cent or above and 70 per cent or above on the dissertation (a distinction). Students who have not already taken a masters degree or equivalent will normally be recommended to apply for one of the Institutes own taught masters programmes. The minimum School English

72 graduate prospectus European Institute

There are Erasmus doctoral research exchanges with the Central European University, Budapest, the European University Institute, Florence; and the Max Planck Institute, Cologne.

MSc European Studies: Ideas and Identities


Application code: L2E2 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/application in 2011: 39/119 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any of the arts, humanities or social science disciplines (see page 34) English requirements: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Taught programmes
MSc European Studies: Ideas and Identities (see page 72) MSc European Studies (Research) (see page 73) LSE-Sciences Po Double Degree in European Studies (see page 219) MSc Political Economy of Europe (see page 74) MSc Politics and Government in the European Union (see page 75) Executive MSc Political Economy of Europe (see page 234) Other programmes with a focus on Europe, or that (through options) provide an opportunity to study related topics: MSc Comparative Politics (see page 104) MSc Economic History (see page 60) MSc Economic History (Research) (see page 61) MPA European Public and Economic Policy (see page 178) MSc History of International Relations (see page 121) MSc International Relations (see page 128) LLM (see page 132) MSc Local Economic Development (see page 96) MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies (see page 181) MSc Social Policy (European and Comparative Social Policy) (see page 193)

About the MSc programme


The programme provides a philosophically and historically grounded, multi-disciplinary analysis of Europe as a social, political and cultural space, driven by teachers of academic distinction, with experience of policy making in Europe. In the degree students will explore the increasingly important public debate on the meaning and limits of Europe; the relationship between civil society and the state in Europe; the relevance of a transnational sociology; the domestic impact of the European Union for citizenship and identity; and the cultural and policy implications of national and ethnic diversity and migration. Students take six half units (one full unit may replace two half units) and write a 10,000 word essay on an approved

European Institute graduate prospectus 73

topic. In addition, all students must take Interdisciplinary Research Methods and Design to prepare for the dissertation. Students must also attend European Union: Contemporary Issues a programme of guest lectures from distinguished outside speakers, including business leaders and policy makers. Students can expect an average of 180 hours of teaching. Former graduates pursue successful careers in politics, journalism, research, diplomacy, business and in international institutions and NGOs. Students from our programmes are actively head hunted by international organisations working in the region. Applicants for the programme should have a good upper second or first class degree, or a GPA of 3.5 or better in any of the arts, humanities or social sciences disciplines.

Identity, Community and the Problem of Minorities* European Society and Politics Beyond the Nation State* European Integration in the Twentieth Century Ethnic Diversity and International Society* European Union Law and Government* Policy-Making in the European Union* Government and Politics in Eastern Europe* Citizen Representation and Democracy in the European Union* Multiculturalism, Nationalism and Citizenship* Citizens Political Behaviour in Europe: Elections, Public Opinion, and Identities* International Migration and Immigration Management* The Economics of European Social Policy* InterestRepresentationand Economic Policy-Making in Europe* Greece and the European Union* Economic and Social Policy in Mediterranean Europe* The Political Economy of Southeast Europe* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Greece and Southeast Europe: Government, Economy and Foreign Policy* Economic History of Southeastern Europe and the Middle East, 1820-1970* The Second Europe* 20th-Century European Liberal Thought* Kant's Political Philosophy* The European Enlightenment, c1680-1799 Scientific Revolutions: Philosophical and Historical Issues

European Human Rights Law* Migration and Mobility: EU Law and Politics* The Philosophy of Europe* Philosophy of the Social Sciences Philosophy of Economics The West: Identity and Interests* Politics and Society Marx and Marxism* Modern Social Thought* An outside option (with permission)

About the MSc programme


The programme prepares students for the methodologically and historically grounded, multi-disciplinary analysis of Europe as a political, economic and cultural space. It also analyses European integration and the post-communist transformation process. The programme is driven by teachers of academic distinction, with experience of policy making in Europe. In the MSc European Studies (Research) programme, students combine specialist courses from MSc Political Economy of Europe or MSc Politics and Government in the European Union or MSc European Studies: Ideas and Identities together with intensive research design and methods training. Students take five courses, including a specialist core course from the MSc Political Economy of Europe or MSc Politics and Government in the European Union or MSc European Studies: Ideas and Identities, a specialist course on research design and methods, quantitative analysis, an elective option, and a 10,000 word dissertation on an approved topic. Students must also attend European Union: Contemporary Issues a programme of guest lectures from distinguished outside speakers, including business leaders and policy makers. Students can expect an average of 180 hours of teaching. Students who have successfully completed the MSc European Studies (Research) will be well-placed to apply for admission into competitive doctoral programmes in the UK and elsewhere. For those students looking to pursue doctoral research at the European Institute, the MSc European Studies (Research) offers an excellent opportunity to get to know potential PhD supervisors prior to application for the MPhil/PhD in European Studies. Former graduates pursue successful careers in academia, politics, journalism, diplomacy, business and in international

MSc European Studies (Research)


Application codes: M1UZ Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/application in 2011: 2/25 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any of the social sciences, including contemporary history and international relations (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30).MSc European Studies (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline:30 April 2013 we cannot guarantee that applications received after this date will be considered. For consideration for ESRC funding the application must be received by 11 January 2013

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) The Idea of Europe* Democracy, Ideology and the European State* or Identity, Community and the Problem of Minorities* Dissertation

Options
Choose a total of two full units from: Europeanisation: The Comparative Politics of Domestic Change* Europe Beyond Modernity* Political and Fiscal Integration and Disintegration in EU Member States* European Models of Capitalism* Partisanship in Europe* Democracy, Ideology and the European State*

74 graduate prospectus European Institute

financial institutions. Students from this programme are actively head hunted by companies and international organisations working in the region. Applicants for the MSc European Studies (Research) should have a good upper second or first class degree, or a GPA of 3.5 or better in any of the social sciences, including contemporary history and international relations.

Forstudents choosing the Political Economy of Europe stream: One other course up to the value of a half unit from the MSc Political Economy of Europe programme. For students choosing the European Politics and European Identities streams: One other course up to the value of a full unit (or combination of half units) from MSc Politics and Government in the European Union or MSc European Studies: Ideas and Identities programmes under the specialist options, or from one of the compulsory courses not already taken

Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Applicants for the MSc Political Economy of Europeshould have a good upper second or first class degree, or a GPA of 3.5 or better in any of the social sciences, including contemporary history and international relations.

About the MSc programme


The programme is an historically grounded, multi-disciplinary analysis of European integration and the post-communist transformation process, driven by teachers of academic distinction, with experience of policy making in Europe. In the degree, students focus on the main theories and models of political economy relevant to the process of European integration and of transition in Central and Eastern Europe, and on major trends in the economic and political development of contemporary Europe. Students take one compulsory course and optional courses to the value of two units, plus a compulsory dissertation. Students can choose from specialist courses in aspects of political economy; institutions, politics and policies of the EU; Central and Eastern Europe transition and reform; European identity and ideas; and regional courses. In addition, all students must take Interdisciplinary Research Methods and Design to prepare for the dissertation. Students must also attend European Union: Contemporary Issues a programme of guest lectures from distinguished outside speakers, including business leaders and policy makers. Students can expect an average of 180 hours of teaching. Former graduates pursue successful careers in politics, journalism, diplomacy, business and in international financial institutions. Students from this programme are actively head hunted by companies and international organisations working in the region.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Political Economy of Europe Dissertation

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* (assessed on a pass/fail basis) Research Methods and Design in European Studies. An assessed 3,000 word essay on problems of Research Design and Methods as applied to methodological issues related to prospective dissertation and doctoral research. 10,000 word dissertation on an approved topic.

Admission tothe doctoral programme


Admission into the doctoral programme at the European Institute is conditional on obtaining a good merit in your masters degree, normally defined as an average of 65 per cent or above, and normally a distinction (70 per cent or above) in the dissertation; and is conditional on the availability of a suitable supervisor.

Options
Choose at least two of the following: Political economy in action European Models of Capitalism* Patterns of Economic Integration in Europe: Institutions and Politics of EMU* Emerging Markets, Political Transition and Economic Development in Central and Eastern Europe* The Political Economy of European Welfare States* Interest Representation and Economic Policy-Making in Europe* Political and Fiscal Integration and Disintegration in EU Member States* Concepts in Political Economy* Choose up to the value of one full unit from the following: Institutions, politics and policies of the EU The Economics of European Social Policy* European Union Law and Government* Policy-Making in the European Union* Economic and Social Policy in Mediterranean Europe*

Options
Choose to the value of one full unit from either MSc Political Economy of Europe, MSc European Studies: Ideas and Identities or MSc Politics and Government in the European Union: Political Economy of Europe The Idea of Europe* History and Theory of European Integration* Democracy, Ideology and the European State* Ethnic Diversity and International Society* European Politics: Comparative Analysis* Economics of European Social Policy*

MSc Political Economy of Europe


Application codes: L2EU Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/application in 2011: 64/196 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any of the social sciences, including contemporary history and international relations (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

European Institute graduate prospectus 75

Europeanisation: the Comparative Politics of Domestic Change* Law and Governance of the Single European Market Migration and Mobility: EU Law and Politics* Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* Citizen Representation and Democracy in the European Union* European identity and ideas The Idea of Europe* The West: Identity and Interests* Europe Beyond Modernity* International Migration and Immigration Management* The Philosophy of Europe* Democracy, Ideology and the European State* Regional courses Greece and the European Union* Greece and South East Europe: Government, Economy and Foreign Policy* The Political Economy of Southeast Europe* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Economic History of Southeastern Europe and the Middle East, 1820-1970* Option from another degree programme (maximum one half unit)

Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 76/222 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline, social science preferred (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

history and theory of European integration and an introduction to central debates in European Union politics and government; specialisation in either European Union Government and Policy or the International Relations of Europe; and dissertation a 10,000 word essay on an advanced topic. Additionally,all students must take Research Methods and Design in EUPoliticsto prepare for the dissertation, and are recommendedto attend European Union: Contemporary Issues a programme of guest lectures from distinguished outside speakers, including business leaders and policy makers. Students can expect an average of 180 hours of teaching. The programme is ideal for those considering a career that deals with European and global issues. The programme is an excellent preparation for further research work. Former graduates pursue successful careers in EU institutions, national governments, business, politics, academia and journalism. LSE maintains excellent links with key centres for the academic study of contemporary Europe and with the EU institutions. We consider applicants with good first degrees in any discipline, but prefer applicants with a degree in one of the social sciences. Stream One European Union Government and Policy (* half unit) History and Theory of European Integration* Policy-Making in the European Union* Dissertation

About the MSc programme


This programme is multidisciplinary and is based in the European Institute and the Departments of Government and International Relations. Students have the opportunity to draw on the expertise of the largest number of academic experts in European government, politics and public policy to be found in Europe. The programme offers a systematic multidisciplinary introduction drawing on comparative political science, international relations, and European law to central controversies in the analysis of contemporary European Union government, politics and public policy, including the European integration process and its impact on the EU member states and the broader international system. The unique range of courses will deepen students knowledge of politics and policies in the EU and help them gain new insight into the EU's extraordinary role in todays world. The programme is divided into three main parts: foundation one half unit course which provides a basic training in the

MSc Politics and Government in the European Union


Application code: M1UM Start date: 3 October 2013

Options
Plus choose to the value oftwo units from the following: European Union Law and Government*

76 graduate prospectus European Institute

Greece and the European Union* Interest Representation and Economic Policy-Making in Europe* Economic and Social Policy in Mediterranean Europe* Europeanisation: The Comparative Politics of Domestic Change* The Political Economy of South East Europe* Law and Governance of the Single European Market Europe Beyond Modernity* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Greece and Southeast Europe: Government, Economy and Foreign Policy* Patterns of Economic Integration in Europe: Institutions and Politics of EMU* Emerging Markets, Political Transition and Economic Development in Centraland Eastern Europe* The Political Economy of European Welfare States* Network Regulation* Government and Politics in Eastern Europe* European Politics: Comparative Analysis* Parties, Elections and Governments* Citizens' Political Behaviour in Europe: Elections, Public Opinion, and Identities* International Migration and Immigration Management* The Second Europe* Politics of Economic Policy* Political and Fiscal Integration and Disintegration in EU Member States* Legislative Politics: European Parliament* The Politics of Inequality and Redistribution*

Conflict and Institutional Design in Divided Societies* Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Applied Regression Analysis* Partisanship in Europe* European Integration in the Twentieth Century Citizen Representation and Democracy in the European Union* The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the European Union* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy* The Economics of European Social Policy* European Society and Politics beyond the Nation State* The Idea of Europe* The West: Identity and Interests* The Philosophy of Europe* European Human Rights Law* Justice, Liberty and Security in the European Union* European Integration from a Global Perspective* Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* EU State Aid Law* Stream Two The International Relations of Europe History and Theory of European Integration* The EU in the World Dissertation

Options
Plus choose to the value of one and a half units from the following: European Politics: Comparative Analysis* European Defence and Security* The Political Economy of SoutheastEurope* Europe Beyond Modernity* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* The International Politics of EU Enlargement* Greece and South-East Europe: Government, Economy and Foreign Policy* The Idea of Europe* Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Applied Regression Analysis* Europe, the US and Arab-Israeli Relations* Economic Diplomacy Russia and Eurasia: Foreign and Security Policies Identity, Community and the Problem of Minorities* International Migration and Immigration Management* Foreign Policy Analysis III* European UnionPolicy-Making in a Global Context* Interest Representation and Economic Policy-Making in Europe* European Politics: Comparative Analysis* European Integration in the Twentieth Century Ethnic Diversity and International Society Nationalism The West: Identity and Interests*

European Human Rights Law* Migration and Mobility: EU Law and Politics* European Integration from a Global Perspective* Citizen Representation and Democracy in the European Union* The Philosophy of Europe* International Institutions A half unit optionfrom Stream One Students who wish to take this course must seek approval from the convener of the course.

Department of Finance graduate prospectus 77

Department of Finance
lse.ac.uk/finance
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 229 Research: 24 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 32 RAE: 70 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Old Building LSE's reputation with employers opens up a broad range of career opportunities. The critical and analytical skills you will develop are attractive to investment banks, commercial banks, fund managers and the financial services sector generally as well as in management consulting. A number of graduates continue with further graduatestudy or take up top academic appointments.

markets; budget constraints and stateowned firms; international finance. Professor Sudipto Bhattacharya: Corporate finance and governance; models of research and development and the dissemination of proprietary knowledge; financial intermediation; contract theory; regulation. Dr Maria Cecilia Bustamante: Dynamic corporate finance; asset pricing implications of corporate decisions; real options; game theory. Dr Georgy Chabakauri: Asset pricing; portfolio choice, risk management. Professor Mikhail Chernov: Empirical asset pricing, options, fixed-income and credit models, applications of econometric methods. Dr Vicente Cuat: Corporate finance, applied theory, applied econometrics, industrial organisation, labour and personnel economics. Dr Jon Danielsson: Financial risk analysis; value at risk; volatility modelling and forecasting; extreme value theory. Dr Amil Dasgupta: Information economics and game theory with applications to finance; the theory of delegated portfolio management and consequences for financial markets; the theory of financial crises. Dr Jack Favilukis: Consumption based asset pricing, incomplete markets, heterogeneity and inequality, limited participation and participation costs. Professor Daniel Ferreira: Corporate finance and governance; organisational economics; FMG research programmes: corporate finance and governance. Dr Stephane Guibaud: International macro and finance, asset pricing, yield curve, optimal debt management, recursive contracts.

Dr Christian Julliard: Macroeconomics, finance, applied econometrics, international economics and finance, real estate finance. Dr Dong Lou: Empirical asset pricing, behavioural finance, empirical corporate finance. Dr Ian Martin (visiting): Asset pricing. Dr Antonio Mele: Asset prices and the business cycle, information networks in financial markets, statistical inference for dynamic models in finance. Dr Philippe Mueller: Macro-finance, empirical asset pricing, fixed income, financial econometrics. Dr Yves Nosbusch: Empirical asset pricing; credit risk; debt management; intergenerational risk sharing. Dr Stavros Panageas (visiting): Asset pricing; microeconomics. Dr Daniel Paravisini: Corporate Finance; credit and banking; development economics. Professor Christopher Polk: Asset pricing; corporate finance; hedge funds; macroeconomics. Dr Rohit Rahi: Arbitrage in segmented markets; financial innovation and security design; asset pricing with asymmetric information; general equilibrium theory; incomplete markets. Professor Dimitri Vayanos: Liquidity and asset pricing, information in asset markets, delegated portfolio management, behavioural finance. Dr Andrea Vedolin: Asset pricing, derivatives pricing, financial econometrics, portfolio theory. Dr Michela Verardo: Empirical asset pricing, market efficiency and investment anomalies, trading behaviour of institutional investors; behavioural finance.

About the Department


The Department of Finance is devoted to excellence in teaching and research in the full range of subfields of finance including corporate finance, asset pricing theory, risk management, empirical analysis of capital markets, behavioural finance, portfolio analysis, derivatives pricing, microstructure and financial econometrics. The Department has grown in recent years to become one of the largest and most highly regarded finance groups in the UK and Europe. It is closely associated with LSEs Financial Markets Group which regularly hosts a wide variety of seminars, conferences and public addresses by leading academics and practitioners. With over 250 graduate students selected from a pool of top applicants worldwide, a faculty recruited from the best departments internationally, and a steady flow of distinguished visitors, we have a stimulating environment for research and learning that is on a par with the best worldwide.

Staff and their academic interests


Professor Ronald Anderson: Dynamic corporate finance; contingent claims analysis, credit risk; financial market structure and regulation; structuring financial contracts and institutions. Dr Ulf Axelson: Private equity, financial innovation and security design, corporate finance, auction theory, and financial intermediation. Dr Elisabetta Bertero: Sub-sovereign debt; the financial role of the state: the interaction between governments and financial

78 graduate prospectus Department of Finance

Professor David Webb: Financial economics and insurance economics; economics of information; corporate finance and financial markets. Dr Kathy Yuan: Bubbles and crises, liquidity, heterogeneous information, mutual funds, hedge funds, network theory, shortsale and margin constraints, global games, asset pricing. Dr Kostas Zachariadis: Market microstructure and design, information economics and game theory with applications to finance, corporate governance as related to economic efficiency. Dr Jean-Pierre Zigrand: General equilibrium asset pricing, financial intermediation and delegation, continuous time asset pricing, herding, market crashes, foundations of arbitrage. Dr Moqi Xu: Empirical corporate finance/governance.

Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see Fees and Financial support page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MRes/ PhD Finance is part of the Economics group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see Economic and Social Research Council page 32). Departmental doctoral scholarships may also be available to applicants from the UK/EU and overseas Application deadline:26 April 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in two rounds, with funding deadlines of 11 January and 21 February. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents by one of these two deadlines

the two-year Route one, for students coming from relevant masters degree programmes or one-year Route two, for those students who have already completed the MSc Finance and Economics or MSc Finance and Economics (Research) programmes at LSE, or equivalent elsewhere. During their first year, Route one students take courses in Advanced Microeconomics, Advanced Macroeconomics and Advanced Financial Econometrics to build their core knowledge in these areas. This is followed in the second year by courses in Corporate Finance and Asset pricing and also the completion of a research paper. In the oneyear Route two MRes, students take courses in Advanced Microeconomics, Corporate Finance and Asset Pricing in addition to completing a research paper. Both Route one and Route two students attend a PhD seminar in Finance throughout their MRes/ PhD studies. To progress at the end of each year, students in both routes must pass their examined courses at grades specified by the Department and make satisfactory progress in their research. Progress is regularly monitored by the Departments Postgraduate Assessment Review Panel. We encourage our research students to participate fully in the intellectual life of the Department, and in the research seminar and workshop programmes of the Department and related research centres such as the Financial Markets Group (FMG). The weekly Capital Markets Workshops provide exposure to the work of leading academics from the UK and overseas. In addition, the FMG hosts a number of conferences each year with leading researchers and practitioners.

Taught programmes
MSc Finance (full-time) programme (see page 78) MSc Finance (part-time) evening programme (see page 229) MSc Finance and Economics (see page 79) MSc Finance and Economics (Research) (see page 79) MSc Finance and Private Equity (see page 81) MSc Risk and Finance (see page 82) MSc Accounting and Finance (Joint degree with Department of Accounting) (see page 48) Diploma in Accounting and Finance (Joint degree with Department of Accounting) (see page 48)

MSc Finance (full-time)


Application code: N3UA Start date: Pre-sessional course begins September 2013 Duration: 10 months full-time only (including pre-sessional) (10 month masters programmes are not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see page 12) Intake/applications in 2011: 93/1,898 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline and good quantitative skills, at least to A level Mathematics (or the equivalent) (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: GMAT or GREis required for all students without

MRes/PhD Finance Visiting Research Student


Application code: N4ZC, N3EA (VRS) Start date:October 2013 Duration: MRes/PhD MRes 1-2 years, PhD 3-4 years, VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in a taught masters degree in finance, or economics, or any other subject with a strong quantitative component (such as mathematics, statistics, or engineering) English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All applicants must submit a GRE or GMAT test score. GRE is preferred.

Opportunities for research


The Department has a formally structured MRes/PhD Finance programme which aims to produce students whose research is of the highest international quality, and is designed to provide a broad based training in theoretical and empirical research methods in finance. You should have a substantial academic background in finance or economics, typically at masters level. Satisfactory performance in the LSE MSc Finance and Economics and MSc Finance and Economics (Research) may meet the entrance requirements. A PhD in Finance from LSE consists of six coursework credits, largely completed over two years, followed by a thesis which is usually expected to take a further three years. There are two routes by which the coursework requirement can be completed;

Department of Finance graduate prospectus 79

a UK undergraduate degree (GMAT is strongly preferred). The GMAT is recommended for all students with UK undergraduate degrees, especially those whose quantitative skills are not demonstrated by their undergraduate studies, or are not expected to achieve a first class degree. Fee level: 27,552 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Lord Dahrendorf (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

advanced derivatives and structured financial products, fixed income, advanced corporate finance, and applied financial valuation. Students will also be required to write an extended essay in the place of an exam in one of the four optional courses. The MSc Finance (full-time) programme follows the same syllabus as that of the MSc Finance (part-time) evening programme, which is focused towards professionals currently working in London's financial services sector. Both modes of the MSc Finance programme allow students access to a number of specifically designed applied courses, taught in part using case studies, and the opportunity to gain deeper practical insight and links to the City. Students on the full-time programme have the opportunity to meet and network with the MSc Finance (part-time) students at a number of social occasions throughout the year. The programme is designed for students whose academic background is not necessarily in finance, however it is aimed at people with good undergraduate degrees and good quantitative skills. Admission to the programme is very competitive. In previous years the majority of students accepted into the programme have obtained first class degrees or the equivalent. The mathematics used in the programme includes basic calculus and statistics. Applicants are also required to have studied a minimum of A level Mathematics (or its equivalent). Applicants without a UK undergraduate degree are required to submit a GMAT test (GRE is acceptable exceptionally). The GMAT is also recommended for all students with UK undergraduate degrees, especially those who have not achieved, or are not expected to achieve a first class degree, or those whose quantitative skills are not demonstrated by their undergraduate

studies. Prior work experience is not necessarily a pre-requisite for entry into the programme. A good mastery of English is required as demonstrated by a TOEFL score of at least 627 or an IELTS score of at least 7.0 for those whose undergraduate degree was not taught in English. Admitted students are required to attend a pre-sessional Quantitative Methods course in September. Applicants from developing countries may be eligible to be considered for one of the Lord Dahrendorf Scholarships (sponsored by Deutsche Bank). For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/finance

MScFinance andEconomics MScFinanceand Economics (Research)


Application code: LN43 All applications are considered for MSc Finance and Economics. Students who wish to apply for the Research track will be considered for a transfer once they arrive at LSE Start date: Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics beginsin early September 2013 Duration: 10 months full-time only (10 month masters programmesare not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see page 12) Intake/applications in 2011: 72/1,208 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in economics or in the applied mathematical sciences with some economics courses. Degree should have had strong analytical content, including courses in calculus and matrix algebra, probability and statistics, microeconomic theory, and preferably also econometrics (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All applicants must submit a GRE or GMAT test score Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30).Lord Dahrendorf (see page 30). MSc Finance and Economics (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part

About the MSc programme


The MSc Finance (full-time) programme has been designed to meet the needs of high-level graduates from fields not specifically related to finance, whose career objectives lie broadly within the financial services sector. The foundation of the programme is built in the first term with the study of two core courses Asset Markets and Corporate Finance. Asset Markets takes the student from fundamental concepts to up to date applications in fixed-income, equity, and derivatives markets. Corporate Finance begins with the firm's investment decision and the cost of capital. This in turn is linked to the firm's financial structure and market environment where the firm operates. It studies in detail major financial decisions including dividend choice, going public, mergers and acquisitions, and restructuring in financial distress. In the second term, students deepen their knowledge by taking four optional half unit courses, on topics such as financial systems, risk management, portfolio management methods,

Compulsory courses
Corporate Finance Asset Markets

Options
(* half unit) Choose four half unit options from the following list of courses, three of which must be from the list of dedicated courses (): Applied Financial Valuation* Financial Engineering* Fixed Income Securities and Credit Markets* Risk Management and Financial Institutions* Topics in Portfolio Management* Cases in Corporate Finance* Corporate Finance Theory* International Finance* You will be required to write a 6,000 word dissertation (replacing the exam) in one of your half unit courses.

80 graduate prospectus Department of Finance

of a four year award (see page 32). to be considered for ESRC funding applications must be received by 11 January 2013 Application deadline: None rolling admissions

applications should be made to the MSc Finance and Economics programme in the first instance as entry to the Research programme will be considered once students are registered at LSE. Applicants for the MSc Finance and Economics should have a strong undergraduate background in economics, including at least a year of calculus and a semester of linear algebra, or an applied mathematical sciences background with at least a year of economics courses. Applicants with an insufficient background in econometrics may be asked to take an econometrics course in the LSE Summer School as a condition of admission. Minimum entry requirements are a good upper second class honours degree from a UK university or equivalent in an overseas degree. This degree should have had strong analytical content, including courses in microeconomic theory, calculus and matrix algebra, probability and statistics. All applicants must also submit a GRE or GMAT test score. GRE/GMAT scores must show a strong performance in the quantitative segment (above the 85th percentile). Decisions will not normally be made in the absence of this test result. Please see Admissions Enquiries System lse. ac.uk/admissionsenquiries. Applicants to the MSc programme may be exempted from submitting GRE/GMAT scores only in exceptional circumstances. Where this is the case, applicants should complete and submit the online GMAT/GRE waiver form on the Graduate Admissions website. Candidates are advised that requests for a waiver of this test are seldom granted. Applicants from developing countries may be eligible to be considered for one of the Lord Dahrendorf Scholarships (sponsored by Deutsche Bank). For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/finance.

About the MSc programmes


The MSc Finance and Economics, based in the Department of Finance, is taught in conjunction with the Department of Economics, allowing students to study in two of the most highly rated departments in their subject areas in the world. The programme draws on the School's strengths in economics, finance and econometrics to impart a rigorous understanding of financial markets, grounded in financial economics and econometric methods. Covering investments and asset pricing, option and derivatives pricing and portfolio management, the programme provides a thorough exposure to econometric methods, including time series analysis, with applications to financial models and data. The core courses emphasise analytical rigour and theoretical foundations, in addition to application of the theory. The MSc Finance and Economics is an ideal preparation for a variety of careers in the global financial services sector, with the emphasis on financial economics particularly attractive to investment banks, the financial services sector more generally and to consulting firms. The programme (the Research track in particular) also provides a rigorous training and preparation for doctoral research in the area. Students who are particularly interested in doctoral research will have the opportunity to transfer to the MSc Finance and Economics (Research) programme (see below) once they complete the introductory September course. All

Students are required to attend the Introductory course in Mathematics and Statistics in September, which reviews topics such as matrix algebra, multivariate calculus and differential equations. Throughoutthe Michaelmas term, students will also be required to take a course in Probability and Stochastic Calculus. This provides an introduction to the theory of stochastic processes in continuous time, with a view to finance applications. On completion of the programme, students will take examined courses to the value of four full units, one of which will include writing a dissertation as part of the assessment. A more detailed description of the programme and its courses, including a comparison with other finance-related MSc programmes at LSE, can be found on the Department of Finance website. Students interested in a finance-related MSc with a less analytical orientation should consider the MSc Finance (full-time) programme.

Fixed Income Markets* Forecasting Financial Time Series* Global Financial System International Finance* Portfolio Management* Quantitative Methods for Finance and Risk Analysis* To fulfil the programme requirements, students must also complete a dissertation of 6,000 words on an agreed topic in one of the optional half unit courses, and take an examination in the other.

About the research programme


The MSc Finance and Economics (Research) programme gives students the opportunity to take a more advanced microeconomics course, which will be more suited to those who plan to undertake doctoral research in the field. Students interested in the Research track should apply for MSc Finance and Economics as usual, however once they are registered at LSE and have completed the introductory September course they will have the opportunity to be considered for a transfer onto the Research programme. This transfer will depend upon the student being accepted into one of the two advanced microeconomics courses by the Department of Economics and their performance in the September course examinations.

Compulsory courses
Microeconomics Financial Economics Financial Econometrics

Options
(* half unit) Choose to the value of one full unit from the following list of half unit options: Applied Corporate Finance* Corporate Finance Theory* Corporate Finance A* Financial Risk Analysis*

Compulsory courses
Advanced Microeconomics Financial Economics Financial Econometrics Plus choose two of the half unit optional courses listed above. Students must

Department of Finance graduate prospectus 81

also complete a dissertation of 6,000 to 10,000words on an agreed topic in one of the optional half unit courses, and take an examination in the other.

Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Lord Dahrendorf Scholarships Application deadline: None rolling admissions

MSc Finance and Private Equity


Application code: N3UB Start date: Pre-sessional course beginsSeptember 2013 Duration: 10 months full-time only (including pre-sessional) (10 month masters programmes are not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see page 12 Intake/applications in 2011: 31/925 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline and good quantitative skills, at least to A level Mathematics (or the equivalent) (seepage 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: GMAT or GREis required for all students without a UK undergraduate degree (GMAT is strongly preferred) and for all students with UK undergraduate degrees who do not have, or are not expected to achieve, a first class degree. The GMAT is also recommended for those with first class UK degrees. Students whose quantitative skills are not demonstrated by their undergraduate studies must submit a GMAT test Fee level: 27,552

About the MSc programme


The MSc Finance and Private Equity programme has been designed to meet the needs of high-level graduates from a range of backgrounds, whose career objectives lie broadly within the field of private equity. The programme follows the core structure of the MSc Finance (full-time) programme, with a compulsory dedicated core course in private equity taught in the second term. The foundation of the programme is built in the first term with the study of two core courses Asset Markets and Corporate Finance. Asset Markets takes the student from fundamental concepts to up to date applications in fixed-income, equity, and derivatives markets. Corporate Finance begins with the firm's investment decision and the cost of capital. This in turn is linked to the firm's financial structure and market environment where the firm operates. It studies in detail major financial decisions including dividend choice, going public, mergers and acquisitions, and restructuring in financial distress. In the second term, students deepen their specific knowledge of private equity by taking a dedicated course taught by the Schools Abraaj Capital Chair in Finance and Private Equity. This will explore the structure of private equity (PE) funds and how PE can be used in start-ups, in scaling-up cash flow businesses, and in restructuring firms facing financial distress. It explores the link between PE and venture capital on the one hand and public securities markets on the other. This course involves

case study and is taught in conjunction with a range of practitioners in the field. Students write a 6,000 wordextended essay on a topic related to PE as part of the course's assessment. During the second term students will take three optional half unit courses, on topics such as financial systems, risk management, portfolio management methods, advanced derivatives and structured financial products, fixed income, advanced corporate finance, and applied financial valuation. The programme is designed for students whose academic background is not necessarily in finance; however it is aimed at people with good undergraduate degrees and good quantitative skills. Admission to the programme is very competitive. In previous years the majority of students accepted into the programme have obtained first class degrees or the equivalent. The mathematics used in the programme includes basic calculus and statistics. Applicants are also required to have studied a minimum of A level Mathematics (or its equivalent). Applicants without a UK undergraduate degree are required to submit a GMAT test (GRE is acceptable exceptionally). The GMAT is also recommended for all students with UK undergraduate degrees, especially those who have not achieved, or are not expected to achieve a first class degree, or those whose quantitative skills are not demonstrated by their undergraduate studies. Prior work experience is not necessarily a pre-requisite for entry into the programme. A good mastery of English is required as demonstrated by a TOEFL score of at least 627 or an IELTS score of at least 7.0 for those whose undergraduate degree was not taught in English.Admitted students are required to attend a pre-sessional Quantitative

Methods course in September. Applicants from developing countries may be eligible to be considered for one of the Lord Dahrendorf Scholarships (sponsored by Deutsche Bank). For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/finance

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Corporate Finance Asset Markets Private Equity * You will be required to write a 6,000 word extended essay as 60 per cent of the assessment in the core Private Equity course.

Options
Choose three half unit options from the following list of courses, two of which must be from the list of dedicated courses (): Applied Financial Valuation* Financial Engineering* Fixed Income Securities and Credit Markets* Risk Management and Financial Institutions* Topics in Portfolio Management* Cases in Corporate Finance* Corporate Finance Theory* International Finance*

82 graduate prospectus Department of Finance

MSc Risk and Finance

(formerly MSc Management and Regulation of Risk)


Application code: N4U3 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 33/572 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any subject, however should include some mathematics and statistics (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: Applicants without UK undergraduate degrees are required to submit GMAT or GREscore (GMAT is strongly preferred) For applicants with a UK undergraduate degree, submission of GMAT (or, exceptionally, GRE) score is recommended, but not mandatory Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Lord Dahrendorf Scholarships Application deadline: None rolling admissions

regulation through teaching and your own independent study.  The possibility of an optional internship at a leading bank to gain hands-on risk management experience.  An opportunity for students with prior training in diverse disciplines and with a range of professional backgrounds to acquire knowledge on risk management and regulation, and to deepen their competency in a chosen area of specialisation.  Wide ranging coverage of topics in the area combined with a rigorous, in depth exploration of others.  Equips students for career opportunities in: consulting, finance and banking, insurance, management, regulation and supervision, public administration. You will need a degree of at least upper second class standard from a UK university, or its equivalent. We assume that applicants will have some knowledge of mathematics and statistics. Interesting applicants with weak backgrounds in this regard will be required to take an LSE Summer School course. If your degree is not from a UK university, you must submit a GMAT test score with your application. Decisions will not normally be made in the absence of this test result. We generally look for a GMAT score of over 650; exceptionally we will consider a GRE score of over 700/155. Conditional offers may be made in the absence of a final test score. If you are a graduate from a UK university, you should note that you may be asked to take either a GRE or GMAT test. Applicants from developing countries may be eligible to be considered for one of the Lord Dahrendorf Scholarships (sponsored by Deutsche Bank). For more information, please see lse.ac.uk/finance.

The success of organisations depends upon their ability to operate in the face of risk. The growing awareness of these problems has meant that risk management is now recognised as requiring special skills that are central to the functioning of the organisation. There is a long tradition of quantifying and measuring certain risks such as life expectancies or accidents. Recently, important advances have been made towards developing similar quantitative tools for newer areas such as financial markets and the environment. At the same time, other social science disciplines have produced important insights into how more complex risks are perceived, and how social organisations can adjust to regulate and share them. This MSc programme is designed to provide a comprehensive view of risk perception, management and control as encountered in a wide variety of contexts. It addresses such questions as: What are the appropriate ways to measure and assess risk? How does the organisation of enterprises, governments or markets increase or decrease risk? What are the techniques for risk shifting in markets, firms or societies? What are the tools available to managers and regulators for controlling risks? The design of the programme will allow students with prior training in diverse disciplines and with a range of professional backgrounds to acquire a broad knowledge of risk management and regulation, and to deepen their competency in a chosen area of specialisation. You will take the core course Management and Regulation of Risk, a half unit finance course, one full unit equivalent quantitative course, one full unit equivalent qualitative course, and a fifth half unit course freely chosen.

Course one
(* half unit) Management and Regulation of Risk

Course two
Asset Markets A* or Corporate Finance A* or Finance I*

Course three
Choose from the following amounting to one full unit: Valuation and Security Analysis* Accounting in the Global Economy* Financial Risk Analysis* Forecasting Financial Time Series* Fixed Income Markets* Applied Corporate Finance * Quantitative Methods for Finance and Risk Analysis* Portfolio Management* International Finance* Stochastic Processes* Principles of Decision Sciences* Real Estate Finance* Asset Markets A* Corporate Finance A* Finance I*

About the MSc programme


This is an interdepartmental programme which is administered through the Department of Finance web pages and offers the following benefits: T  eaching by internationally renowned faculty from several departments and with practitioners expert in the area. M  ulti-disciplinary exposure to different approaches to risk, its management and

Course four
Choose from the following amounting to one full unit: Accountability, Organisation and Risk Management* Environmental Regulation: Implementing Policy

Gender Institute graduate prospectus 83

Economic Appraisal and Valuation* Concepts in Environmental Regulation* Corporate Governance Law of Corporate Finance Regulation of Financial Markets Corporate and Financial Crime Regulation, Risk and Economic Life The World Trading System* Strategy for the Information Economy* Business and Organisational Ethics* Issues in Environmental Governance* Risk and Governance: A Sociological Approach*

Gender Institute
lse.ac.uk/genderInstitute
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 85 Research: 14 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 7 RAE: 45 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Columbia House

the classes we teach and our teaching methods reflect this concern. Throughout their degree programme, students are introduced to a variety of modes of lecture and seminar teaching including formal lectures, integrated lecture and seminar formats, and student led facilitation models. Seminars may also incorporate individual and group presentations. All our teaching modes are complemented by one-to-one contact with course tutors and conveners in office hours and for dissertation supervision.

Staff and their academic interests


Professor Mary Evans: Narratives of gendered and class inequality; feminism; higher education in England. Professor Clare Hemmings: Transnational sexuality studies; feminist epistemology and methodology; interdisciplinarity; feminist theory. Dr Marsha Henry: Reproductive technologies; gender; development; South Asia and South Asian Diaspora; militarisation; peacekeeping; representation; security. Dr Sumi Madhok: Transnational gender analysis; feminist social and political theory, particularly of autonomy; agency and human rights; vernacular rights cultures; postcoloniality; citizenship; South Asian politics; developmentalism. Professor Diane Perrons: Globalisation gender and inequality; work, care, social reproduction and sustainability; migration and regional development; Europe and China. Professor Anne Phillips: Feminist political theory; bodies, property and markets; human rights and multiculturalism; equality, democracy and representation.

Course five
A half unit course from the options above, or another with the approval of the course director. if not previously taken

About the Institute


The Gender Institute was established in 1993 to address the major intellectual challenges posed by contemporary changes in gender relations. The Institute's graduate students come from all corners of the globe and enter gender studies from a diverse range of disciplinary backgrounds, ranging from literature to politics to political economy and development studies. This range of disciplinary backgrounds is also reflected in the background of permanent staff at the Institute, who come from geography, English and French literature, political theory, cultural studies and sociology. We run a large master's programme, with five separate degrees, and a PhD programme. Each programme is characterised by its interdisciplinary and transnational approach to gender studies, and both students and staff work exceptionally hard to maintain this two-pronged direction to maintain a creative, distinctive and innovative edge. The combined

master's degrees welcome between 80 and 85 students annually, and the PhD programme has up to 15 students at a given time. In research and teaching terms, the Institute is unique, bringing together approaches from the social sciences and humanities to address key problems in gender studies transnationally. We provide a leading role internationally in combining innovative theory and epistemology with policy concerns. Our research-led approach results in a vibrant research environment and a unique teaching programme that prepares research students for various careers within and outside of academia. We train the largest number of graduates qualifying in gender studies anywhere in Europe. We run a series of high profile events at the Institute, including public lectures, workshops and conferences, and host international scholars who are integrated into the life of the Institute. The Gender Institute encourages active learning and full student participation in

84 graduate prospectus Gender Institute

Dr Ania Plomien: Gender, work and care; inequality; labour market and social policy; EU and Europeanisation; post-socialist transitions; Central Eastern Europe. Dr Wendy Sigle-Rushton: The causes, consequences and policy responses to demographic and family change; quantitative research methods; poverty and inequality. Dr Sadie Wearing: Gender and feminist theory; representation; feminist film theory; ageing and subjectivity in literature, culture and media.

Application deadline: 26 April 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in two rounds, with funding deadlines of 11 January and 21 February. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents by one of these two deadlines

Globalisation, development and inequalities:Research in this theme includes social and economic transformation in the global north and south, focusing on gendered relations, on rights, citizenship and social justice and resilience and change with respect to work, security, migration, poverty and the social reproduction of daily life. Representation, narrative and culture: This theme brings together colleagues who work on gendered representations in film, literature and theory. This work addresses ageing and subjectivity, classed dimensions of narrative, and the history of feminist theory. PhD applications are welcome in any of the above areas. Research students are a core part of the research culture at the Gender Institute, and their PhD programme is tailored both to individual and to general needs, including methodology training and engagement in professional academic life. All research students at the Institute receive core training in their first year to prepare them for their research and writing, and ongoing training across the period of the studies within and outside the Institute. The aim is to enable students to complete a PhD thesis within a maximum of four years, or an MPhil thesis in two years.

PhD programme workshops


All PhD students attend fortnightly PhD workshops from the start of their time at the Institute, which focus on student work in progress. These provide students with continuity across their time at the Institute, build expertise in presenting and evaluating their own and other people's work, and confidence in editing and revising drafts of their work. They also generate a sense of a shared project and cohort identity, particularly since students are encouraged to focus on common problems such as methodological or design problems as well as textual issues.

Opportunities for research


The research work of the Gender Institute is critical, transnational, and interdisciplinary. Our research is variously positioned in relation to different fields of study within the social sciences and humanities, but in each case, the focus on gender means testing conventional disciplinary boundaries and developing alternative methodologies. All the work addresses, in some way, the tenacity of gender power relations and gendered inequalities in a period of global transformation. Our research falls under four broad strands, and we work both independently and collaboratively within these themes: Bodies and sexualities:Research in this field includes analysis of the body as property, and body as commodity, and what, if anything, makes the body special. It also addresses the relationship between gender and sexuality, with an emphasis on local and transnational spaces and flows. Gender and social policy: Using a gendered perspective, research in this theme documents social, economic and political change, and critically analyses individual, family, and policy responses, using both cross-national comparative methodologies and in-depth case studies.

MPhil/PhD Gender Visiting Research Students


Application code: Y2ZG (MPhil/PhD) Y2TA (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Taught masters degree with a high merit or equivalent overall (65+), including a minimum of a high merit in the dissertation (65+), in a related discipline English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Gender is part of the Social Policy group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding(see page 32). Depending on the topic, AHRC funding is also available (see page 33). The Gender Institute is able to offer one PhD studentship per year

Compulsory courses
Students take a compulsory gender theories and a compulsory course in epistemology and methodology in their first year to build theory and research practice skills. These courses introduce students to the range of theoretical frameworks available to gender studies experts, and asks what it means to use theory to explore key debates and problems rather than approaching theory in an abstract way. The theory course proves invaluable in training students to think about how theory travels and what it means to take a particular position in theoretical debate. Both courses allow students to think creatively about the how to of research, not just in relation to their own project but as a central feature of all research. First year PhD students must attend all gender theories lectures and the whole of the epistemology and methodology course (including seminars and workshops).

Admissions
PhD students will be accepted on the basis of the strength of their thesis/project proposal, their motivation and their prior academic attainment. Furthermore, the availability of appropriate supervision is a key issue when making an offer of admission and this is addressed by the Institute when considering the formal application.

Progression
First year students will be assessed during the first year by means of a draft chapter and a research proposal. The research

Gender Institute graduate prospectus 85

proposal will follow the ESRC template and will include the research objectives, the methodology and a short research rationale to be evaluated by a review panel which will include the supervisor and adviser, plus one other academic where relevant. The upgrade to PhD registration takes place within 15 months of registration. At this point, students are required to submit two draft chapters, a timeline and a chapter outline of the thesis, and are assessed by a panel including their supervisors and the doctoral programme director. Students are subsequently reviewed annually.

English requirement: Higher (seepage 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). MScGender (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions but recommended to apply before end of June. (11 January 2013 for ESRC funding)

less developed countries, international organisations, personnel work, the legal profession and in education. For both these degrees, you should have at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent in a social science or humanities subject. All students follow at leasttwo core courses and also complete a 10,000 word dissertation.

Gender, Knowledge and Research Practice* Dissertation

Options
Choose three half units from: (* half unit) Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender Gender and Media Representation* Globalising Sexualities*

MSc Gender
This is the most flexible degree the Institute offers. In addition to the core courses of the degree, students are able to choose from the fullest range of options in order to develop their own gender studies pathway, or focus on key research areas (eg, sexuality, culture, globalisation, development, postcoloniality, gendered politics). The interdisciplinary approach of the MSc Gender enables students to choose course options from withinthe Gender Institute and from other departments and institutes at the School. There will be aseries ofcompulsory dissertation workshops in the Lent term. The Gender Institute holds public lectures and workshops with eminent academics visiting London throughout the year. All students on the MSc Gender will have an academic adviser who will be allocated upon arrival. Dissertation supervision is allocated in the Lent term. You must submit your dissertation by 1 September (or the first working day after, if it falls on a weekend or public holiday).

Feminist Political Theory* Globalisation, Gender and Development Cultural Constructions of the Body* Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction* Screening the Present: Contemporary Cinema and Cultural Critique* Gender, Post-Colonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions* Dilemmas of Equality* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Demography of the Developing World* Urban Environment* Race, Ethnicity andMigration in Britain (post 1945)* Race and Biopolitics* Gender and Militarisation* Key Issues in Biomedicine, Bioscience and Society Gender and Transition Societies: Politics, Policies and Patterns* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction*

Taught programmes
MSc Gender (see page 85) MSc Gender (Research) (see page 85) MSc Gender, Development and Globalisation (see page 86) MSc Gender, Media and Culture (see page 87) MSc Gender, Policy and Inequalities (see page 88)

About the MSc programmes


The MSc Gender (Research) degree combines a thorough grounding in contemporary theories of gender with advanced training in quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. You will be located in the Gender Institute and take one or two units in LSEs Methodology Institute, which is a base for cross-disciplinary research and teaching in the broad area of social science methodology. The MSc Gender degree allows students flexibility to choose options up to the value ofone and a halffull units from a wide range of courses (students may only take options up to the value of one full unit outside the Institute). MSc Gender (Research) enables you to combine courses in gender with a rigorous training in quantitative and qualitative research methods Our students go on to work in varied career paths: research and consultancy for government and non-governmental organisations (NGOs) in developed and

MSc Gender MSc Gender (Research)


Application codes: Y2U8 (Y2U4 Research) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 11/54 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science or humanities (see page 34)

Compulsory courses
Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach

86 graduate prospectus Gender Institute

Any other MSc or MA level course up to the value of one full unit with academic adviser or course convenor approval and subject to timetabling constraints Students on MSc Gender may only take options up to the value of one full unit outside the Institute

Qualitative Research Methods* Gender and Media Representation* Globalising Sexualities* Feminist Political Theory* Globalisation, Gender and Development Cultural Constructions of the Body* Globalisation and Gender* Screening the Present: Contemporary Cinema and Cultural Critique* Gender, Post-Colonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions* Gender and Militarisation* Qualitative Research With Non-Traditional Data* Doing Ethnography* Special Topics in Qualitative Research Methods: Qualitative Text Analysis* Students must take their options from within the Gender or Methodology Institutes, but in exceptional cases can apply for an exemption.

Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (seepage 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions but recommended to apply before end June

MSc Gender (Research)


This degree enables students to develop expertise in both gender studies and research methodology, and is particularly useful for students considering further study.In addition to a thorough grounding in contemporary theories of gender and gender research practice, students will also receive advanced training in quantitative and qualitative research methodologies.Applicants from the UK and EU will be able to apply for funding under the ESRC 1+3 and +3 scheme.

About the MSc programme


Thisdistinctive interdisciplinary programme focuses on the theoretical analysis of gender, central to developing the necessary analytical understanding to inform policy making and prepares students for independent research leading to an academic career. This programme is ideal for students with an upper second or first class honours degree (or equivalent). We will consider applicants with a good first degree in any discipline who have (and can demonstrate) a special interest and/or practical experience in this area. This programme aims to:  Give students a thorough understanding of economic and social processes that shape the contemporary global world and their gendered outcomes; a knowledge of how gender is theorised, understood and incorporated into development analysis, practice and policy. B  e of great intellectual value to any student seeking to understand gender issues in a global and transnational context and those seeking to do further research in this field. Assessment varies by course but generally consists of a mixture of continuous assessment and unseen examinations. The Gender Institute holds a research seminar series with outside speakers fortnightly throughout term time which extends and consolidates issues raised in the main courses. A series of dissertation

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach Gender, Knowledge and Research Practice* Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* or Applied Regression Analysis* Dissertation

MSc Gender, Development and Globalisation


Application code: Y2U3 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time; 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 29/155 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline(see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

Options
Choose to the value of one full unit from the following: Applied Regression Analysis* (if not already taken) Fundamentals ofSocial Science Research Design*

Gender Institute graduate prospectus 87

workshops are held during the Lentterm and are compulsory. All students on the programme will have an academic adviser who will be allocated upon arrival. A dissertation supervisor will be allocated in the Lent term. The programme is composed of two compulsory courses and a dissertation, plus optionalcourses to the equivalent of one full unit.

Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Global Civil Society* Migration: Population Trends and Policies* Biomedicine and Bioscience in Culture and Society* Gender, Population and Policy* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction* Race and Biopolitics* Race, Ethnicity and Migration in Britain (post 1945)* Reproductive Health Programme: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Social Psychology of Health Communication* Urban Environment* Gender and Transition Societies: Politics, Policies and Patterns* or a course not listed approved by the programme director and subject to space and the course teacher's consent.

Fee level: UK/EU 11,112 overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

A series of dissertation workshops are held during the Lentterm and are compulsory. You will be assessed by written examinations, a series of research assignments, essays related to the substantive courses and the dissertation, which must be submitted on 1 September (or the first working day after if it falls on a weekend). You may take the course part-time by taking courses equivalent to two units in each year. All students on the programme will have an academic adviserwho will be allocated upon arrival. Dissertation supervision is allocated in the Lent term. The programme involves the completion of four courses including a dissertation.

About the MSc programme


The programme is taught jointly by the Gender Institute and the Media and Communications Department.It is administered from the Gender Institute.The programme employs a gender perspective to critically examine such questions as how representations in the media may reinforce or subvert social roles and ideologies; how gendered forms of address and identification have been theorised across different visual and print cultures; the role of a variety of media forms in critiquing or contributing to wider social processes such as globalisation, conflict and migration.Students are encouraged to interrogate a variety of theoretical and methodological approaches to the gendered analysis of contemporary media and culture. In addition to the core units in gender theory, media and communication and gender and media representation students can choose from a range of options in the two departments. All students on this programme are housed within the Gender Institute. Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications (Media and Power) involves ten one hour lectures and one and a half hour seminars weekly. Gender Theories in the Modern World is taught through one and a half hour lectures and seminars, and the course in Gender and Media Representation is taught through a series of one hour lectures and seminars.

Compulsory courses
Globalisation, Gender and Development Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach A dissertation of 10,000 words to be submitted by 1 September (or the first working day after if it falls on a weekend or public holiday)

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach Gender and Media Representation* Methods of Research in Media and Communications(including Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis)* or Gender, Knowledge and Research Practice* or Qualitative Research With Non-Traditional Data* Dissertation of 10,000 words on a topic in gender and the media, which is approved by your tutors. This should reflect both learning from the media and gender components of the MSc.

Options
(* half unit) Choose to the value of one unit from: Cultural Constructions of the Body* Feminist Political Theory* Gender, Knowledge and Research Practice* Gender and Militarisation* Gender, Post-Colonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions* Globalising Sexualities* Screening the Present: Contemporary Cinema and Cultural Critique* Globalisation: Economy, Politics and Power* Demography of the Developing World* Dilemmas of Equality*

MSc Gender, Media and Culture


Application code: Y2U7 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 21/128 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, or relevant humanities discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (seepage 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

Options
Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications I(Key concepts and interdisciplinary approaches)*and one other half unit course offered by the

88 graduate prospectus Gender Institute

Gender Institute or the Department of Media and Communications or Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications II(Processes of communication in modern life)* and one other half unit course offered by the Gender Institute or the Department of Media and Communications Gender Institute options are likely to include: Cultural Constructions of the Body* Screening the Present: Contemporary Cinema and Cultural Critique* Globalising Sexualities* Gender and Militarisation* Global Media Industries* Dilemmas of Equality*

Application deadline: None rolling admissions but recommended to apply before end June

About the MSc programme


This programme uses contemporary gender theory to investigate social policy, planning and practice in an international and comparative context and to examine gender and social policy with an emphasis on the issues facing either less economically developed or European countries. The programme is intended for graduates with a good upper second class honours degree in the social sciences, or relevant humanities discipline. This interdisciplinary MSc provides advanced study in the application of gender theory to social policy, planning and practice. It aims to give students a grounded understanding of the concepts and theories relevant to a gender analysis of social policy in a global and comparative context. The teaching will focus on stimulating independent thought on gender and gendered inequalities. All students follow the two core courses, Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach, and one half unit, Gender and Social Policy: Theory and Practice. Students then take a further half unit with either a European or development focus. In addition, students take a further combination of courses to the value of one full unit. Finally, students must also complete a 10,000 word dissertation on an approved topic. The dissertation should reflect learning from both the social policy and gender components of the MSc. A series of dissertation workshops are held during the Lent term and are compulsory.

The Gender Institute holds a research seminar series with outside speakers fortnightly throughout term time which extends and consolidates issues raised in the main courses. We regularly arrange seminars with eminent academics visiting London. You must submit your dissertation by 1 September (or the first working day after if it falls on a weekend). All students on the programme will have an academic adviser who will be allocated upon arrival. Dissertation supervision is allocated in the Lent term.

Gender and European Welfare States* Gender, Knowledge and Research Practice* Gender and Media Representation* Globalising Sexualities* Feminist Political Theory* Globalisation, Gender and Development Cultural Constructions of the Body* Gender, Post-Colonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions* Dilemmas of Equality* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the European Union* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy* Social Exclusion, Inequality and the 'Underclass' Debate* Social Policy: Goals and Issues* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Population Trends and Processes in the Developing World* Ethnicity, Race and Social Policy* Social Policy: Organisation and Innovation* Urban Environment* Race, Ethnicity and Migration in Britain (post 1945)* Gender and Societies* Globalisation: Economy, Politics and Power* Social Psychology of Health Communication* Migration: Population Trends and Policies* Race andBiopolitics* Cities, People and Poverty in the South*

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Gender and Social Policy: Theory and Practice* Either Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* orGender and European Welfare States* Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach Dissertation

MSc Gender, Policy and Inequalities


Application code: Y2U5 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 18/82 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, or relevant humanities discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (seepage 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30)

Options
Students can choose from a wide range of options in the Department of Social Policy and in the Gender Institute. Please note that not all options will be available every year; if you are offered a place you will be advised of the availability for the following year. In addition, with the consent of the teacher, the agreement of the institute and department concerned, and subject to timetabling constraints, students are permitted to take any other papers offered at MSc or MA level. This is an indicative, but not an exhaustive, list of options available to gender and social policy students.

Department of Geography and Environment graduate prospectus 89

Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction* Gender and Militarisation* Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* Gender and Transition Societies: Politics, Policies and Patterns* Gender, Population and Policy* Biomedicine and Bioscience in Culture and Society* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction*

Department of Geography and Environment


lse.ac.uk/geography AndEnvironment
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 226 Research: 44 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 32 RAE: 70 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: St Clement's

Human Geography and Urban Studies (Research) and MSc Environmental Economics and Climate Change) and a range of others focused on developing the ability to integrate theoretical developments with practical experience (MSc Environmental Policy and Regulation, MSc Environment and Development, MSc Local Economic Development, MSc Real Estate Economics and Finance, MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies, and MSc Urbanisation and Development). Staff come from a wide range of subject backgrounds. Most of those involved in teaching graduate students have a wealth of experience in working for, or acting as advisers to, a range of international agencies including the World Bank, United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), the European Commission, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), and the World Wide Fund for Nature and governmental bodies in Great Britain, South Africa, China and throughout the European Union.

About the Department


The Department was ranked amongst the leading departments in the country in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise. It has for many years been a recognised ESRC research training outlet (full-time and part-time). The Department is distinctive in that it concentrates on the socio-economic aspects of the subject, places great emphasis on multi-disciplinary teaching and research and focuses strongly on policy relevant work. Our research primarily takes place in three research cluster groups which focus on: Economic Geography; Environmental Economics and Policy; and Urban/ Development. The Economic Geography and the Environmental Economicsand Policy clusters are closely associated with two large externally-funded research centres: the ESRC Spatial Economics Research Centre (SERC) and the Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change

and the Environment (incorporating the ESRC Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy), respectively. Staff in each of the three research clusters have responsibility for teaching specialist master's courses, ensuring that students benefit from the most up to date understanding of the issues involved. Departmental staff are also actively involved with the School's other interdisciplinary institutes and research centres (including the Centre for Economic Performance, Department of International Development, LSE London, Media@LSE, Gender Institute, and Urban@LSE) and undertake collaborative research with colleagues in other disciplines. The Department runs four ESRC recognised PhD programmes (available in either 1+3 or +3 routes) in Economic Geography, Environmental Economics, Environmental Policy and Development, and Human Geography and Urban Studies, as well as a PhD programme in Regional Planning. There are two research-oriented masters degrees (MSc

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Gabriel Ahlfeldt: Urban economics and land development, external effects of the built environment; economic impact of accessibility. Dr Giles Atkinson: Environmental policy and economics; environmental equity; environmental valuation; and costbenefit analysis;sustainable development; green accounting. Professor Sylvia Chant: Development geography, especially Mexico, Costa Rica, the Philippines; gender; poverty; migration; women's employment; masculinities.

90 graduate prospectus Department of Geography and Environment

Dr Sharad Chari: Historical ethnographies of capitalist development; politics of work, social space; 'race' and the commodity detritus; social theory; India; South Africa. Professor Paul Cheshire: Spatial aspects of economics, particularly urban economic growth in Europe; urban land and housing markets; land use regulation. Dr Riccardo Crescenzi: Economic growth; innovation; regional and local economic development; regional policy of the European Union. Dr Simon Dietz: Environmental equity; sustainable development; climate change and public perceptions of environmental issues. Dr Steve Gibbons: Spatial issues in labour and education economics; econometric methods and their application to the analysis of spatial relationships; the valuation of school quality, community human capital and neighbourhood crime. Professor Ian Gordon: Spatial labour markets and migration, urban and regional development, particularly in relation to metropolitan regions, urban policy and spatial modelling. Dr Ben Groom: Economics, environmental and resource economics, development economics. Dr Christian Hilber: the role of housing supply for investment in local public schools and social capital; the determinants and consequences of home ownership; the determinants and consequences of land use regulation or the determinants of firm and household location choices. Dr Nancy Holman: Urban regeneration, social capital, and network analysis.

Dr Simona Iammarino: Economic geography of innovation and technological change; spatial profile of universityindustry linkages; new technology and labour productivity, multinationals, technology and cluster evolution labour productivity, multinationals, technology and cluster evolution. Professor David Jones: Socio-economic activity; environmental change and environmental hazards; hazard and risk assessment; environmental risk management. Dr Gareth Jones: Access to land and market deregulation; housing finance and NGOs; conservation and identities, especially Latin America, southern Africa. Dr Murray Low: Political geography, especially spatial aspects of democracy; urban politics, and geography of political parties. Dr Alan Mace: Urban planning. The role of local government in developing cohesive communities and in developing a sense of place. Second homes, shrinking cities, suburbanisation and the family in the city. Dr Michael Mason: Environmental geography; theory and application of transnational environmental accountability; Canadian environmental policy; urban regeneration. Dr Carmen Marchiori: Environmental economics and development; water resource management and climate change. Dr Claire Mercer: Postcolonialism and development; diasporas; civil society and NGOs; sub-Saharan Africa; Tanzania. Dr Giordano Mion: Regional and urban economics; international economics; heterogeneous firms models; labour markets; applied micro-econometrics.

Dr Susana Mourato:Environmental economics and policy; environmental valuation and applications to other areas of public policy such as health, culture, sports or crime; ecosystem services (measurement, valuation and market-based conservation); bio-security; life satisfaction and the environment; behavioural change in a lowcarbon economy. Dr Eric Neumayer: Trade and environment; sustainable development; green accounting; climate change; quantitative analysis of environment, development and governance. Dr Henry Overman: Location theory and urban economics; models of economic geography with emphasis on cities and regions; national and European regional policy. Dr Charles Palmer: Environmental and development economics; contracting for natural resource use; mitigation and adaptation strategies for climate change; institutions and property rights; instruments for environmental policy. Dr Richard Perkins: The relationship between globalisation and environmental change; corporate environmentalism; environmental leapfrogging and energy transitions. Professor Diane Perrons: Economic geography, particularly cohesion in Europe, focusing on region and gender; flexible working. Professor Andrs Rodrguez-Pose: Economic growth, regional and local development, and global restructuring in Europe and Latin America; regional devolution and regional disparities and policy in Europe. Dr Hyun Bang Shin: Contemporary urban (re-)development; urban governance; housing and social change;

social welfare; transitional cities, especially in China; Korea; East Asia. Dr Olmo Silva: Spatial issues in the economics of education (such as school accessibility, school competition and neighbourhood effects); urban economics; issues in applied growth; entrepreneurship. Professor Michael Storper: Economic geography; globalisation, trade, location and specialisation; regional development in Europe, North America, Brazil. Dr Andrew Thornley: Urban planning; globalisation, world cities; city competition; Olympic Games.

MPhil/PhD Human Geography and Urban Studies MPhil/PhD Economic Geography MPhil/PhD Environmental Economics MPhil/PhD Environmental Policy and Development Visiting Research Students
Application code: L8ZG (Human Geography), L8EG (VRS), L7ZQ (Economic Geography), L7ZR (Environmental Economics), L7ZS (Environmental Policy and Development) Start date: 3 October 2013. January/April start is available in exceptional circumstances Duration: 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Taught masters degree in a related discipline and a background in geography, economics or allied subjects such as political

Department of Geography and Environment graduate prospectus 91

science, development studies, sociology, anthropology, planning, environmental studies and regional science with a minimum of 65 per cent average mark and 70 per cent or higher in the dissertation component English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. MPhil/PhD studentships are available as part of both the Environmental Energy and Resilience group of accredited programmes (MPhil/PhD Envrionmental Economics, MPhil/PhD Environmental Policy and Development and MPhil/ PhD Human Geography and Urban Studies)and the Spatial Disparities, Economic Geography and Regional Development Group (MPhil/PhD Economic Geography) (see page 32) Application deadline: 26 April 2013. The selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

web pages list key research topics). Broadly speaking this covers economic geography, spatial economics, regional development, environmental economics, environmental policy, climate change economics, human geography, political geography, globalisation, geographies of development, and urbanisation. You should have a minimum of 65 per cent average mark in a taught masters degree (or equivalent) in a cognate field of study to your proposed research topic, with strong performance (70 per cent or higher) in the dissertation element, and have a background in geography, economics or allied subjects such as political science, development studies, sociology, anthropology, planning, environmental studies or regional science. Selection is based upon your past academic performance, the quality of your research proposal, references, prior achievement, and the appropriateness of your research to the Departments research focus. Your research proposal should be three to four pages long (excluding references and appendix). It is essential that the research proposal addresses: research question; relevant literature and previous research in the field; potential contribution to knowledge; likely methods and theoretical approaches to be adopted; likely information sources and an assessment of their suitability and availability. An outline three year research timetable must be included as an appendix. Applications that fail to address these points will not be considered. We normally interview prospective research students. As part of their PhD training, new MPhil/PhD students will take a range of compulsory and optional courses. Specifically, students take core courses in human geography, economic

geography, environmental economics or environmental policy (depending on which programme they are enrolled in) as well as relevant specialist MSc level courses to take them to the leading edge of their chosen discipline and topic. Students can also select from courses offered by LSEs Methodology Institute. In addition, throughout the PhD programmes, we offer a series of study skills workshops, research seminar series where graduates present their current research to staff and colleagues, and research cluster seminars where visiting speakers and staff present their work. Exemption from parts of the graduate programme may be obtained if you have already undertaken recognised research training. Most elements of the graduate programme are completed in the first year. ESRC funded students on a 1+3 route can take the MSc Environmental Economics and Climate Change or the MSc Human Geography and Urban Studies (Research) in their first year of study. It is also possible to take the MSc Environmental Policy and Regulation, MSc Environment and Development, MSc Local Economic Development or MSc Real Estate Economics and Finance if adequate research methods courses are taken as part of these programmes. Personal supervision and continued review and monitoring are key elements of the PhD programme. You will be allocated a (principal) supervisor, backed up by either a second (joint) supervisor or a review supervisor. Under the guidance of the supervisors you will work on your research design, strategy and methodology, and the timetable and plans for dissemination of your work. You will receive regular feedback on your work and your progress will be monitored by a formal first year progress review, an upgrade review in the second year, as well as yearly annual reviews.

Opportunities for research


We welcome applicants with good masters degrees to study for a PhD. We only accept PhD topics that are close to staff interests, so you should check our staff CVs, publications and current research agenda (our departmental

92 graduate prospectus Department of Geography and Environment

Taught programmes
MSc Environment and Development (see page 92) MSc Environmental Economicsand Climate Change (see page 93) MSc Environmental Policy and Regulation (see page 94) MSc Human Geography and Urban Studies (Research) (see page 95) MSc Local Economic Development (see page 96) MSc Real Estate Economics and Finance (see page 97) MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies (see page 181) MSc Urbanisation and Development (see page 98) The Department runs a joint degree with Sciences Po, Paris: LSE-Sciences Po Double Degree in Urban Policy (see page 228)

GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (seepage 30). MSc Environment and Development is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013

This programme is in principle open to all students independent of their first degree, but preferably you will have studied within the social sciences. You should have the equivalent of at least a high upper second class honours or, in American terminology, a 3.5 grade point average. We will consider appropriate work experience in addition to a sound academic background. It is intended for those with a primary interest in the linkage between environment and development, a topic that has become more and more important in recent years. It provides students with a rigorous training in the social science dimensions of environmental policy, management and evaluation within a developing country context. Both environment and development studies are multi-disciplinary by nature, and the programme seeks to integrate key concepts and perspectives from a range of core social science disciplines. The aim is to provide students with an understanding of the issues involved in sustainable development both from a theoretical and practical perspective. Teaching is mainly through lectures and graduate level seminars. It is possible to study this programme part-time over two years. You will be assessed on a combination of unseen examinations and research essays depending on the courses taken. In general minimum teaching contact for a full-unit course is usually 40 hours, and 20 hours for a half-unit course. You have the opportunity to attend a weekly lecture series in the Department of International Development that brings to the School prominent scholars and practitioners involved in research and practice. In addition, there are various visiting lectures offered by the Department of Geography and Environment.

The MSc Environment and Development requires you to take one compulsory core course and three optional courses. Note that not all the optional courses listed here will be available every year.

Courseone (compulsory core course)


Environment and Development If you choose to do the dissertation as course four, then you will have to submit a 3,000 word essay from a given list of questions, which is due by the end of the Lent term. If you do not choose to do the dissertation as course four, then you will have to submit a 5,000 word essay from a given list of questions, which is due by the end of August.

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Geography and Environment, but it combines courses offered both by this Department and the Department of International Development. It offers the following benefits:  A high quality academic training in the field of environment and development.  A unique interdisciplinary approach towards this increasingly important field, drawing on the wide ranging disciplinary expertise and experience of staff in both the Department of Geography and Environment and the Department of International Development The opportunity to select from a range of options allowing you to shape your studies to your needs.  Studying with an exciting group of international students with a diversity of academic and professional backgrounds.  Our graduates enter a wide variety of employment opportunities in the public sector, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), international organisations, research, consultancy and international firms.

Coursetwo
(* half unit) Choose either one full unit or two half units offered by the Department of International Development. These courses normally include: Global Environmental Governance* Development Theory, History and Policy Poverty* Economic Development Policy Complex Emergencies* African Development* Global Civil Society* Population and Development* HIV/AIDS and Other Emerging Health Threats* Nationalism, Democracy and Development in Contemporary India* Key Issues in Development Studies*

MSc Environment and Development


Application code: F9UB Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 30/284 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline, preferably social science. Will consider appropriate work experience in addition to sound academic background (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37)

Department of Geography and Environment graduate prospectus 93

Coursethree
Choose either one full unit or two half units from the following list of options from the Department of Geography and Environment: Globalisation, Regional Development and Policy Globalisation and Regional Development* Regional Development and Policy* Urban Theory, Policy and Practice in the Global South Environmental Regulation: Implementing Policy Environmental Assessment* Economic Appraisal and Valuation* Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Urban Ethnography* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Climate Change: Science, Economics and Policy* Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction* Race and Space* Concepts in Environmental Regulation* Contemporary Urbanism Development, Diaspora and Migration* Cities and Social Change in East Asia* Cities, Politics and Citizenship* Contemporary Debates in Human Geography* Issues in Environmental Governance* The Urban Revolution* Climate Change and International Law* Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity*

Coursefour
Choose any of the full units or two half units listed under the choices for coursethree or offered by the Department of International Development. Alternatively, you may choose to write a dissertation, which is due by the end of August and must not exceed 10,000 words. You will develop a detailed proposal for your dissertation on a topic in the field of environment and development, but of your own choosing and design. You will work on your own on the dissertation, but with limited advice from a supervisor.

Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (seepage 30). MSc Environmental Economics and Climate Changeis accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013

About the MSc programme


Environmental economics is playing an increasingly central role in both understanding the causes of, and designing policy solutions to, contemporary environmental problems. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the case of human-induced climate change. Amongst others, economic analyses have been used to determine the net costs/benefits of different policy scenarios, to better understand how to achieve and sustain international co-operation, and to evaluate the efficiency of different environmental policy instruments. Environmental economics has been instrumental in informing policy across the world, for example, in market creation such as for carbon, or the design of new interventions such as payments for ecosystem services (PES). In these, and across a wide range of other issues, from biodiversity and ecosystem loss, air pollution to, more broadly, the link between the environment and sustainable economic development, the theory and applied tools of environmental economics are uniquely placed to inform and guide decision-makers in addressing environmental challenges. The continuing rise in the application of economics to environmental policy-

making has created increased demand for individuals with state-of-the-art training in environmental, natural resource and climate change economics, and an ability to apply economic tools to the analysis of a wide range of environmental problems and policy. As a result, there are promising career opportunities for those who have trained as professional environmental economists: in government, international organisations, industry, NGOs, consultancy and research. The MSc Environmental Economics and Climate Change will be invaluable if you wish to work, or are already working, in a specialised area relating to climate change economics but also more broadly to any aspect of environmental and resource economics. The programme will be taught and run by what is now one of the largest international groupings of environmental economists in any academic institution. Teaching staff are based within the LSEs Department of Geography and Environment as well as the Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment. The programme aims to provide students with the following:  A well-developed understanding of environmental and resource economics, its conceptual foundations and practical tools of analysis, including state-of-theart quantitative methods; A  n ability to apply economic concepts and quantitative methods to the analysis, appraisal and valuation of a wide range of environmental problems and policies;  An awareness of the importance of context, both from an institutional and policy perspective, when

MSc Environmental Economics and Climate Change


Application code:L7UD Start date:3October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 24/198 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline, preferably social science. Will consider appropriate work experience in addition to sound academic background (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184

94 graduate prospectus Department of Geography and Environment

applying the concepts and tools of environmental economics; A  n in-depth understanding of climate change, including its scientific, economic and political dimensions. The MSc requires you to take four compulsory core courses (with a value of three units) and two optional courses to the value of one unit. Note that not all the optional courses will be available every year. For applicants who are graduates from British Universities, the normal minimum entry requirement is an upper-second class honours degree, preferably in economics or otherwise with a background in economic analysis, and good analytical, quantitative and technical skills. Applicants with qualifications from other countries will be expected to have a similar academic background. Exceptional applicants with strong quantitative (ie, in calculus or statistics) and analytical skills but without a background in economic analysis will be required to take prior training in economics (via appropriate LSE Diploma or Summer School economics courses or equivalent training elsewhere) before being considered for admission. Applications are also welcome from mature students with work experience in the environmental/climate change field who wish to upgrade their technical skills and analytical insight. Such applicants will still need to meet a threshold requirement with respect to their prior economics and/ or quantitative training. Teaching itself will be conducted mainly through lectures and graduate level seminars. Assessment will be a combination of unseen examinations and research essays. You will also have the opportunity to develop a dissertation on a topic within the fields of environmental, resource or climate change

economics. This will allow you to pursue a research question of interest to you in depth, using the analytical tools and techniques covered in the course. You will work on your own on the dissertation, with advice from a supervisor. In general,teaching contact for a full-unit course is usually 40 hours, and 20 hours for a half-unit. The continuing rise in the application of economics to environmental policymaking has created increased demand for individuals with state-of-the-art training in environmental, natural resource and climate change economics, and an ability to apply economic tools to the analysis of a wide range of environmental problems and policy. As a result, there are promising career opportunities for those who have trained as professional environmental economists: in government, international organisations, industry, NGOs, consultancy and research.

Contracts and Organisations The Philosophy and Politics of Environmental Change International Political Economy of Environment Rural Development and Social Policy* Behavioural Public Policy* Globalisation and Regional Development* Economics of Local and Regional Development* Environmental Regulation: Implementing Policy Planning for Sustainable Cities* Economic Appraisal and Valuation* Techniques of Spatial Economic Analysis* Concepts in Environmental Regulation* Environment and Development: Resources, Institutions and the Global South* Issues in Environmental Governance* Climate Change and International Law* Behaviour, Happiness and Public Policy Risk and Governance: A Sociological Approach* Alternatively, students may be allowed to take other full-unit or half-unit courses offered at LSE, subject to regulations and agreement of the programme director as well as the course managers.

Intake/applications in 2011: 34/225 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline, preferably social science. Will consider appropriate work experience in addition to sound academic background (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (seepage 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). MScEnvironmental Policy and Regulationis accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Environmental and Resource Economics Applied Quantitative Methods* Climate Change: Science, Economics and Policy* Dissertation

About the MSc programme


There is a growing recognition in both public and private spheres of the need for greater environmental protection. Yet how do broad concerns lead to specific policies or plans, and what factors shape the performance of different regulatory instruments on the ground? This one year MSc programme (two years for part-time students) analyses the nature and efficacy of different approaches to environmental policy and regulation. It considers the influence of different forms of environmental policy and regulation at the international, national and local levels and the role of environmental evaluation techniques. Issues are addressed within a distinctive social science framework that uses theory to understand practice, thereby equipping

Options
Chooseto the value of one full course unitfrom the following: Economic Development Policy Microeconomics Public Economics Development and Growth Political Economy

MSc Environmental Policy and Regulation


Application code: F9UG Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time

Department of Geography and Environment graduate prospectus 95

students with the skills they need to work on environmental policy and regulation in the public, private or NGO sectors. Taking students with first degrees in a wide range of areas, the programme is designed to enable participants to: G  ain a deeper understanding of the tools available for environmental policy and regulation, and the diverse contexts within which they operate. E  valuate the impact of policies for the economy, society and the natural environment. E  nter a wide variety of employment opportunities in the public sector, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), international organisations, research, consultancy and national/multinational firms. Students can expect to receive approximately 120 hours of contact time not including the dissertation.

Global Environmental Governance* Economic Appraisal and Valuation* Urban Environment* Policy-Making in the European Union* International Political Economy of the Environment International and European Environmental Law Regulation, Risk and Economic Life Risk and Governance: A Sociological Approach* Alternatively, students may be allowed to take courses offered at LSE, subject to regulations and agreement of the programme director as well as the course managers. Note that not all the optional courses will be available every year. Teaching is mainly through lectures and graduate level seminars. You will be assessed on a combination of unseen examinations and research essays. You will develop a detailed proposal for your dissertation on a topic in the field of environment, but of your own choosing and design. You will work on your own on the dissertation, with limited advice from a supervisor.

English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). MScHuman Geography and Urban Studies(Research)is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013 Note: You should include in your personal statement that you wish to be considered for ESRC studentships

Options
Choose to the value of one unit from: Fundamentals of Social Science Research Design* Qualitative Research Methods* Doing Ethnography* Qualitative Research With NonTraditional Data* Special Topics in Qualitative Research Methods* Choose to the value of one and a half units from: Globalisation, Gender and Development Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction* Globalisation and Regional Development* Local Capacity and Economic Development Policy* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Urban Ethnography* Cities and Social Change in East-Asia* Cities, Politics and Citizenship* Urban Theory, Policy and Practice in the Global South Planning for Sustainable Cities* The Economics of Regional and Urban Planning* Social and Political Aspects of Regional and Urban Planning* Race and Space Development, Diaspora and Migration* The Urban Revolution* Contemporary Urbanism*

About the MSc programme


This programme will be of interest if you have studied geography or a related social science subject at undergraduate level and are now looking for a more focused introduction to human geographical research. It is designed as a preparation for study at PhD level, as well as further training in a broad range of substantive geographical and environmental themes. Our MSc graduates enter a wide variety of employment including consultancy, the public sector and education.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Environmental Regulation: Implementing Policy Environment and Development or Environment and Development: Sustainability, Technology and Business* Dissertation

MSc Human Geography and Urban Studies (Research)


Application code: L8UH Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 2/15 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in geography or social science (see page 34)

Options
Choose options to the value of one full unit or one and a half units, depending upon compulsory course choice, from the following: Climate Change: Science, Economics and Policy* Planning for Sustainable Cities*

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Contemporary Debates in Human Geography Seminar* Dissertation

96 graduate prospectus Department of Geography and Environment

Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity* Other courses to the value of one and a half units as approved by the programme manager

In addition to gaining the MSc you will also have access to the Institution of Economic Development, the leading UK organisation for economic development practitioners. Previous graduates are mainly working in international organisations (UN system [including ILO, UNDP, FAO], World Bank, OECD, European Union, World Trade Conference), national and regional governments, international consultancy, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), research centres and universities. Further information about what previous students are doing can be found on our website. As an interdisciplinary programme, applications from any field in the social sciences are welcome. In the past, the bulk of the student body has been made up by graduates in economics, development, sociology, geography, international relations and political science. In any case, we will expect applicants to have very good grades in their first degrees. A high score in the GRE test or in the GMAT test within five years before your application will be considered a strong asset. This MSc will be relevant if you wish to build on your undergraduate degree to develop specific skills and an understanding of local and regional economic development. We also welcome managers of local economic and regional development institutions who wish to widen and deepen their existing knowledge. The MSc is also an ideal starting point for a career in research in economic development. In recent years, rapid changes in technology and information, industrial restructuring and integration have been radically realigning production structures. There has also been a drive towards the globalisation of the world economy. World trade has

MSc Local Economic Development


Application code: L1S2 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time Intake/applications in 2011: 39/166 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science (in the past mostly economics, development, sociology geography, international relations and political science) (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: No requirement, but good GRE/GMAT a strong asset Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions Note: This programme gives access to the Institute of Economic Development

expanded at twice the rate of output and national governments have been rethinking their protectionist policies to participate in the new global markets. In this context, local and regional economies increasingly need new responses and demand specialist skills to work with the change, and exploit the opportunities it offers. This programme focuses on the variety of ways in which local and regional agencies can work with the private sector in order to stimulate local economies. You will also develop an understanding of the local, national and international trends in business organisation, and a knowledge of the variety of local agents involved. The course emphasises management issues of local capacity building, attracting investment, network building, infrastructure, human resources, and focuses as well on the rationale and impact of regional and local development policies and on the role of institutions.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Topics in Local Economic Development* Globalisation, Regional Development and Policy or Local Economic Development and Policy Dissertation

Options
Choose to the value of one and a half units from: A compulsory course not taken above or any of the related half-unit courses: Globalisation and Regional Development* Economics of Local and Regional Development*

About the MSc programme


This programme draws upon the expertise of a group of LSE researchers who are key contributors to research and practice on regional and local economic development. We also invite regular contributions from external academics and practitioners.

Department of Geography and Environment graduate prospectus 97

Regional Development and Policy Local Capacity and Economic Development Policy* The Economics of Regionaland Urban Planning* The Political Economy of Southeast Europe* Environmental Regulation: Implementing Policy Urban Theory, Policy and Practice in the Global South Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction* Cities and Social Change in East Asia* Concepts in Environmental Regulation* Applied Regression Analysis* or any other suitable methodology half-unit Political and Fiscal Integration and Disintegration in EU Member States* Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity* Issues in Environmental Governance* Applied Quantitative Methods* Techniques of Spatial Economic Analysis* A relevant course from another programme In general minimum teaching contact for a full-unit course is usually 40 hours, and 20 hours for a half-unit.

Intake/applications in 2011: 38/320 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 with background in economic analysis, and good analytical, quantitative and technical skills (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE score (preferred) or GMAT score Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). MSc Real Estate Economics and Finance is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013 Note: Offers fast-track membership to the Investment Property Forum, and accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors

M  asters students are drawn from a range of disciplinary and national backgrounds and join a vibrant community of over200 graduate students studying graduate courses within the Department.  Our MSc graduates enter a wide variety of employment including professional firms, finance, real estate research, consultancy, the public sector and education. This is an academic programme but it benefits from a partnership agreement with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors conferring professional recognition. In addition, the Investment Property Forum, IPF, has included the programme on their selected list of graduate courses that the forum considers to provide the relevant skills necessary for those operating in the property investment market. This recognition comes with a number of benefits for our master's graduates. Graduates of the MSc REEF will be offered a fast track membership to the forum. This MSc will appeal if you wish to work, or are already working, in a specialised area relating to property and urban analysis (including research), real estate finance or investment analysis. You should have good analytical, quantitative and technical skills. A thorough grounding in economic analysis, at a level equivalent to a joint degree at least, is a normal requirement for entry. The programme integrates current academic analysis and research with an applied study of real estate markets and finance. This is done mainly in a European and North American institutional setting. If you do not hold an honours degree from a UK university you should submit

a GRE General Test score with your application that has been taken within the last five years and include your test scores on your application form. (You may also submit a GMAT score, but GRE is preferred). Please see Admissions Enquiries System. We do not require a specific mark but we do typically expect candidates to score in the top ten percentile in the overall test. However, other qualifications and relevant work experience will be taken into consideration. We recognise that if your first language is not English the test will present special difficulties and we view your score on that basis.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Real Property Market Practice* Applied Urban and Regional Economics Real Estate Finance* Asset Markets A* or Finance I* You will also complete a dissertation of 10,000 words. This will give you the opportunity to investigate a topic of interest to you in depth, using the analytical tools and techniques covered in the course. You may choose to draw on your previous experience.

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Geography and Environment but involves collaboration with the Departments of Accounting, Finance and Economics and offers the following benefits:  Study in a Department with a strong group of applied urban and real estate economists and land use specialists situated in the only UK university devoted solely to the social sciences.  Our masters programme focuses on developing graduates ability to integrate theoretical developments with practical experience.

Options
You choose an additional MSc level half unit course from any available in the School, subject to regulations and agreement of the programme director. You may also choose the full unit course Corporate Finance and Asset Markets instead of one of the following two combinations: (optional) MSc level half unit course plus the half unit course Asset

MSc Real Estate Economics and Finance


Application code: L8U3 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time

98 graduate prospectus Department of Geography and Environment

Markets A or (optional) MSc level half unit course plus the half unit course Finance I. The half unit course Asset Markets A cannot be combined with the half unit course Finance I. In general minimum teaching contact for a full-unit course is usually 40 hours, and 20 hours for a half-unit.

the breadth of research expertise and practical experience in the Department of Geography and Environment and the Department of International Development. Teaching staff are leading researchers in the field supplemented by visiting professors and an intense schedule of outside speakers, seminars and conferences. This programme is intended for graduates with a good first degree in social science, such as geography, development, sociology, planning and anthropology. Applicants with degrees in other subjects will be considered, especially if they have work or voluntary experience relevant to cities and/or development. At a time when three-quarters of the world's urban population and 90 per cent of urban population growth will be in the developing world, it is vital we understand relationships between urban and development issues from both theoretical and empirical standpoints. The programme reviews urbanism from colonial to the contemporary period, emphasising demographic, social, economic, cultural and political processes. The programme pays particular attention to the origins and claims of development theory and practice, and the aims and achievements of contemporary urban policy from a wide variety of thematic and theoretical perspectives. Graduates enter a wide variety of employment including non-governmental and civil society organisations, international organisations, research, consultancy, and the public sector, as well as further study.

Compulsory courses
Urban Theory, Policy and Practice in the Global South Dissertation

Contemporary Debates in Human Geography* Environment and Development: Resources, Institutions and the Global South* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction* Key Issues in Development Studies*

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value ofone unit from: Development: History, Theory and Policy Poverty* Population and Development: An Analytical Approach* African Development* Complex Emergencies* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Choose courses to the value ofone unit from: Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Contemporary Urbanism Urban Ethnography* Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Cities and Social Change in East Asia* Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity* Cities Politics and Citizenship* Planning for Sustainable Cities* Economic Appraisal and Valuation* Race and Space* Development, Diaspora and Migration* Environment and Development: Sustainability, Technology and Business*

MSc Urbanisation and Development


Application code: L8U6 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 19/100 Minimum entry requirement: Good 2:1 in social science subject such as geography, anthropology, sociology, planning, development, or a degree in another field with work experience relevant to cities and/or development (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Early application is advised

NB In exceptional cases it may be possible to take alternativeoptional choiceswith the approval of the programme director. In general minimum teaching contact for a full-unit course is usually 40 hours, and 20 hours for a half-unit.

About the MSc programme


The MSc Urbanisation and Development programme offers students an integrated and up-to-date course on urban development, which draws on

Department of Government graduate prospectus 99

Department of Government
lse.ac.uk/government
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 414 Research: 81 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 52 RAE: 60 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Connaught House We currently have students from all corners of the globe researching across the whole field of politics.

capitalism; imperialism; migration; transnational power. Dr Rory Costello: Empirical democratic theory; EU politics; legislative decisionmaking; voting behaviour. Professor Torun Dewan: Public choice; party strategy; ministerial and legislative behaviour; political economy; formal analysis of parties and coalitions; ministerial turnover; legislative and executive behaviour. Dr Vesselin Dimitrov: Eastern Europe; government and politics; communism and post-communism; democratisation. Professor Patrick Dunleavy: Electoral systems; voting behaviour; parties; government structures; executive budgeting; new public management and globalisation; urban politics; political sociology; public choice theory. Dr Katrin Flikschuh: Kant's political philosophy; metaphysics and meta-level justification in contemporary political philosophy; contemporary liberalism; global justice; history of political thought. Dr James Gledhill: Contemporary political and moral philosophy; justification in political and moral philosophy; history of modern political thought. Dr Nilima Gulrajani: Performance management and aid effectiveness; organisational dynamics in development; comparative public administration and development policy. Dr Daphne Halikiopoulou: Nationalism and national identity; sociology of religion and secularisation theory; comparative European politics; British politics; comparative politics methodology.

Dr Steffen Hertog: Comparative political economy; comparative politics of the developing world; Gulf and Middle East politics. Professor Simon Hix: EU politics and policy; the EU legislative process and the European Parliament; parties and elections; rational choice theory. Dr Jonathan Hopkin: Political parties in advanced industrial democracies; economic theories of corruption; political decentralisation; the political economy of European social democracy; the politics of southern Europe; west European politics and political economy; political parties; political decentralisation. Dr Rafael Hortala-Vallve: Formal political theory; political economy; social choice; public economics; collective decisionmaking; coalition formation; voting and elections; experimental social sciences. Professor James Hughes: Postcommunist transitions; elites; federalism; regionalism and nationalism in FSU; Russian politics; conflict resolution; dynamics of political violence. Dr John Hutchinson: Theories of nationalism; cultural nationalism warfare and nationalism. Professor Paul Kelly: Modern political theory; history of political thought; philosophy of Jeremy Bentham and Ronald Dworkin; multiculturalism; group rights and national identity; equality of outcomes and equality of opportunity and theories of social justice. Dr Bill Kissane: Civil wars and reconstruction; comparative constitutionalism; democratisation; nationalism; democratic theory; Irish politics.

About the Department


The Government Department is one of the largest in the UK and covers almost all areas of politics. We offer a comprehensive range of academic approaches, from political theory and philosophy to public choice and comparative government, and the history of institutions and policy. Being based within the only UK institution that specialises solely in the social sciences is a great benefit and our graduate programmes involve close collaboration with other departments and institutes in the School. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, the Government and International Relations Departments together with theDepartment of International Development were assessed as one unit. The majority of the research was graded in the world leading and internationally excellent categories.

Staff and their academic interests


Professor Sumantra Bose: Ethnic conflict and democratisation; national selfdetermination; peace building; politics in India, Kashmir, former Yugoslavia. Professor John Breuilly: Nationalism and ethnicity; modern German history; comparative European history especially labour movements; bourgeoisie; urban cultural history in 19th century Europe; modern liberalism. Dr Michael Bruter: European Union; European identity; elections; political behaviour; research methods; European politics; institutions; public opinion; extreme right. Dr John Chalcraft: Popular history of the Middle East and the global south; issues of hegemony and resistance; political contention; Eurocentrism; uneven

100 graduate prospectus

Department of Government

Dr Mathias Koenig-Archibugi: International institutions; global democracy; international labour standards; globalisation; global governance; European political integration. Dr Nikitas Konstantinidis: comparative and international political economy; applied formal theory; regional integration; international organisations; European Union politics. Dr Denisa Kostovicova: Democratisation and ethnic conflict; nationalism and globalisation; post-conflict reconstruction; human security; civil society and transitional justice; European integration of western Balkans; Democratic transition in former Yugoslavia; regional security and stability in the post-Milosevic Balkans; the impact of the UN protectorates in Kosovo and Bosnia-Herzegovina; foreign policy of Serbia and Montenegro; Albanian diaspora in the United Kingdom. Professor Chandran Kukathas: History of liberal thought; contemporary liberal political theory; multiculturalism. Dr Valentino Larcinese: Public choice; voting; information; mass media; redistribution; public economics; taxation and public spending. Dr Chun Lin: Post WWII cultural radicalism; Marxism; communism and post-communism; modern China; patterns of history and development; women; work; citizenship; south Asian and east Asian politics. Professor Christian List: Political Theory, formal and normative; social choice theory and its foundations; theories of democracy and deliberation; philosophy of science and social science. Dr Martin Lodge: Comparative regulatory regimes and policies;

institutional analysis; German, British and EU public policy. Dr Kira Matus: Sustainability science; sustainable production and consumption systems; innovation systems and policy; green chemistry and engineering; science policy; biofuels; certification and ecolabels; voluntary and private regulation; corporate sustainability. Dr Omar McDoom: Ethnic violence; civil wars; genocides; African politics; international development; religious extremism; terrorism; radical Islam; insurgency; guerrilla warfare; human rights; international criminal law. Dr Paul Mitchell: Party competition; coalition governments; electoral systems; Irish politics. Dr Hande Mutlu-Eren: Political parties; party competition; coalitions; government formation; advanced industrialised democracies. Dr Adnan Naseemullah: Political economy of industrialisation; state capacity and state-building; politics of south Asia. Professor Ed Page: Comparative public administration and policy; British government. Dr Francisco Panizza: Democracy and human rights in Latin American politics; politics and economy of MERCOSUR countries. Professor George Philip: Latin American politics and oil politics; Mexican, Venezuelan and Peruvian politics and economy. Professor Anne Phillips: Feminist political theory; normative political theory; democracy; citizenship and political representation; especially

representation of gender; ethnicity and race; multiculturalism; coercion. Dr Marco Pinfari: Global politics. Dr Stephanie Rickard: International trade politics; redistribution; globalisation; strategic budgeteering; electoral institutions; industrial subsidies; comparative welfare states; labour market regulation; government procurement; international organisations. Dr Cheryl Schonhardt-Bailey: Legislative politics; analysis of legislative debates; new methodologies for measuring ideas and political rhetoric; political economy of trade and monetary policy; political economy; agricultural politics; trade policy; public choice; American politics. Dr Zhand Shakibi: Iran; economic and political transition in Russia and central Asia; oil politics of Caspian region; Islam and modernity. Professor John Sidel: International politics of south East Asia, Indonesia and Philippines; Islam and international relations; local politics; religion and politics; nationalism and transnational forces. Dr Kai Spiekerman: Philosophy of the social sciences; normative and positive questions of moral theory and political philosophy; game theory and its philosophical applications. Dr Jill Stuart: The global commons; international political theory; sovereignty and globalisation; gender and international relations; regime theory; constructivism; cultural healthcare; politics, law and theory of outer space. Professor Mark Thatcher: Comparative public policy; information and communications technology in Europe; British, French and EU policy and policy-making.

Dr Eiko Thielemann: EU and comparative European politics and policy; asylum; immigration and citizenship; regionalism and devolution; regional and state aid policy; German politics and policy. Dr Joachim Wehner: Public sector budgeting; comparative federalism and decentralisation; legislatures; comparative government; socio-economic rights; African politics. Matthew Whiting: Political moderation; democratisation; electoral politics; nationalism; Irish politics. Dr David Woodruff: Politics and economics of Russia and other postsocialist countries; political economy of capitalist institutions; international trade and capital flows; qualitative methods and philosophy of social science. Dr Lea Ypi: Political Theory.

MRes/PhD in Political Science Visiting Research Students


Application code:M1ZN Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: MRes/PhD 4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Intake/application in 2011: 26/128 Entry requirement: Good undergraduate degree and preferably a taught masters degree in political science or a closely related discipline English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30

Department of Government graduate prospectus 101

Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MRes/PhDPolitical Scienceis part of thePolitical Science and International Studiesgroup of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32).Depending on the topic, AHRC funding is also available (see page 33). The Government Department also offerstwo scholarships that cover home/EU fees for the first year andone scholarship that covers overseas fees for the first year Application deadline: 11 January 2013. Successful candidates will be notified in March. In exceptional cases, late applications can be considered until 26 April 2013, but candidates are advised that places for late admission are limited. Selection for funding is also based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents - by 11 January 2013 Notes: Applicants must submit either two masters degree essays of 5,000 words or a masters dissertation

structure of the degree is straightforward. During the MRes year (year one) each student takes four units: Research Design Methods  Field Seminars (normally Department of Government political science courses) Research Prospectus Second, third and fourth year of the programme A) Research and write a dissertation B) Participate in at least one Doctoral Workshop in the Government Department or elsewhere in the School in each year. The Department is closely associated with the work of the School's Methodology Institute. We will advise you about additional methodological training appropriate to your project. There are regular graduate seminars in each of the Department's subject areas. From the second year onwards you attend one of the following workshops: Political Theory, Political Economy and Public Policy, Comparative Politics, European Politics and Policy, or Ethnicity and Nationalism. You may also attend a workshop in your first year. We review your progress annually. If you successfully pass your review at the end of year one you will be upgraded to PhD status. Research proposal The research proposal, which should be of approximately 1,500 words, is absolutely crucial to the success of your application. To be eligible for admission as an MRes/ PhD student, you need to have more than a vaguely defined research topic. Your proposal should be written as clearly and

concisely as possible and should address the following questions: 1 What is your general topic? 2 What questions do you want to answer? 3 What is the key literature and its limitations? 4 What are the main hypotheses of the work? 5 What methodology do you intend to use? What are your case studies, if any? 6 What are the limitations of your proposed research? In addition, you should describe your reasons for selecting your topic. Why do you want to spend four years on this particular topic? What is particularly interesting about it? Is it a new topic? A much researched topic which requires a new approach? You should also indicate why, in your view, your proposed work will make a significant and original contribution to the field. Finally, you should be able to complete your thesis within four years. While your proposal may evolve in the course of your research, you should endeavour to present a project which will be feasible within the framework of a three to four year MRes/PhD programme. The selection panel places great importance on the originality, substance and feasibility of your proposal. Moreover, the proposal must fall into a research area in which the Department is able to offer supervision. Candidates are encouraged to study the Departments webpages carefully and to take due care in the preparation of the proposal, to consult former academic advisers and to make contact with potential supervisors in the Department for advice on preparing a proposal. You will find a list of members of staff, with

their research interests, at Academic staff (full-time) and Postdoctoral Fellows If you have discussed your proposed research with a member of the Department's academic staff, you should indicate their name in your proposal. For a good overview of what a PhD consists of, the good and bad experiences that doctoral students often have, and for advice on how to formulate a research question and plan a doctorate, you may wish to consult the following two books:P Dunleavy, Authoring a PhD: how to plan, draft, write and finish a doctoral thesis or dissertation (Palgrave Macmillan, 2003); E M Phillips and D S Pugh, How to Get a PhD (Open University Press, 2005, 4th edition). Written work Applicants must submit either two masters degree essays of 5,000 words or a masters dissertation. If you do not have a masters dissertation you can submit other relevant work demonstrating essay writing and topical knowledge. References You should nominate two referees who are familiar with your academic work and, ideally, who know of your proposed field of research. It is your responsibility to make contact with your referees promptly to allow your application to be completed in time. Please note that outside term time many academics may be away from their department and therefore difficult to contact. Referees can complete their references online. Complete applications must be received by the deadline, and it is the candidate's responsibility to ensure their completeness.

Opportunities for research


We aim to create a sense of community among our research students, encouraging you to appreciate the variety within political science by engaging in discussion with colleagues whose research topics are different from your own. If you join the Department to undertake research you will have both a supervisor and an adviser, or if appropriate, two supervisors. Your adviser provides an alternative source of advice and also gives you wider contact with the Department. The MRes/PhD in Political Science is structured as a 1+3 Programme. The

102 graduate prospectus Department of Government

Taught programmes
MSc Comparative Politics (see page 102) MSc Comparative Politics (Research) (see page 104) MSc Conflict Studies (see page 104) MPA European Public and Economic Policy (see page 177) MSc Global Politics (see page 105) MSc Global Politics (Global Civil Society) (see page 105) MPA International Development (see page 177) MSc International Migration and Public Policy (see page 107) MSc Political Science and Political Economy (see page 108) MSc Political Theory (see page 109) MSc Political Theory (Research) (see page 109) MSc Politics and Government in the European Union (see page 75) LSE-PKU Double Degree in Public Administration and Government (see page 227) MSc Public Policy and Administration (see page 110) MSc Public Policy and Administration (Research) (see page 110) MSc Regulation (see page 111) MSc Regulation (Research) (see page 111) MPA Public and Economic Policy (see page 178) MPA Public Policy and Management (see page 178) MPA Public and Social Policy (see page 178)

MSc Comparative Politics


Application codes: M1I2 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 124/611(with research track) Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline with a considered interest in the area covered by the MSc (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Government and is a good preparation for further research work or for a career in media, political consultancy, international organisations, public administration or the private sector. Comparative politics is the comparative study of political systems. In the MSc Comparative Politics we look for sophisticated analytical answers to such basic political questions as: why are some countries democratic while others are not?; why are some countries torn by ethnic conflict?, do constitutions matter?; what is the impact of global capitalism on state sovereignty?. Addressing these and similar questions, the programme offers courses in the fields of democracy and democratisation, nationalism and ethnicity, comparative

Department of Government graduate prospectus 103

political economy and political institutions, popular politics and politics of the developing world as well as a wide range of country and area specific options. Our programme is methodologically eclectic yet rigorous, with an emphasis on historical approaches. Graduates from our MSc have gone on to successful careers in politics, media, NGOs, foreign service, finance and academia. The MSc Comparative Politics is divided into specialisms, giving students the opportunity to study their specific academic interests within a broader subject area. Students must take courses to the value of four full units as shown and will take a minimum of one full unit from within the chosen stream. All students are required to write a 10,000-word dissertation. Note that some of the courses must be taken together. Part-time students may take up to four courses in their first year.

Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia* Democratisation, Conflict and State-Building* Capitalism and Democracy* Courses to the value of one and a half units from above or from the approved courses list

Institutions in the Global Economy* Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* Courses to the value of one and a half units from above or from the approved courses list

Politics of the Developing World Options


Choose courses to the value of one unit from: Democracy in East and South Asia* Government and Politics in China* Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia* The State and Political Institutions in Latin America* Democracy and Development in Latin America* Popular Politics in the Middle East* The History and Politics of the Modern Middle East African Politics, Wars, and Violence* Courses to the value of one and a half units either from above or from the approved courses list

Popular Politics Options


Choose two half units from: Citizens Political Behaviour in Europe: Elections Public Opinion and Identities* Democratization and its Discontents in Southeast Asia* Local Power in an Era of Globalization, Democratisation and Decentralisation* Popular Politics in the Middle East* Partisanship in Europe* Courses to the value of one and a half units either from above or from the approved courses list.

Nationalism and Ethnic Politics Compulsory course


Nationalism

Options
Choose one half unit from: National and Ethnic Conflict Regulation* War, Peace and the Politics of National Self Determination* Warfare and National Identity* Nationalism and Global Politics* Ethnic Diversity and International Society* Ethnic and Religious Violence in Post-Colonial Societies* Courses to the value of one unit from above or from the approved courses list

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Introduction to Comparative Politics* Dissertation

Comparative Political Institutions Options


Choose two half units from: The State and Political Institutions in Latin America* Legislative Politics: US* Legislative Politics: European Parliament* Conflict and Institutional Design in Divided Societies* Institutions in the Global Economy* Courses to the value of one and a half units from above or from the approved courses list

No Specialism
Choose courses to the value of two and a half units from any of the specialisms or from the approved courses list

Specialisms Democracy and Democratisation Compulsory course


Comparative Democratisation*

Approved courses list


Any course listed under a specialism that has not already been taken Government and Politics in Eastern Europe* Public Policy Responses to International Migration* Nationalist Conflict, Political Violence and Terrorism* The Politics of Civil Wars* The Second Europe* Globalisation, Conflict and Post-Totalitarianism*

Comparative Political Economy Compulsory course


States and Markets*

Options
Choose one half unit from: Democracy in East and South Asia* Globalisation and Democracy* Democracy and Development in Latin America*

Options
Choose one half unit from: The Politics of Inequality and Redistribution* Capitalism and Democracy*

104 graduate prospectus Department of Government

The Anthropology of Development* Anthropology of Politics* Ethnic Diversity and International Society* Partisanship in Europe* Gender and Militarisation* European Integration in the Twentieth Century Foreign Policy Analysis III Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* Ethnic and Religious Violence in Post-Colonial Societies* Qualitative Research Methods* Doing Ethnography* Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Applied Regression Analysis* A course from the Government Department or another department, with the consent of the convener of MSc Comparative Politics and the teacher of the course. Students on a particular specialism will have automatic right of entry to the courses listed under the specialism. Other students will have access subject to availability. Approval from the course convenor may be required for entry onto some courses.

interest in the area covered by the MSc (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions Note: If you are applying for the research track under the 1+3 scheme please make this clear in your application and include a full research proposal

in politics, media, NGOs, foreign service, finance and academia. Students must take papers to the value of four full units as shown. All students are required to write a 10,000 word dissertation. Note that some of the courses must be taken together. Part-time students may take up to four courses in their first year.

interest in the area covered by the MSc (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Foundations of Social Research Introduction to Comparative Politics* Dissertation

About the MSc programme


This programme is dedicated to the analysis of violent conflict and its management or resolution. It is based in the Department of Government and is the focus for the Schools provision in this growing area of study and practice. The core teaching will be based in the Government Department but will also be enriched by many optional courses in related departments. The programmes interests range from the interaction of high level international, domestic and local politics, to the cultural and political economy factors in violent conflict. We are pedagogical and methodological pluralists who are interested in explaining the causes, dynamics and outcomes of conflict and developing new perspectives on the institutional and noninstitutional means by which conflicts can be better managed. Conflict Studies has at its core some fundamental questions about what causes violent conflict? Why does it happen when it does and where it does? How can a conflict be characterised and understood? What can be done to manage or resolve a conflict? What is the role of international politics, or civil society? We aim to address the major questions that are pivotal to the comparative

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Government andis a good preparation for further research work or for a career in media, political consultancy, international organisations, public administration or the private sector. Comparative politics is the comparative study of political systems. In MSc Comparative Politics (Research) we look for sophisticated analytical answers to such basic political questions as: why are some countries democratic while others are not?; why are some countries torn by ethnic conflict?; do constitutions matter?; what is the impact of global capitalism on state sovereignty? Addressing these and similar questions, the programme offers courses in the fields of democratisation, nationalism and ethnicity, comparative political economy as well as a wide range of country and area specific options. Our programme is methodologically eclectic yet rigorous, with an emphasis on historical approaches. Graduates from our MSc have gone on to successful careers

Options
Choose to the value of one and a half units from MSc Comparative Politics options. This may include a half unit course from another department (with the consent of the convener of MSc Comparative Politics and the teacher of the course). Some options may be closed to students, if, in the opinion of the course convener, they lack the appropriate methodological background.

MSc Comparative Politics (Research)


Application code: M1I6 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 124/611 (with non-research track) Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline with a considered

MSc Conflict Studies


Application codes: L2U2 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: New programme for 2013 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline with a considered

Department of Government graduate prospectus 105

study of politics. The involvement of leading experts in the field at LSE provides students with insights and critical thinking on the latest theoretical developments, research, and policy best practices. The programme has been designed to provide students with a range of options that offer in depth coverage of theories of conflict, political violence and civil wars, human security, terrorism and insurgency, including the implications for strategies of statebuilding, post-conflict reconstruction and reconciliation, peace processes and conflict resolution. Concepts and theories are analysed across a range of global, regional, national and subnational contexts, including detailed comparative case-studies. The programme includes as a compulsory element some basic methodological training in quantitative and/ or qualitative methods, with provision for more advanced skills as required. We aim to provide a multi-disciplinary perspective on the study of conflict which will be a valued learning experience for those who wish to develop careers in the policy world in governments and public service, international organisations, security agencies, the media, NGOs, finance, as well as providing an excellent foundation for those students who wish to progress to a PhD programme. While many students who have taken our courses have gone on to successful careers in these fields, many have also come to us from such careers and with experience of work in major conflict zones, and have found their perspectives and skills enhanced by the in depth learning experience at LSE. Our goal is less to teach you how to think about conflict normatively, though this is an element in some courses, but more how to develop your skills to research and analyse conflict. The programme offers

an array of extracurricular activities each academic year, including guest speakers, public lectures, colloquia and workshops, and film screenings. Students must take courses to the value of four full units as shown. All students are required to write a 10,000-word dissertation. Part-time students may take up to four courses in their first year.

Nationalism The Second Europe* Warfare and National Identity* Comparative Democratisation* Popular Politics in The Middle East* African Politics, Wars, and Violence* The History and Politics of the Modern Middle East* Race, Violence and Colonial Rule in Africa Conflict and Peace Studies Genocide* Islam in International Relations: From Al-Andalus to Afghanistan Human Security* South-East Europe: Government, Economy and Foreign Policy* Ethnic Diversity and International Society* Identity, Community and the Problem of Minorities* Gender and Militarisation* European Human Rights Law* Terrorism and the Rule of Law* International Law and the Use of Force* Ethnic and Religious Violence in PostColonial Society* Students may also take a half-unit course from the Government Department or another department (with the consent of the programme convener and the teacher of the course). Students will have automatic right of entry to courses listed as compulsory. Other students will have access subject to availability. However, some options may be closed to a student, if, in the opinion of the

course convener, they lack the appropriate methodological background.

MScGlobalPolitics MScGlobalPolitics (GlobalCivil Society)


Application codes: M1UG, M1UY (Global Civil Society) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Student intake/applications in 2011: 72/402 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline with a considered interest in the relevant area (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (seepage 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (seepage 30) Application deadline: None

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Comparative Conflict Analysis* Dissertation Either Qualitative Research Methods* or Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Choose at least two courses from the following: The Politics of Civil Wars* Nationalist Conflict, Political Violence and Terrorism* Conflict and State-Building* Globalisation, Conflict and Post-Totalitarianism* Conflict and Institutional Design in Divided Societies* Local Power in an Era of Democratisation and Decentralisation* Choose courses to the value of one unit from any of the above not already taken, or from the following recommended courses: Democracy in South and East Asia* Government and Politics in China* Government and Politics in Eastern Europe*

About the MSc programmes s


This programme is based in the Department of Government, but the teaching is interdisciplinary and carried out by Government, the International Relations Department, the Department of International Development and the European Institute. It brings together many of the unique resources of these departments into a leading, interdisciplinary programme on globalisation, global governance and global politics. The programme brings together the expertise of LSE staff at

106 graduate prospectus Department of Government

the cutting edge of debates about globalisation and global politics and is a good preparation for further research work or for a career in education, the public services or the private sector at national, international or global levels.

International Migration and Immigration Management* Nationalism and Global Politics* Politics of International Law* International Institutions* Corporate Social Responsibility and International Labour Standards* Ethnic Diversityand International Society* Partisanship in Europe* Government and Politics in China* Globalisation and Democracy* Globalisation, Conflict and Post-Totalitarianism* Globalisation, Gender andDevelopment Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction* Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia* European Integration from a Global Perspective* Local Power in an Era of Globalisation, Democratisation and Decentralisation* Global Civil Society* Nationalism, Democracy and Development in Contemporary India* Human Security* Conflict and Institutional Design in Divided Societies* Postcolonial Perspectives in International Relations* Conflict and Peace Studies Economic Development of East and Southeast Asia Latin American Development in the Twentieth Century: From Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism

Ellen Maunder MSc Global Politics Swansea, South Wales


I was initially attracted to my programme because of the diversity of course choices available, enabling students to study a broad range of social, political and economic phenomena through the lens of globalisation. The LSE teaching style is both academically challenging and theoretically rigorous. My tutors encouraged me to adopt an interdisciplinary and critical approach to my studies, which provided the perfect balance between the multi-disciplinary research of the departmental staff and my own regional fields of interest. LSE has a reputation for being a global university, both in its teaching strengths and its student body. I found that, in reality, this means that you are continuously challenged to dissect arguments on real-world issues from a range of international and cultural perspectives, which made for interesting and often politically charged class discussions. Being in the heart of London as a graduate student gave me direct access to everything the capital city has to offer. As an LSE student, I had a wealth of opportunities to gain new skills, learn new languages and attend lectures and talks by global leaders and academics whilst having the freedom to pursue various internships and voluntary projects. My MSc year has been one of the most intense and exhilarating experiences of my life. It enabled me to hone my research skills, think critically on a range of issues and to analyse and evaluate accepted knowledge. These skills are transferable to any career path, and they undoubtedly helped me in my internship at the think-tank DEMOS, where I was working on a comparative research project into the impact of the British Governments comprehensive spending review on the educational and social mobility of UK youth. Since graduating I have been employed on the LSE s Widening Participation Team, which runs aspiration and attainmentraising workshops and programmes for pupils from underperforming London state-schools.

We will consider applicants with a 2:1 or above in any discipline, with a considered interest in the area covered by the MSc. Students can also apply for the Global Civil Society stream of the MSc Global Politics, which has a second compulsory coursefocusing on knowledge that can enhance the strategic capacity of global civil society organisations. The Global Civil Society stream offers a good preparation for careers in non governmental organisations at national or global levels.

Compulsory courses
From Empire to Globalisation Global Civil Society* (required for students on the Global Civil Society stream only) 10,000 word dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses from the following list (a total of two units for M1UG, one and a halfunits for M1UY): Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* African Development* Complex Emergencies* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Global Political Economy of Development I* International Institutions and Late Development*

Department of Government graduate prospectus 107

The History and Politics of the Modern Middle East* The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries European Models of Capitalism* Democracy in East and South Asia* National and Ethnic Conflict Regulation* States and Markets* The State and Political Institutions in Latin America* Democracy and Development in Latin America* Nationalism War, Peace and the Politics of National Self-Determination* The Politics of Inequality and Redistribution* International Political Economy of the Environment The EU in the World European Society and Politics Beyond the Nation State* The International Relations of the Middle East Economic Diplomacy Comparative Political Economy Islam in International Relations: From Al-Andalus to Afghanistan World Poverty and Human Rights* Managing Globalisation* Popular Politics in the Middle East* Managing Humanitarianism* Institutions in the Global Economy* Comparative Democratisation in a Global Age*

Genocide* Please note that not every course is necessarily available each year, and some may only be available with permission of the course tutor.

MSc International Migration and Public Policy


Application codes:L2UK Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time; 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: New programme for 2012 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 insocial science, or in another field with relevant work experience(see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None

International Relations, the Department of International Development, the Department of Social Policy and the Department of Law. It brings together some of the unique resources of these departments into one interdisciplinary programme on global migration, international mobility and public policy. The programme also has close ties with the LSE Migration Studies Unit the focal point for migration research at LSE. Key features of the IMPP degree are:  A twelve-month programme that provides the opportunity to study in an internationally renowned set of departments in the only UK university devoted solely to the social sciences.  A faculty with an established record of excellence in teaching, research and consultancy in the area of international migration and public policy.  An international campus in close proximity to national policy makers, offices of international organisations and EU institutions.  A systematic multidisciplinary approach to central controversies in the comparative analysis of public policy responses to immigration and migrant integration issues across different levels of governance (including a focus on the growing role of the EU in European and international migration management).  An outstanding preparation for further research work or for a career in international institutions, the public services, NGOs or the private sector. The MSc offers a unique range of courses that will deepen students' knowledge of migration and mobility issues and help them gain new insight into public policy responses to international migration at the global, regional, national and local

level. The programme is divided into three parts: foundation two half unit courses which provide a thorough grounding in immigration and migrant integration issues; specialisation through a wide range of optional migration- and migration-related courses offered across LSE; and research a 10,000 word research project on an advanced topic. Students will also have the opportunity to attend and participate in the established public lecture and seminar series organised by the LSE Migration Studies Unit. Students will take courses to the value of three units and a dissertation as shown. Additionally, if their timetable allows, students are recommended to take the non-assessed course Interdisciplinary Research Methods and Design in preparation for their dissertation.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) International Migration and Migrant Integration* International Migration and Immigration Management* 10,000 word dissertation

Options
Studentschoose courses to the value of one full unit from: Justice, Liberty and Security in the European Union* Development, Diaspora and Migration* Minorities and Migration in Europe* Identity, Community and the Problem of Minorities* International Law and the Protection of Refugees, Displaced Persons and Migrants

About the MSc programmes


The International Migration and Public Policy (IMPP) programme is administered by the Department of Government and jointly run by academics from the Departments of Government, Sociology and the European Institute. The teaching is interdisciplinary and also involves academic staff from several other LSE departments, in particular the Department of Geography, the Department of

108 graduate prospectus Department of Government

International Migration, 1500-2000: from slavery to asylum* Migration: Population Trends and Policies* Managing Humanitarianism* Race, Ethnicity and Migration in Britain (post-1945)* Courses to the value of one unit from the following or from those options listed above: Ethnicity, Race and Social Policy* Race, Violence and Colonial Rule in Africa Race and Space* Globalisation and Democracy* Human Security* Human Rights of Women Human Rights in the Developing World The Theory, History and Practice of Human Rights Law* Approaches to Human Rights The International Protection of Human Rights The International Political Theory of Humanitarian Intervention* Topics in Race, Ethnicity and Postcolonial Studies Racial Formations of Modernity* Multiculturalism, Nationalism and Citizenship* The Politics of Policy Advice* The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the European Union* Contemporary Debates in Human Geography* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy* Quantitative Analysis 1: Description and Inference*

Quantitative Analysis 2: The Generalized Linear Model* Another course not listed here with the approval of the supervisor and programme convener Please note that not every course will necessarily be available each year, some may be capped and some may only be available with the permission of the course tutor. Please be also aware that some course combinations may not be possible due to time-tabling constraints.

MSc Political Science and Political Economy


Application code: L2U9 Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 22/197 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or equivalent in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

political processes, institutional design and public policy making in liberal democracies. It should be of particular interest for students who intend to take courses in political economy, elections, legislature, executive governments, public policy, development, and international political economy within the framework of a political science oriented programme. This MSc will provide a set of skills which are highly requested in public policy making, policy analysis, business, political consultancy and public affairs. This programme is an excellent preparation for further research work or for a career in education, public administration or the private sector. It will also equip the students to pursue a PhD or conduct research in quantitative political science.

Social Choice Theory and Democracy*+ Legislative Politics: United States*+ Politics of Economic Policy*+ Legislative Politics: European Parliament*+ Institutions in the Global Economy*+ Economic Development Policy Development Management Political Economy Micro and Macro Economics for Public Policy Economic and Social Policy in Mediterranean Europe* Political and Fiscal Integration and Disintegration in EU Member States* Patterns of Economic Integration in Europe: Institutions and Politics of EMU* Emerging Markets, Political Transition and Economic Development in Central and Eastern Europe* The Political Economy of European Welfare States* The Economics of European Social Policy* States and Markets* The Politics of Inequality and Redistribution* Capitalism and Democracy* Public Budgeting and Financial Management International Political Economy of the Environment# Politics of Money in the World Economy # The Political Economy of International Trade # Comparative Political Economy Multivariate Analysis and Measurement* Special Topics in Quantitative Analysis: Advanced Regression Modelling* Behavioural Public Policy*

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Political Science and Political Economy* Game Theory for Political Science* Applied Quantitative Methods for Political Science* Applied Regression Analysis*(or another option if student can demonstrate they have taken a course with multivariate regression) Dissertation

Options
Select options to the value of one unit (if full unit analysis core course taken) or 1.5 units (if half unit analysis core course taken): Parties, Elections and Governments*+ Political Science and Political Economy: Advanced Topics*+ Citizens Political Behaviour in Europe*+

About the MSc programme


The MSc Political Science and Political Economy provides a sound professional training in formal political science and in quantitative oriented approaches to political economy. Students will acquire the knowledge and techniques to analyse

Department of Government graduate prospectus 109

Another half unit or full unit course taught in the Government Department or elsewhere in the School, with the approval of the programme convener. Please note that not every course is necessarily available every year and some may only be available with permission of the course proprietor. Please refer to the Government Department's web pages for a more up to date index of available courses. +You must select at least one of these options # Restricted access May not be taken together

Note: If you are applying under the 1+3 scheme please apply for the research track and include a full research proposal

informed by moral philosophy, legal theory, historical study, political science, and rational and social choice theory. Applications are considered from all candidates with a good first degree in any discipline, with a strong interest in the areas of political theory taught on the MSc. All students study the compulsory course Methods in Political Theory and write a 10,000 word dissertation. In addition, students choose the equivalent of two unit courses from the course options (one for the research track). Students are also able to study suitable courses from other programmes in the Department and School, with the approval of the MSc course convener. Each student is assigned a personal tutor who is a member of the Political Theory Group. The personal tutor provides support for personal and academic wellbeing during the programme. Students write a 10,000 word dissertation on a topic agreed with their supervisor. Previous dissertation titles include: Rawls on global distributive justice, Relativism, political liberalism, and impartiality, On the nature and boundaries of right in Kants political theory: an argument in favour of a right to revolution, Liberal toleration and dissent: minority rights as a political challenge to democratic constitutional state, What obligation, if any, do governments have to preserve cultural heritage?, Is the debate between feminism and multiculturalism problematic in terms of women's autonomy?, Methods in the history of political thought: a critique of different approaches to Thomas Hobbes. The MSc in Political Theory (Research) is structured to comply with the requirements for financial support from the ESRC under the 1+3 formula, which is available only to applicants from the EU. The programme itself is open to students from any part of

About the MSc programmes


These programmes are based in the Department of Government and are agood preparation for further research work or for a career in education, public administration or the private sector. Political theory has been central to the research and teaching at LSE since its founding in 1895. The Chair of Political Science in the Department of Government has been held by a succession of internationally recognised political theorists: Graham Wallas, Harold Laski, Michael Oakeshott, Maurice Cranston and Brian Barry. Currently, there are seven political theorists in the Department of Government, which is one of the largest concentrations of specialists in the world. Political theorists in the Department work in areas such as multiculturalism, ancient and medieval political thought, Locke, Kant, feminism, social choice theory and democracy, and contemporary theories of justice. Members of the Political Theory Group in the Department also contribute to the wider political theory community at LSE. For more information see lse.ac.uk/ government/research/resgroups/ POTY.aspx Political theory is the study of the good society. Public debate is dominated by controversies such as what justice requires of citizens and the state; what the most important rights and liberties are and how they can be protected; and whether political decisions should be made by majorities. Political theory provides a scholarly examination of these questions,

the world. A 1+3 programme is a linked programme of a one year masters followed by PhD study. If you wish to be considered for the research track you must include an outline research proposal with your application. This proposal should be a brief description of the research topic you are considering pursuing during your PhD and should explain why you are interested in this area of research. As your research interests will develop further over the year of your master's training your proposal need only be indicative. Each half unit course is taught through ten weekly two-hour seminars. These take place in the first and second terms with two weeks of revision scheduled for the third term. Methods of assessment differ from course to course, and may include unseen written exams in the summer term and/or assessed essays. In addition you will meet with your supervisor and work on your dissertation. If you are studying full-time you should arrange your study so that you are not taking more than three courses (in addition to the Methods in Political Theory course) in either of the first two terms. If you are studying part-time your programme will span two years. You must take the Methodsin Political Theorycourse in the first year along with up to two others; the remaining courses and the dissertation are completed during the second year.

MScPoliticalTheory MScPoliticalTheory (Research)


Application codes: M1UQ (M1UP Research) Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 32/139 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline with a considered interest in the relevant area (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30).The MSc Political Theory is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award(see page 32). Application deadline: None. For consideration for ESRC funding the application deadline is 11 January 2013.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Foundations of Political Theory Dissertation Foundations of Social Research (research track only)

110 graduate prospectus Department of Government

Options
Choose the equivalent oftwo units (one for the research track) from: Feminist Political Theory* Contemporary Disputes about Justice* Twentieth-Century European Liberal Thought* The Philosophy and Politics of Environmental Change Advanced Study of Key Political Thinkers* Multiculturalism, Nationalism and Citizenship* Social Choice Theory and Democracy* Kant's Political Philosophy* The Liberal Idea of Freedom* Dilemmas of Equality* Introduction to International Political Theory* The International Political Theory of Humanitarian Intervention* The Politics of International Law* Philosophy, Morals and Politics Marx and Marxism* You may, if your supervisor agrees, choose one of your optional courses from the range of others on offer at graduate level in the Department of Government or in other departments at LSE. Please note that not every course is necessarily available every year, and some may only be available with permission of the course proprietor. Please refer to the Government Department's web pages for a more up to date index of available courses. You may choose only one option from these units.

MScPublicPolicy andAdministration MScPublicPolicyand Administration (Research)


Application codes: M1T3 (M1T4 Research) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 31/256 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or equivalent in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). The MSc Public Policy and Administration (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32). Departmental scholarships (see page 31) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding the application deadline is 11 January 2013 Note: If you are applying under the 1+3 scheme please make this clear in your application and include a full research proposal

 Teaching by world renowned major figures in public administration, public policy and political science.  A good preparation for further research work or for a career in education, public administration or the private sector. We will consider applicants with good first degrees in any discipline, with a considered interest in the area covered by the MSc. By taking appropriate combinations of courses students can obtain the MSc with a specialised stream in Comparative Public Policy and Administration or Public Management. Students can choose one specialisation to be noted on their degree certificates.

Citizens Political Behaviour in Europe: Elections, Public Opinion and Identities* Public Budgeting and Financial Management Introduction to Regulation* Philosophy and Public Policy* Social and Political Aspects of Regional and Urban Planning* Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* Systems Thinking and Strategic Modelling* Comparative Public Policy and Administration Policy-Making in the European Union* European Models of Capitalism* Network Regulation* States and Markets* International Migration and Immigration Management* Legislative Politics: US* Politicsof Economic Policy* Legislative Politics: European Parliament* The Politics of Inequality and Redistribution* Media and Communication Regulation* The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the European Union* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy* Behavioural Public Policy* Institutions in the Global Economy* Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* Please note that not every course is necessarily available every year, and some

Compulsory Courses
(* half unit) Approaches and Issues in Public Policy and Administration Either Public Management Theory and Doctrine* or Comparative Public Policy Change* or The Politics of Policy Advice* Either Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* or Applied Regression Analysis* Dissertation of 10,000 words on a topic chosen in discussion with your supervisor

Options
A total of one full unit from the following: Public Management Accountability, Organisations and Risk Management* Public Management: Theory and Doctrine* Public Management:A Strategic Approach*

About the MSc programmes


These programmes are based in the Department of Government and offer the following benefits:  One of the highest ESRC ratings for Political Science MSc programmes.

Department of Government graduate prospectus 111

may only be available with permission of the course tutor. Please refer to the Government Department's website for a more up to date index of available courses. It may be possible, with the permission of the programme convener, to substitute a course from the options list with any other course taught in the Department or by other departments at LSE.

Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). The MSc Regulation (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding the application deadline is 11 January 2013. Note: If you are applying under the 1+3 scheme please make this clear in your application and include a full research proposal

course is taught across all members of the MSc Regulation team: Robert Baldwin, Julia Black, Martin Lodge and Mark Thatcher.  LSE and London provide an international centre for the study and practice of regulation. Regular talks are arranged from practitioners in the field and there are many opportunities to participate in seminars and conferences inside and outside the School. The ESRC Centre for Analysis of Risk and Regulation offers many opportunities to take part in leading edge research. Regulatory growth and reform, like privatisation, has been an international policy boom in recent years. Governments have increasingly used regulation in preference to other policy instruments. Regulation therefore plays a central role in the contemporary understanding of law and public policy. As a field of study, regulation requires a multi-disciplinary approach, because legal, political and economic issues are intertwined and each has to be understood to make sense of the overall process. The MSc Regulation is a truly interdisciplinary programme. You take a core seminar on Law and Politics of Regulation and then have the opportunity to specialise through your choice of options and your dissertation topic. If you take two full courses (or equivalent) or a full course and a dissertation in one of the specialisms listed below, you may have this specialism included in your degree title, for example, MSc Regulation (Environmental Regulation). You should usually have achieved a good upper second class honours degree or its equivalent and have an interest in, and

experience of, related areas of law, public administration, politics or economics.

Compulsory courses
Law and Politics of Regulation Foundations of Social Research (Research track only) Dissertation

About the research programme


As above for the MSc Public Policy and Administration, substituting the quantitative analysis and one half-unit option from the optionslist with: Either Foundations of Social Research 1 or Foundations of Social Research 2 May not be taken together

Options
(* half unit) Choose the equivalent of two full units from the following (one unit for the Research track):

About the MSc programmes


These programmes are based in the Department of Law and the Department of Government and offer the following benefits:  The chance to study regulation within a systematic framework with the opportunity to specialise to suit your interests.  Theprogramme has a multidisciplinary core combining studies in law, political science and institutional economics.  Our distinctive approach concentrates on institutional issues and behaviour in regulation regulatory bureaucracies, interest groups, legislators and courts in addition to the economic aspects of regulation. We aim to bring together the contrasting North American and European perspectives on regulation, and to juxtapose experience of regulatory practice with theoretical ideas about how regulation works.  Teaching staff are leading researchers in the field; several are involved at the highest level in advising government and regulatory agencies. The core

Environmental Regulation
Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* Environmental Regulation: Implementing Policy Concepts in Environmental Regulation* International Political Economy of the Environment International and European Environmental Law Science, Technology and Resistance* Issues in Environmental Governance*

MScRegulation MScRegulation (Research)


Application code: M3U8 (M3U9 Research) Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 19/90 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in any discipline and interest in or experience of related areas oflaw, public administration, politics or economics (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184

Finance and Commercial Regulation


Management Accounting, Decisions and Control* or Principles of Finance Legal Regulation of Information Technology Regulation of Financial Markets Regulation, Risk and Economic Life

112 graduate prospectus Department of Government

European Monetary and Financial Services Law Corporate and Financial Crime

Behavioural Public Policy* Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Law and Social Theory Modern Legal History Corporate and Financial Crime Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* Risk and Governance: A Sociological Approach* You may also take a course from another programme by special permission from your supervisor and the course convener. Note that not all the options will be available every year, and some may only be available with permission of the course proprietor. Please refer to the Government Department's website for a more up to date index of available courses.

Department of International Development


lse.ac.uk/international Development
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 251 Research: 34 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 27 RAE: 60 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Connaught House

Social Regulation
Anthropology of Politics* or Anthropology of Economy (2): Development, Transformation and Globalisation*or Anthropology of Economy (1): Production and Exchange* or Law in Society:a Joint Course in Anthropology and Law* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Policing and Police Powers Criminal Justice Policy The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the European Union* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy*

About the Department


The Department of International Developmentwas established in 1990 to promote interdisciplinary graduate teaching and research on processes of social, political and economic development and change. TheDepartment is dedicated to understanding problems of poverty and late development within local communities, national political and economic systems and in the international system. All faculty members are associated with top ranked departments in the 2008 HEFCE Research Assessment Exercise. Members of theDepartment have considerable experience of living and working in the developing world and most have engaged in policy relevant research and consultancy work with international development agencies or non-governmental organisations. Students in our MSc and research programmes come from all over the world

and have found employment in a wide variety of government, non-government, academic and private sector organisations working in the developing world. There are four clusters of interdisciplinary research expertise within the Department of International Development:  Complex Emergencies and Humanitarian Responses Development Management Governance Political Economy

Utilities Regulation
Network Regulation* Media and Communications Regulation* New Media Regulation* Competition Law EU State Aid Law*

Government and Law


Law and Governance of the Single European Market Comparative Public Policy Change* Political Science and Political Economy: Introduction* Political Science and Political Economy: Advanced Topics* Public Management Theory and Doctrine*

Staff and their academic interests


Professor Tim Allen: Complex emergencies; ethnic conflict; media and war; forced migration; health and healing; development/aid agencies; ethics of aid; East Africa; HIV/AIDS, neglected tropical diseases, the International Criminal Court, and humanitarianism.

Department of International Development graduate prospectus 113

Dr Mayling Birney:Comparative politics and political economy; authoritarian politics; institutional development and democratisation; governance and rule of law; decentralisation; state-society relations; China. Professor Stuart Corbridge: Development theory; history of development studies; political economy of development in India; civil and political society in India; right to information; accountability and governance; political ecology. Professor Tim Dyson: Fertility and mortality trends determinants and consequences; changes in population size, and age and sex composition; world food prospects; famine demography; population and development interactions; the demography of the Indian subcontinent, past, present and future; causes and consequences of climate change; mortality trends in Iraq. Dr Jean-Paul Faguet: Political economy and development economics; institutional economics; comparative politics; public economics; violence and development; governance and decentralisation; foreign aid effectiveness and institutional reform; economics and politics of Latin America; Q2 methods of social research. Tasha Fairfield: Democracy and inequality; taxation; development; business politics; Latin America. Dr Tim Forsyth: Environment and development; environmental governance; science and technology studies; climate change policy; community forestry; civil society and public-private collaboration; South and Southeast Asia. Dr Stuart Gordon: Securitisation of humanitarian and development assistance; stabilisation and stability operations; complex

emergencies; humanitarianism; health and conflict; disaster preparedness/recovery; Afghanistan; civilian status in conflict. Dr Lloyd Gruber: Globalisation, inequality, and redistribution; international and comparative political economy; global governance; regional integration; institutional design; US foreign economic policy. Professor Jude Howell:Politics of civil society and international development; security, civil society and aid post-9/11 (Afghanistan, Kenya, India, US and UK); comparative politics; governance and civil society in China; labour organising and trades unions in China and India; female political participation in China. Professor Mary Kaldor: New wars; human security; global civil society; oil wars; Balkans, Caucasus, Iraq and Afghanistan. Professor David Keen: Famine; civil war; human rights; Sudan; Sierra Leone; 'war on terror'; ex-combatants; peace. Dr Shirin Madon: IS in developing countries; e-government and telecentre projects for development; integrated health information systems in developing countries. Dr Kate Meagher: Informal economies, social networks, informal institutions; internal associations and political voice; vigilantism and organised crime; rural social and economic change, non-form activities; new religious movements; Nigeria, West Africa; East Africa, Southern Africa. Professor Thandika Mkandawire: Development theory; social policy and development, political economy of development in Africa; democracy, governance and economic policy. Professor James Putzel: Politics of development; crisis states and state building; agrarian institutions and change; political dimensions of the HIV/AIDS

epidemic; Southeast Asia, especially the Philippines; Central and East Africa. Dr Sandra Sequeira: Corruption; infrastructure; experimental economics; private sector development; corporate social responsibility. Dr Kenneth Shadlen: Political economy of development; international and regional trade and investment; intellectual property; international debt; international institutions; Latin America. Professor Robert Wade: Globalisation; economic growth and world income distribution; multilateral regimes for trade and finance; multilateral organisations, especially World Bank and WTO; capital markets and financial crises; east Asia; politics of environmental protection; how economists think. Dr Diana Weinhold: growth, trade and FDI; land use, environment and development; applied econometrics. Rajesh Venugopal: Ethnic conflict, development/aid; South Asia; nationalism; post-conflict reconstruction; liberal peace-building; state-business relations; non-traditional donors.

where one exists), or work experience demonstrating a high level of achievement, including grounding in theappropriate social science theory and methodology, and in the languages relevant to the proposed research. English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement:Highly recommended but not strictly required if student cannot attend to sit the test Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Development Studies is part of the Political Science and International Studies group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). This includes collaborative awards with external bodies (formerly CASE). Department doctoral scholarships may be available to EU/UK and overseas applicants Application deadline:26 April 2013, but please note that for nomination for selection for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships the deadline for applications (including all ancillary documents) is 11 January 2013

MPhil/PhD Development Studies


Application code: Y2ZD Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 3/4 years (minimum 2) Entry requirement: Strong academic record and postgraduate training, equivalent to a UK taught masters degree achieved with high Merit (65 average or above in coursework and 65 or above on the dissertation

Opportunities for research


The Department of International Development has established a vibrant research students programme with students employing a variety of disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches to research across Asia, Africa, Latin America, the Middle East and internationally. The Departmenthosts ESRC graduate and Centre for Analysis of

114 graduate prospectus Department of International Development

Social Exclusion (CASE) studentships and current students have secured scholarships from a wide variety of sources. Prospective students should have a strong academic record and graduate training or work experience demonstrating a high standard of achievement. This includes grounding in one of the social science disciplines and languages necessary for the proposed research. During the first year, students acquire further methodological training, language skills, and background knowledge of specific topics related to their research by following graduate courses at theDepartment or in the School. Students who have not taken their MSc in theDepartment may be required to study, and to qualify in, courses from the Department of International Development's MSc programmes. All students work closely with a faculty supervisor to develop a detailed proposal for their dissertation project, which is examined at the end of the academic year. By the end of the second year, MPhil students will have completed their research and written up their dissertation, while students working on a PhD will have completed all research. By the end of the third year, PhD students should have completed their dissertation or be near to completion. Students participate together with faculty in regular research seminars where ongoing work is presented and debated. Research students have linked their projects to work with the UN Development Programme, the World Bank and other bilateral and multilateral development agencies, as well as with leading non-governmental organisations.

MSc Development Studies (see page 116) MSc Development Studies (Research) (see page 116) MSc International Development and Humanitarian Emergencies (see page 118) MPA International Development (see page 178) In addition to the programmes listed above, theDepartment contributes to: MSc Anthropology and Development (see page 53) MSc Environment and Development (see page 92) MSc Political Economy of Late Development (see page 63) MSc Population and Development (see page 189) MSc Social Policy and Development (NGOs and Development) (see page 191) MSc Urbanisation and Development (see page 98)

MSc Development Management


Application code: L1S4 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 71/513 Minimum entry requirement: Good 2:1 in social science, or a degree in another field with relevant work experience (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

Taught programmes
MSc Development Management (see page 114)

Department of International Development graduate prospectus 115

Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Early application is advised

Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value ofone and a halfunits from the following list in consultation with your supervisor. Accounting Accounting in the Global Economy* Management Accounting, Decisions and Control* Financial Accounting: Reporting and Disclosure* Development Studies Poverty* Economic Development Policy Population and Development: an Analytical Approach* Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* African Development* Complex Emergencies* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Global Political Economy of Development I* International Institutions and Late Development* Managing Globalisation* Public Managementof Development* Managing Humanitarianism* Global Civil Society* Nationalism, Democracy and Development in Contemporary India*

Jose Aguilar Berrocal MSc Development Management Costa Rica

About the MSc programme


This programme is centred on a compulsory course that employs a comparative political economy approach to examine the institutional roots of development and non-development. All students must take Development Management and Key Issues in Development Studies and complete a dissertation of up to 10,000 words. Students also participate in a live group consultancy project for a leading development agency, which forms part of their total assessment. You have the opportunity to attend a weekly lecture series that brings to the School prominent scholars and practitioners who discuss the findings and methodological dimensions of development research and/or problems of development practice.Students benefit from joining a highly selective and diverse group of fellow students, bringing practical experience from all over the world.The analytical skills developed here have secured past graduates promising careers in organisations as diverse as central banks, NGOs, multilateral organisations, charities, investment banks, consultancies, manufacturing firms, religious missions, and hasindependent writers and experts.

I wanted to study at a university that would challenge me intellectually but also provide me with the opportunity to critically assess real issues. LSE afforded me with a global perspective on my understanding of our society, and direct access to the key people in my professional field. While studying here I created the Central American Society, and through it, I have met up with ambassadors, UK officials, parliamentarians, institutional leaders and well known scholars. What do I like best about LSE? Well, on one hand, theres the international environment, meeting classmates with really interesting backgrounds and cultures. On the other hand, the huge amount of exciting and stimulating things to do around LSE and London whether musical, artistic, architectural or intellectual. I could go and visit the most mind blowing museums in the morning, followed by classes in the afternoon and, before going home, listen to an inspirational lecture by a global leader all in one day! The MSc provides an in-depth study of the complex relationship between the factors involved in the development process, not just the economic variables. We also learned the importance of a careful assessment of all the particularities in each context, as opposed to just using a blue print or one size fits all solution. This approach is key to becoming successful as a development manager. After I graduate I hope to expand the work of my NGO to Central America, but I will also be working on human development projects in Latin America that combine government, the private sector and civil society.

Compulsory courses
Development Management Key Issues in Development Studies*

116 graduate prospectus Department of International Development

Aspects of Information and Communication Technologies and Socio-economic Development* China in Developmental Perspective* Human Security* The Informal Economy and Non-State Governance* Economics The Economics of Regional and Urban Planning* Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Change* Gender Globalisation, Gender and Development Gender, Postcolonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction* Government Public Management Theory and Doctrine* Public Management: A Strategic Approach* Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia Geography Globalisation, Regional Development and Policy Local Economic Development and Policy Globalisation and Regional Development Contemporary Debates in Human Geography* Economics of Local and Regional Development*

Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Environment and Development Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Cities, Culture and Politics in the South* Urban Ethnography* Urban Theory, Policy and Practice in the Global South The Economics of Regional and Urban Planning* Race and Space* Development, Diaspora and Migration* Environment and Development: Sustainability, Technology and Business* Environment and Development: Resources, Institutions and the Global South* Management Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid* Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid Social Policy Urbanisation and Social Policy in the Global South* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Basic Education for Social Development* Migration: Population Trends and Policies* Planning for Population and Development* Any other MSc level course in the School, selected in consultation with the student's supervisor and approved by the programme director. Note that not all of the above optional courses will be available every year.

Some options have prerequisites, while others have limited places. Please check the Department of International Development website for the latest information.

About the MSc programmes


These programmes aim to provide students with a high quality academic training in development studies, examining the importance of contemporary theory in the social sciences for the policy and practice of development. We will consider applicants with a background in any subject, although a first degree in a social science or humanities subject would be an advantage. As the programme requires intensive reading across a broad range of literature drawn from various social science disciplines students must have a high proficiency in the English language to perform well. The MSc Development Studies offers you a wide range of choice in optional courses within the School so that you can deepen or broaden your disciplinary training, or take up the advanced study of a particular region of the developing world. The MSc Development Studies (Research) offers you a choice of courses for advanced training in research methodology through LSEs Methodology Institute (see Methodology Institute), including both qualitative and quantitative elements. Flexibility of dissertation topics in both programmes allows you to shape your studies to your needs. The MSc Development Studies brings together an exciting group of European and international students with a diversity of academic and professional backgrounds who have gone on to establish an international alumni network involved in development research and practice. Recent graduates have gained employment in government, nongovernmental organisations (NGOs), international firms and banks, or have gone on to obtain PhDs in development studies or other social science disciplines.

MSc Development Studies MSc Development Studies (Research)


Application code: Y2U6 (Y2U2 Research) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 78/660 Minimum entry requirement: Good first degree in any subject with social science or humanities an advantage (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: Not required but will be considered if submitted Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). TheMSc Development Studies (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award(see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Students are advised that applications received before the end of February stand the best chance for full consideration, and for ESRC nomination complete application required by 11 January 2013

Department of International Development graduate prospectus 117

Students for both programmes must take the compulsory courses, Development: History, Theory and Policy; Key Issues in Development Studies; the component course on Social Research Methods in Developing Countries, and complete a 10,000 word dissertation. Students on the research programme must also take the course on Foundations of Social Research taught in the Methodology Institute and a half unit optional course. Students studying for the main MSc will take the equivalent of one and a half full unit optional courses. During the Michaelmas term you have the opportunity to attend a weekly lecture series that brings to the School prominent scholars and practitioners who discuss the findings and methodological dimensions of development research and/or problems of development practice. On average you will have about 13 hours of lectures and classes a week during Michaelmas term andnine and a halfhours during Lent term plus the opportunity to meet with a faculty adviser during weekly office hours. You will also participate in a dissertation workshop during Summer term, where students present and discuss their dissertation proposals.

Development Studies) or onehalf unit (MSc Development Studies (Research) from the following list in consultation with your supervisor. Some have prerequisites; others have limited places. Development Studies Poverty* Economic Development Policy Population and Development: An Analytical Approach* Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* African Development* Complex Emergencies* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Global Political Economy of Development I* International Institutions and Late Development* Managing Globalisation* Public Management of Development* Managing Humanitarianism* Global Civil Society* Nationalism, Democracy and Development in Contemporary India* Aspects of Information and Communication Technologies and Socio-economic Development* China in Developmental Perspective* Human Security* The Informal Economy and Non-State Governance* You may also choose Development Studies optional courses listed under the MSc Development Management (but not the core course)

Anthropology Anthropology of Economy: Development, Transformation and Globalisation* Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Economy: Production and Exchange* Economic History Economic Developmentof East and Southeast Asia Economics Development Economics Development and Growth The Economics of Regional and Urban Planning Gender Gender Theories in the Modern World: An Interdisciplinary Approach Globalisation Gender and Development Gender, Postcolonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction* Geography and Environment Environmental Planning: National and Local Policy Implementation Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Environment and Development Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Urban Ethnography* Contemporary Debates in Human Geography* Urban Theory, Policy and Practice in the Global South

Race and Space* Concepts in Environmental Regulation Development, Diaspora and Migration* Cities and Social Change in East Asia* Environment and Development: Sustainability, Technology and Business* Environment and Development: Resources, Institutions and the Global South* Issues in Environmental Governance* Contemporary Urbanism Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity* Government Democracy in East and South Asia States and Markets* Nationalism Public Management Theory and Doctrine* Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia Local Power in an Era of Globalisation, Democratisation and Decentralisation* International Relations International Politics: Asia and the Pacific Law If you wish to take law related courses as part of the Development Studies programme you must have a good first degree in law, or obtain special permission from the Law Department. International Economic Law International Human Rights World Poverty and Human Rights* International and European Environmental Law

Compulsory courses
Development: History, Theory and Policy Key Issues in Development Studies* Foundations of Social Research (compulsory course for the Research track) Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose a combination of options to the total ofone and a half full units (MSc

118 graduate prospectus Department of International Development

Population Studies Population Analysis: Methods and Models* Planning for Population and Development* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Demography of the Developing World* Migration: Population Trends and Policies* Social Policy All courses are designed for people with at least one year's practical working experience in developing countries, and seminars draw extensively on students' own experience. Student numbers may be limited on these courses. Urbanisation and Social Policy in the Global South* Basic Education for Social Development* Rural Development and Social Policy* It may be possible to substitute other master's level courses for the options listed. Not all the courses will be available in any year. Please check Department of International Development for the latest information.

with relevant work experience (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions.Early application is advised

in a practical policy project which forms part of their total assessment. You have the opportunity to attend a weekly lecture series that brings to the School prominent scholars and practitioners who discuss the findings and methodological dimensions of development research and/or problems of development practice.

China in Developmental Perspective* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Global Political Economy of Development I* International Institutions and Late Development* Managing Globalisation* Public Management of Development* Global Civil Society* Nationalism, Democracy and Development in Contemporary India* Human Security* The Informal Economy and Non-State Governance* Government Globalisation, Conflict and Post-Totalitarianism* International Relations Conflict and Peace Studies (with permission)

Compulsory courses
Key Issues in Development Studies* Humanitarian Consultancy Project (incorporates Managing Humanitarianism*) Dissertation

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of International Development and offers the following benefits:  Core courses on key issues in international development and humanitarian crises.  Work on a team-based policy project for a humanitarian or development sector organisation.  A choice of options from a wide range of highly rated courses within theDepartment and in other departments specialising in political economy, public policy and management.  Contact with a highly selective group of fellow students, bringing practical experience from all over the world. The development of analytical skills that have secured past students promising professional careers in public, private and voluntary agencies dealing with development and humanitarian problems at both national and international levels. All students must take the core courses and complete a dissertation of up to 10,000 words. Students also participate

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value of one and a half units from the following list in consultation with your supervisor. Anthropology The Anthropology of Development* China in Developmental Perspective* Development Studies Complex Emergencies* Poverty* Economic Development Policy Population and Development: An Analytical Approach* Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Global Environmental Governance* African Development* Aspects of Information and Communication Technologies and Socio-Economic Development*

Social Policy Rural Development and SocialPolicy* (with permission) Another MSc level course in the School, selected in consultation with the student's supervisor and approved by the programme director. Note that not all of the above optional courses will be available every year. Some options have prerequisites, while others have limited places. Please check Department of International Development for the latest information.

MSc International Development and Humanitarian Emergencies


Application code:L9U2 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 39/246 Minimum entry requirement: Good 2:1 in social science, or in another field

Department of International History graduate prospectus 119

Department of International History


lse.ac.uk/internationalHistory
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 157 Research: 49 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 25 RAE: 65 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: East Building formed the nucleus of the emerging Department of International History. LSE's Department of International History teaches and conducts research on the international history of Britain, Europe and the world from the early modern era up to the present day. The Department has a staff of 26, around 150 graduate students and 200 undergraduates. Its academic excellence and the cosmopolitan nature of the teaching staff and the student body contribute to making the LSE one of the world's leading centres for the study of international history. The results from the last round of the UK's national Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) in 2008, placed the Department as joint fourth-best in the country based on the proportion of top-rated research. 35 per cent of research activity was deemed world leading in terms of originality, significance and rigour. A further 30 per cent of research was deemed internationally excellent. The Department of International History is an ideal location for those wishing to explore world history. The courses offered,

at both undergraduate and graduate levels cover a wide range of cultures and periods, and allow students to build upon and move beyond the nationally based histories normally taught at school and in many other universities. The opportunities to study single countries in greater depth are thus flanked by the option of examining wider regions (the Middle East for example) or movements and trends which affect numerous countries (nationalism, the Cold War, European integration). Particular areas of expertise include Europe, the Middle East, Africa, China, India, Japan and the United States. The Department's teaching builds upon a long-standing tradition and it retains the reputation as one of the leading world centres for the study of international history. The current staff have all built up a considerable expertise in one or more regions of the world, are actively involved in international research, and bring their knowledge and experience to bear in their teaching and their supervision. The cosmopolitan nature of the student body itself only reinforces the LSE's claim to be an ideal centre for international history. Amongst the nationalities represented in the current student body are members of different European nations, the Americas, Sri Lankans, Russians, Chinese, Armenians, Chileans, Israelis, Icelanders and South Africans. As a result, any class discussion of past and present international controversies is enriched by a wide range of national viewpoints and perspectives. Being situated in central London itself further strengthens this international approach, since the surrounding city is cosmopolitan in both outlook and population. It not only hosts a rich mixture of cultural events, but is also well equipped with the libraries and archives that are crucial to the study of history.

LSE thus represents a logical choice as a location for the study of international history, at undergraduate and graduate level.

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Roham Alvandi: Iran; Persian Gulf; Cold War. Professor Nigel Ashton: Anglo-American relations since 1945; Britain and the Middle East, 1945-62; United States and the Cold War; 20th century Anglo-Dutch relations. Dr Antony Best: Anglo-Japanese relations, 1850-1960; history of East Asia in 19th and 20th centuries; Pacific War. Dr Steven Casey: American public opinion and Nazi Germany; President Franklin D Roosevelt administration and foreign policy; American public and the Korean war. Dr Tanya Harmer: Latin America; Cold War. Professor Janet Hartley: Russian history in 18th and 19th centuries; Russian and Soviet archival materials in Great Britain. Dr Tim Hochstrasser: Early modern cultural and intellectual history; European Enlightenment; social history of music. Dr Heather Jones: First World War, history of prisoner of war treatment. Weimar Germany: Irish politics. Dr Paul Keenan: The Napoleonic Empire: the making of modern Europe. Dr Joanna Lewis: Africa and Asia in the Imperial Age from 1800; colonialism and development in eastern and central Africa;politics and government in Britain, 1900 to the present. Dr Piers Ludlow: Western Europe since 1945; history of European integration; Britain and Europe since 1945; the cold war in Europe.

About the Department


Founded in 1954, the Department of International History is one of the youngest departments at LSE. But in its short life, it has risen to become one of the top five university history departments in the UK, thanks to both its internationally renowned graduate programme and research record. Its reputation as a centre of new developments in the study of international history is now recognised as a separate school of thought; the London School. Like the other departments at the School, it grew up around a Chair and a special subject within the BSc (Econ) degree introduced after the Second World War. The Chair itself dates back into the inter-war period and is one of the two Chairs founded by Sir Daniel Stevenson, the other being at the Royal Institute of International Affairs. From 1932 the Stevenson Chair, as it came to be called at the School,

120 graduate prospectus

Department of International History

Professor Anita Prazmowska: International relations in central and eastern Europe, 1930s and 1940s; Poland; beginnings of Communism in central Europe. Dr Svetozar Rajak: Cold War; Eastern Europe; Balkans. Professor Ma Rodrguez-Salgado: Anglo-Spanish relations; Philip II and Charles V and their empires; Spain, England, Italy, France, north Africa and the Ottomans in 16th and 17th centuries. Dr Kirsten Schulze: 20th century Middle East politics; Arab-Israeli conflict; Northern Ireland; ethnic conflict and democracy in Indonesia. Dr Taylor Sherman: Modern South Asian history. Dr Alan Sked: British and European history, 1789 onwards, especially Habsburg monarchy; Britain since 1945. Dr Kristina Spohr Readman: International History of Germany since 1945; 20th century Baltic and Finnish history in the international context; postCold War security developments. Professor David Stevenson: History of international relations in Europe since 1900, especially First World War. Professor Arne Westad: Cold War; East Asia; Chinese foreign policy; third world revolutions including US relations; Soviet foreign policy history since 1945.

Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Taught masters degree in related discipline. Applicants should have obtained an overall 67 per centor over and 67 per centon their dissertation English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31).LSE holds a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a doctoralaward available in history. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination (seepage 33) Application deadline:26 April 2013, but please note that for nomination for selection for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships the deadline for applications (including all ancillary documents) is 11 January 2013

training programme as well as working on your thesis. In your first year the training programme includes a preliminary workshop where members of the Department present practical issues of relevance to new researchers in theMichaelmas term and students make presentations of preliminary findings in theLent and Summer terms. It also includes introductory seminars at the Institute of Historical Research and attendance at a specialised research seminar as well as elements tailored specifically for your requirements, including courses in computing and foreign languages. In the second and subsequent years you will continue your research training by, among other things, participating in the Department's advanced workshop and at least one specialised research seminar while you are in London, and by developing other skills specific to your needs. The LSE Library is an outstanding resource for the history of international relations, with substantial printed primary and secondary source materials, journals, IT and computing facilities. Students will also be able to draw on an unparalleled diversity of other library and archival resources in London, often close to LSE. These include libraries in the University of London, the School of Oriental and African Studies, and the Institute of Historical Research (whose collections cover all major types and areas of manuscripts), the German Historical Institute, and the National Archives (formerly the Public Record Office) as well as a number of more specialised archives. As a research student you will be able to attend meetings of the History Society and use the Department's computer rooms. You will also be encouraged to participate in the lively series of lectures and seminars organised in the Department itself, LSE

and at other, nearby specialist institutes related to your research.

Taught programmes
MSc Empires, Colonialism and Globalisation (see page 120) MSc History of International Relations (see page 121) MSc Theory and History of International Relations (see page 123) LSE-PKU Double MSc Degree in International Affairs (see page 223) LSE-Columbia Double MA Degree in International and World History (see page 225)

MSc Empires, Colonialism and Globalisation


Application code: V3UE Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 21/81 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or equivalent in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admission

Opportunities for research


Research students will initially be registered for the MPhil. In June of the first year you will produce an extended written submission. If this demonstrates satisfactory progress in your research you will be able to register for the PhD. We will continue to monitor your progress each year. In addition to research involving the more common European languages, we can also supervise work drawing on materials in Russian, Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese and Japanese, among others. Throughout your registration as an MPhil/ PhD student you will undertake a research

MPhil/PhD International History Visiting Research Students


Application code: V1ZH (MPhil/PhD), V1EH (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013

About the MSc programme


This programme, run jointly with the Government Department, focuses on

Department of International History graduate prospectus 121

the phenomenon of imperialism. A core course designed to provide students with a broad knowledge of empires from classical antiquity to the present day, is thus flanked with a wide range of specialist options from the Departments of Government, Economic History, and International History. Students also develop highly transferable skills valued by employers and go on to work in theforeign service, the EU, political think tanks, risk assessment, journalism, the NGO sector, or stay on to take a research degree. Students engage at an advanced level with the latest academic research in the field, and undertake their own research based term papers and third term dissertation.

Nazi Germany and WWII Causes and Course, 1933-1945 Maps, History and Power: The Spaces and Cultures of the Past Crises and Dtente in the Cold War, 1962-1979 Western Intellectuals and the Challenge of Totalitarianism War Cultures, 1890-1945 The Emergence of Modern Iran: State Society and Diplomacy From Cold Warriors to Peacemakers: the End of the Cold War Era, 1979-1999 Nusantara: State and Rebellion in the Indonesian Archipelago from the Colonial Period to Reformasi List B India and the World Economy* Economic Development of East and Southeast Asia Latin American Development: Political Economy of Growth* Latin American Development and Economic History* Shipping and Sea Power in Asian Waters National and Ethnic Conflict Regulation* Globalisation and Democracy* The West: Identity and Interests* Warfare and National Identity* War, Peace and the Politics of National Self-Determination* Pre-Modern Paths of Growth: East and West Compared* Development: History, Theory, Policy Gender, Post Colonialism, Development: Critical Perspectives and New Directions Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction

The Development and Integration of the World Economy in the 19th and 20th Centuries* International Migration, 1500-2000: From Slavery to Asylum* African Development in Historical Perspective Epidemics: Epidemic Disease in History, 1348-2000 Race and Space* Development, Diaspora and Migration* Acourse from another masters programme run by the Department of International History (subject to approval by the programme director) or a related course from another department (subject to approval by the programme director) availability subject to space and by agreement with the course convener

Compulsory courses
Empire, Colonialism and Globalisation A dissertation of no more than 10,000 words on an international history topic

Options
(* half unit) Either two units from list A, alternatively one unit from list A and one unit or two half units from list B. Note that not all the courses listed will necessarily be available in any one year. List A The Napoleonic Empire: The Making of Modern Europe? Anglo-American Relations From World War to Cold War The Rise and Fall of Communism in Europe, 1917-1990 Race, Violence and Colonial Rule in Africa East Asia in the Age of Imperialism, 1839-1945 The Origins of the Cold War, 1917-1962

MSc History of International Relations


Application code: V1S7 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 29/120 Minimum entry requirement: Good first degree in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Application deadline: None rolling admissions

122 graduate prospectus Department of International History

About the MSc programme


This is the Departments most popular master's programme and is intended for those seeking a taught graduate programme in history at its most international. It also caters for a wide variety of students, including those who have studied history at an undergraduate level and those who are making the transition from related subjects such as political science, modern languages, economics, law or journalism. Students take at least two specialised history options, choosing from options that span the globe geographically and range chronologically from the Renaissance to the end of the Cold War. Students alsohave the opportunity of doing a relevant course offered by another LSE department, and to prepare a detailed, research-based 10,000 word dissertation. All of the teaching is done either by the Departments full-time academic staff or specially engaged post-doctoral teaching staff. The teaching is therefore very much in line with the LSEs emphasis on research-led teaching in other words, instruction by those who are at the cutting edge of their disciplines. Students take courses to the value of three full units, only one of which can be an outside option (ie, a course not listed below) and a dissertation Note that not all the courses listed will necessarily be available in any one year.

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value of three units from: Crisis Decision-Making in War and Peace, 1914-2003 European Integration in the Twentieth Century Presidents, Public Opinion and Foreign Policy: From Roosevelt to Reagan, 1933-89 The Napoleonic Empire: the Making of Modern Europe? The European Enlightenment, 1680-1799 Anglo-American Relations from World War to Cold War, 1939-91 From Cold Warriors to Peacemakers: the End of the Cold War Era, 1979-1999 Nazi Germany and WWII Causes and Course, 1933-1945 Maps, History and Power: The Spaces and Cultures of the Past The Rise and Fall of Communism in Europe, 1917-1990 Political Islam: From Ibn Taymiyya to Osama Bin Laden Race, Violence and Colonial Rule in Africa Western Intellectuals and the Challenge of Totalitarianism War Cultures, 1890-1945 The Emergence of Modern Iran: State, Society and Diplomacy Nusantara: State and Rebellion in the Indonesian Archipelago from the Colonial Period to Reformasi East Asia in the Age of Imperialism, 1839-1945

Wai Loong Tang MSc History of International Relations Singapore

I have always been a huge history buff, collecting historical tomes to read in my spare time, so studying History of International Relations was an easy choice it married both my personal and professional interests. What I particularly like about the programme is the rich mentorship that I get from the professors who are part of this illustrious programme. Burning questions and alternative histories that I have held in my head for years whilst reading these tomes finally have an outlet, through the numerous debates and lectures. The historical significance and central location of LSE are some of the reasons why I loved studying here the stunning Royal Courts of Justice are right on the doorstep of LSE and Fleet Street, synonymous with the British press, a place that shaped British public opinion for decades, is just around the corner. The idea that the Webbs, George Bernard Shaw and Halford Mackinder (the founder of geopolitics) played key roles in the formative years of the School gives me a huge buzz. The history of the institution is unsurpassed and to be part of this heritage has been such a huge honour. I am deeply appreciative of being able to learn from world class teachers and professors. Just listening to their thoughts and ideas, and simply engaging with them has been invaluable for my intellectual development. My experiences in LSE and the UK in general have broadened my horizons, enriched my world-view, and served as a perfect counterpoint to my professional experience in Asia. I was lucky to be granted both the Chevening scholarship from the British government as well as a scholarship from the Singaporean government and I will be returning home after I graduate to join the Singapore Civil Service.

Compulsory Course
Dissertation of no more than 10,000 words on an international history topic

Department of International History graduate prospectus 123

The Origins of the Cold War, 1917-1962 Crises and Dtente in the Cold War, 1962-1979 The International History of the Balkans Since 1939: State Projects, Wars and SocialConflict Latin American Development: political economy of growth* Latin American Development and Economic History* The West: Identity and Interests* A course from another MSc programme run by the Department of International History (subject to approval by the programme director) A related course from another department (subject to approval by the programme director)

About the MSc programme


This is a joint degree with the International Relations Department which allows students to sample courses in both departments. Those taking the programme therefore gain a feel for bothinternational relationstheory, taught by leading experts (see page 124) in the field, and recent international history. This givesstudents a chance to understand and appreciate both the theoretical and the empirical approach to the study of international relations. The structure of the degree is intended to ensure a good balance between the two disciplines. Students choose one broad course in each department, before using their third option to select one of the many highly specialised courses offered by the two departments. They then complete their degree by doing a history dissertation, which will give them a chance to conduct their own empirical research on a detailed historical case-study. The degree thus represents an excellent preparation for those contemplating further research in either international history or international relations, as well as being accessible to those who are making the transition from related disciplines such as political science, modern languages, economics, law or journalism. The programme provides students with the opportunity to specialise in a wide range of geographical regions or other aspects of international relations including world wars, East-West conflict, European integration, the role of political doctrines and ideologies, revolutions and national liberation struggles.It's also a way to benefit from the expertise of two highly-rated LSE departments.

The programme provides an excellent preparation for careers in business, consulting, government, international agencies, the media, politics and law, or for advanced academic research. Note that not all the courses listed will necessarily be available in any one year.

The International Political Theory of Humanitarian Intervention* The Politics of International Law* Europe, the US and Arab-Israeli Relations* Russia and Eurasia: Foreign and Security Policies Genocide*

Courseone
Choose one from: Crisis Decision-Making in War and Peace, 1914-2003 Presidents, Public Opinion and Foreign Policy: from Roosevelt to Reagan, 1933-1989 Anglo-American Relations from World War to Cold War, 1939-1991 Political Islam: From Ibn Taymiyya to Osama Bin Laden Race, Violence and Colonial Rule in Africa

Coursethree
Choose onefull unitfrom: European Integration in the Twentieth Century The Origins of the Cold War, 1917-1962 Crises and Dtente in the Cold War, 1962-1979 From Cold Warriors to Peacemakers: the End of the Cold War Era, 1979-1999 The European Enlightenment, c1680-1799 The Rise and Fall of Communism in Europe, 1917-1990 Western Intellectuals and the Challenge of Totalitarianism War Cultures, 1890-1945 The Emergence of Modern Iran: State, Society and Diplomacy East Asia in the Age of Imperialism, 1839-1945 Nationalism The West: Identity andInterests* The International History of the Balkans Since 1939:State Projects, Wars and Social Conflict Nusantara: State and Rebellion in the Indonesian Archipelago from the Colonial Period to Reformasi

MSc Theory and History of International Relations


Application code: V1S8 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 26/127 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Coursetwo
(* half unit) Choose one full unitfrom: Foreign Policy Analysis International Institutions Strategic Aspects of International Relations The EU in the World International Politics: Asia and the Pacific International Relations of the Middle East Conflict and Peace Studies Economic Diplomacy European Union Policy-Making in a Global Context* Introduction to International Political Theory*

124 graduate prospectus

Department of International Relations

Nazi Germany and WWII Causes and Course, 1933-1945 Maps, History and Power: The Spaces and Cultures of the Past An international relations course from coursetwo (not already taken but subject to space and by agreement with the course convener) A further coursefrom the courseoneselection list (subject to approval by the programme director)

Department of International Relations


lse.ac.uk/ internationalRelations
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 214 Research: 85 Number of faculty: 34 RAE: 60 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Clement House integration and politics, foreign policy analysis, strategy, international security, post-positivist international theory, normative international theory, the international impact of revolutions, which owes much to the work and inspiration of the late Fred Halliday and international political economy led by the late Susan Strange. The Department has always been strongly international in character and today the majority of our graduate students, a good proportion of our undergraduates, as well as many members of the faculty are drawn from Europe, North America and further afield. At the same time we have always prided ourselves as having both a national and an international role in training diplomats and future university teachers. At least fifty former students are now teaching international relations in universities both in Britain and abroad.

Dr Kirsten Ainley: International political theory; international ethics; the politics of international law, in particular international criminal law and war crimes trials; humanitarian intervention; human rights. Dr Leonardo Baccini:the formation and the consequences of preferential trade agreements; economic crises; labour rights; energy and environmental policy. Dr Federica Bicchi: European foreign policy; EU relations with Mediterranean countries and the Middle East; constructivism and negotiation theory; the role of knowledge in policy-making within the EU. Professor Chris Brown: Classical and contemporary international political theory; international ethics; cultural diversity; human nature and international political theory; ethical foreign policies. Dr Jeffrey Chwieroth: International political economy of money and finance, specifically international organisations especially the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank financial globalisation, sovereign wealth funds, hedge funds, economic norms and ideas, and emerging markets. Professor Christopher Coker: US foreign policy; Atlantic Alliance and UK defence policy in the 1990s; war and civil conflict. Dr Katerina Dalacoura: Democracy and human rights in the Middle East, with particular focus on Egypt, Iran, Turkey; Western policy and the Middle East including democratisation; political Islam; the international politics of culture and religion with particular reference to Islam; and (selectively) international relations theory and the study of the Middle East. Dr Toby Dodge: Foreign policy analysis; the politics of intervention, civil wars and counter-insurgency, the political sociology

Coursefour
Dissertation on a relevant historical topic

About the Department


International Relations has been taught at LSE since 1924. The Department was the first of its kind, and has remained a world centre for the development of the subject ever since. In the 2001 Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) RAE, the International Relations and Government Departments were assessed as one unit, together with the European Institute and the Institute of Development Studies, and was awarded a 5 rating. Similarly, in the 2008 RAE, 30 per cent of the work of this group was described as world leading, with a further 30 per cent described as internationally excellent. The Department is sometimes associated with the development of a specifically English school of international relations and a number of its leading figures have taught at LSE, including Wight, Bull, Vincent, Donelan and Mayall. Many other developments in the subject have also been pioneered here including aspects of regional

Staff andacademic interests


Dr Chris Alden: Foreign policy analysis; African inter-state relations; south-south relations; post-conflict peace building.

Department of International Relations graduate prospectus 125

of Iraq and the broader Middle East, US foreign policy. Dr Spyros Economides: European foreign policy; European security and defence; International politics of Southeastern Europe; ex-Yugoslavia; US foreign policy and European security; foreign affairs of Greece. Dr Robert Falkner: International political economy, especially global environmental politics, climate change,risk regulation, multinational corporations and global governance. Professor Fawaz A Gerges: US foreign policy towards the Middle East and the Muslim world; Islamist and jihadist groups and movements; genealogy of Al Qaeda and the global jihad, Islam and politics; the international relations of the Middle East; Arab politics in the 20th century; the Arab-Israeli conflict; authoritarianism and democratic transition. Dr Jurgen Haacke: Security and international politics of Southeast Asia, ASEAN, Asia-Pacific political and strategic affairs; East Asian regionalism; Burma/ Myanmar; foreign policy analysis. Mark Hoffman: Issues and dilemmas surrounding post-conflict peace building; peace processes, particularly the role of unofficial third parties; contemporary international relations theory, particularly critical international theory. Professor Christopher Hughes: AsiaPacific international politics; Chinese foreign policy and international relations; Chinese nationalism; PRC-Taiwan relations. Professor Kimberly Hutchings: International relations theory, including feminist, critical, post structuralist and postcolonial theory; international ethics; Kant and Hegel; gender and war.

Dr John Kent: History and theory of Cold War; British and French decolonisation; Britain and Middle East, 1945-56; British foreign and defence policy, 1945-70; US foreign policy especially towards black Africa,1945-76. Dr Mathias Koenig-Archibugi: International relations theory; international organizations; globalisation and global governance; international health governance; international labour standards. Dr George Lawson: Revolutions, contentious politics, historical sociology, IR theory. Dr Tomila Lankina: Democratisation; transnational and sub-national governance. Current research focuses on Russia, India, and China. Dr Jens Meierhenrich:International courts and international organisations; foreign, comparative, and international law; genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes; International Criminal Court; humanitarianism; transitional justice; memorialisation. Professor Iver B Neumann:International relations theory; global governance; the historical sociology of the Eurasian steppe; diplomacy. Dr Lauren Phillips:International political economy; comparative political economy;financial market performance; sovereign debt; Latin America. Dr Thomas Sattler:International political economy; globalisation politics; political economy of money and finance; exchange rate politics; international institutions. Dr Ulrich Sedelmeier: Theories of international institutions; theories of European integration, especially constructivist analysis; EU enlargement; the EU's external impact and

conditionality; EU foreign policy; (new) member states' compliance with EU law. Professor John Sidel: Southeast Asia, especially Indonesia and the Philippines; Islam in world politics; religious violence; local politics; transnational social movements; nationalism. Professor Karen Smith: International relations of the EU; the EU and the UN; human rights and foreign policy; genocide. Dr Andrew Walter: Political economy of money and finance in the world economy, with a particular interest in East Asia; capital mobility and the politics of financial regulationand compliance; political aftermaths of financial crises. Dr Peter Wilson: History of international thought, especially EH Carr, Leonard Woolf, Gilbert Murray, inter-war idealism, post-war American realism, the English school of international relations, especially institutions, international law, the contribution of CAW Manning. Dr Stephen Woolcock: Regional trade and integration agreements; European trade policy; economic diplomacy; international trade and investment policy and the World Trade Organization. Note: Professor Brownis unable to accept new research students butis available to give informal advice to research students.

Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Normally a masters degreewith an overall merit (at least 65 per cent)or its equivalent and a strong merit or its equivalent in the masters dissertation in a subject relevant to proposed research English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. TheMPhil/PhD International Relations is part of the Political Science andInternationalStudies group of accredited programmesfor ESRC funding (see page 32). You should indicate in your application if you wish to be considered for this and will be contacted by the Department directly if selected Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in two rounds, with funding deadlines of 11 January and 21 February. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents by one of these two deadlines Note: Your application should include a detailed research proposal, along with a short abstract (200 words maximum). Applicants are expected to look at

MPhil/PhD International Relations Visiting Research Students


Application code: M1ZR (MPhil/PhD), M1ER (VRS) Start date: 3 October 2013. No January or April intake

126 graduate prospectus Department of International Relations

the research interests of staff on the Departments web pages to ensure that their proposed area of research coincides with that of at least one member of staff. Those applicants being considered for a place on the programme will be interviewed by relevant members of staff prior to a final decision being made.

you in designing a well thought out and manageable thesis. You will also have access to courses in general social science methodology offered by LSEs Methodology Institute. One of these forms part of the two international relations research masters courses: Foundations of Social Research, comprising three modules in Quantitative Analysis, Fundamentals of Research Design and Qualitative Research. If you have not already taken a Research track masters degree you will need to attend a course offered by the Teaching and Learning Centre on Authoring a PhD and Developing as a Researcher and a Library course on Information Skills. During the course of your research we require that you take part in at least one of the Departments thematic research workshops. These are organised and chaired by members of staff. They usually entail a mixture of presentations by established researchers and presentations of work in progress by research students. They provide a means for placing your research within the wider context of ongoing debates and concerns in the areas related to your research topic. You will also find it beneficial to attend the weekly editorial board meetings of Millennium: Journal of International Studies, the student-run journal. Your progress is reviewed annually by a Research Panel and you would normally be upgraded from MPhil to PhD status by the end of your second year. This requires submission of an outline and three draft chapters of your thesis to your supervisor and the subsequent approval of your supervisor and the Panel. You need to make sufficient progress each year to be allowed to re-register.

Applications and supporting documentation


An offer of admission is based upon the quality of your research proposal, references, prior academic and/or professional achievement, the relevance of your proposed research topic to the research interests of members of the Department, a sample of your academic writing and an interview with prospective supervisors and other members of staff. Personal statement Researching for, and writing, a doctoral thesis is an enjoyable intellectual experience, but also a demanding one. It is crucially important, therefore, that you embark on this process, starting with the application, with realistic views of what doing a PhD actually consists of, as well as with a good sense of what your reasons are for doing it. Your personal statement should state clearly your motivation, academic interests and your purpose and objectives in applying for the MPhil/PhD in the Department of International Relations. The statement should be between 1,000 and 1,500 words. Research proposal To be eligible for admission to the MPhil/ PhD programme, you need to have more than a vaguely defined research topic. Your research proposal should be written as clearly and concisely as possible and should address the following questions:  What is your general topic and how is it located within the study of international relations? What question do you want to answer? What is the key literature and its limitations?  What are the main hypotheses you wish to explore and the argument you intend to develop?

Opportunities for research


We provide supervision for research leading to a PhD degree across the range of international relations fields. You should define your research interest as precisely as possible when you apply. MPhil/PhD International Relations applicants are normally required to have a master's degree with marks equivalent to an overall merit and a strong merit on the dissertation in a subject relevant to their proposed research. UK/EU students may wish to apply for the MSc International Relations (Research) , with a view to applying for an ESRC 1+3 research studentship. If successful in obtaining an ESRC grant, a student would be entitled to continue to the MPhil/PhD programme upon completion of the master's with an overall merit and a strong merit on the dissertation. In the first year of your research you attend the International Relations Research Methods Training Seminar which explores the theoretical and practical problems associated with a piece of major research. Study concentrates on epistemological and theoretical issues, with special reference to the context and literature of international relations, and time is also devoted to problems arising from source materials, methodology and normative dilemmas. First year research students are also required to attend the International Relations Research Design Workshop; this is to help

Department of International Relations graduate prospectus 127

What methodology do you intend to use? W  hat are your case studies, if any, and what are your case selection criteria? W  hich member(s) of the Department might be suitable supervisors and why? The quality of your written proposal is very important. This proposal will allow us to assess the potential of the proposed project and especially the availability of appropriate supervision within the Department.It is on the basis of the research proposal and supporting documentation that a decision will be made on whether to offer an interview for admission to the programme. The length of your research proposal should be between six to eight pages. In addition, you should include a brief abstract (200 words maximum) of your proposed research topic. You may wish to contact a member of staff by email prior to your application to discuss your research proposal and its relevance to their research interests, though the Department cannot guarantee that all members of staff will be able to respond. If you have discussed your proposed research with a member of the Department's academic staff, you should indicate their name in your proposal. It is important that you ensure that there is a convergence between your proposed research topic and the research interests of a member of the Department.If your proposed area of research falls outside the interests of the Departments staff or there is no appropriate member of staff to supervise your topic, then you are unlikely to be offered a place no matter how good the research proposal or your academic qualifications. It is worth noting that there is no political science department at LSE. International

Relations, Government, International Development and the European Institute are all distinct departmental entities. Therefore, it is unlikely that arrangements for joint supervision with members of staff across those departments will take place. If the relevant potential supervisor for your proposed research is located in a department other than International Relations you should make your application to their doctoral research programme. References You should provide two references from people who are familiar with your academic work and, ideally, who are able to comment on your proposed field of research. It is your responsibility to make contact with your referees promptly to allow your application to be completed in time. Sample Piece of Academic Work You should provide a sample piece of academic work (an essay or research paper) which will allow the selectors to gauge the quality and clarity of your writing, your critical analytical abilities and your research skills. Registration The International Relations Department does not admit part-time research students. First year research students are expected to register from the beginning of the Michaelmas term in order to attend compulsory research training courses. You may find it helpful to read the International Relations Departments FAQs web pagefor prospective research applicants. Taught programmes MSc Diplomacy and International Strategy (see page 229) MSc International Political Economy (see page 127)

MSc International Political Economy (Research) (see page 127) MSc International Relations (see page 128) MSc International Relations (Research) (see page 128) MSc International Relations Theory (see page 129) LSE-Sciences Po Double Degree in Affaires Internationales and either International Relations or International Political Economy (see page 218)

economics, history, international relations and other degrees with similar content. The MSc International Political Economy is an advanced, academic study of the subject and would be suitable if you plan to progress to a career that might have an international focus. The MSc International Political Economy (Research) is designed as a preparation for future research work if you are entering the field from another related discipline, or if you wish to focus particularly on methodological training. It is not necessary to decide which programme you prefer until you submit your option choices in the Michaelmas term, normally in mid-October. The majority of the teaching takes place in the Michaelmas and Lent terms. You must also submit a 10,000 word dissertation by 1 September. For those interested in taking the LSE-Sciences Po Double Degree in International Affairs, comprisinga one year MSc programme at Sciences Po, Paris followed by MSc International Relations or International Political Economy, see page 218. Applicants should note that these programmes focus on political economy and do not specialise in international economics. Although economic concepts are taken very seriously, the focus is firmly upon the political determinants and effects of economic outcomes.

MScInternational PoliticalEconomy MScInternationalPolitical Economy (Research)


Application codes: M1UW (M1UJ Research) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time; 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 61/479 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in politics, economics, history, international relations or similar discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Compulsory courses
International Political Economy Dissertation

About the MSc programmes


These programmes are intended for graduates with a good first degree in politics,

Research track only


Comparative Political Economy Foundations of Social Research this paper comprises three modules:

128 graduate prospectus Department of International Relations

Quantitative Analysis Fundamentals of Research Design Qualitative Research

Duration: 12 months full-time; 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 101/928 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in politics, history, international relations or similar disciplines (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). The MSc International Relations (Research)is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award(see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions (though application by the end of January is advisable and required for consideration for ESRC funding)

Darren Duffy MSc International Relations Croydon, UK

Options
(* half unit) Choose two full units for the nonresearch track only: Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* International Political Economy of the Environment

There was little doubt in my mind that LSE was the best place to study international relations. The School has a unique position as one of the first seats of international relations in the world, with a heritage of delivering excellent and pioneering research. Having studied from textbooks written by many of the current staff at the School I knew that LSE was where I needed to be if I was to gain a true understanding. It questions your preconceptions and everything you may have learned before, with tutors and peers alike always bringing fresh perspectives on timeless material. The teaching style at the School encourages independent thought, calling for you to go beyond the confines of your comfort zone. By challenging you in this way the programme teaches you to grow as a person and an academic. The international mix of students within the Department has added a further dimension to the programme, enabling the class to break through the traditional Euro-centricity associated with contemporary international relations. The Library is one of the greatest assets of the School, with a collection of social science materials greater than any in Europe and you are guaranteed to always be able to find at least one relevant text on even the most obscure topic. There are a large number of societies on campus for you to join, including the Grimshaw Club the International Relations society. This Club has given me the opportunity to meet likeminded people, and to get involved in activities and trips overseas. This year the Club arranged trips to North Korea, Libya and Egypt among other places. After graduation I plan to take a few years out to work in higher education and then Id like to return to pursue a PhD in International Relations.

Economic Diplomacy The Politics of Money in the World Economy The Political Economy of International Trade Comparative Political Economy Chinese Foreign and Security Policy Please note that the options are not necessarily available every academic year. Applicants who are offered a place will be notified on the departmental web page (lse.ac.uk/internationalRelations) of any course which will not be available in their year of study. You may take other relevant courses with the approval of your supervisor. You may find it helpful to read the International Relations Department's FAQs for prospective MSc IPE/MSc IPE (Research) applicants.

About the MSc programmes


The MSc International Relations (Research) is designed as a preparation for research work and includes methodology courses. The MSc International Relations is an advanced, academic study of the subject. It is suitable if you plan to progress to a career that might have an international focus. Those intending to apply for ESRC funding should note that only the Research programme is eligible. It will not normally be possible to transfer from one programme to the other on arrival. Most of the teaching takes place in the Michaelmas and Lent terms. A 10,000 word dissertation must be submitted by 1 September. For those interested in taking the LSESciences Po Double Degree in Affaires Internationales, comprising a one year MSc programme at Sciences Po Paris

MScInternationalRelations MScInternationalRelations (Research)


Application codes: M1UR (M1UI Research) Start date: 3 October 2013

Department of International Relations graduate prospectus 129

followed by MSc International Relations or International Political Economy see LSESciences Po Double Degree page 218.

International Institutions Strategic Aspects of International Relations The EU in the World International Politics: Asia and the Pacific The International Relations of the Middle East Conflict and Peace Studies European Union Policy Making in a Global Context* The International Politics of EU Enlargement*

2013/14 entry will be notified on our web pages) of any course which will not be available in their year of study. You may find it helpful to read the International Relations Department's FAQs for prospective MSc IR/MSc IR (Research) applicants on our website.

of the highest rankings in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise.  Most of our former MSc students go on to work in government, international organisations, financial institutions, journalism and corporations, but a good number continue on to research degrees and the academic profession.  A strong focus on theory together with a wide choice of optional subjects.  The opportunity to participate in the editing and production of Millennium, one of the leading international relations journals. Theprogramme is designed for students who want to look deeply at the theoretical aspects of international relations. Materials to be studied include classical and contemporary forms of realism and liberalism, the English School, constructivism, critical approaches to the subject, normative theory, and feminist scholarship. The programme is particularly suitable for those students intending to proceed to a research degree and an academic career, but will also be of interest to anyone who wishes to deepen their conceptual grasp of contemporary IR. Most of the teaching takes place in the Michaelmas and Lent terms. A 10,000 word dissertation must be submitted by 1 September.

Compulsory courses
Non-research track: International Politics Dissertation Options (two full units) from the list below Research track: Theories of International Relations Foundations of Social Research this paper comprises three modules: Quantitative Analysis Fundamentals of Research Design Qualitative Research Dissertation Options (one full unit) from the list below

MSc International Relations Theory


Application code: L2UG Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 11 months full-time; 23 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 28/148 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in international relations, politics, history, sociology, philosophy or related disciplines (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

European Defence and Security* Islam in International Relations: From Al-Andalus to Afghanistan Introduction to International Political Theory* The International Political Theory of Humanitarian Intervention* The Politics of International Law* Europe, the US and Arab-Israeli Relations Russia and Eurasia: Foreign and Security Policies Post-colonial Perspectives in International Relations* Theory of International Society: English School Texts* The West: IdentityandInterests* Gender and Militarisation* European Integration from a Global Perspective* Chinese Foreign and Security Policy Climate Change and International Law* Genocide* You may take other relevant courses with the approval of your supervisor. Please note that optional courses are not necessarily available every academic year. Applicants who are offered a place for

Options
(* half unit) Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* and Global Environmental Governance* History and Theory of European Integration* Europe Beyond Modernity* Turkey: Political Economy and European Integration* Nationalism The International Politics of Culture and Religion* International Political Economy of the Environment Foreign Policy Analysis III

About the MSc programme


The MSc in International Relations Theory is based in the Department of International Relations and offers the following benefits:  Study in a leading world centre for the subject, situated in the only UK institution devoted to the social sciences, and in a thriving research community which (together with the Government Department) received one

Compulsory courses
Theories of International Relations Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose one full unit from: Strategic Aspects of International Relations Introduction to International Political Theory*

130 graduate prospectus

Department of Law

The International Political Theory of Humanitarian Intervention* The Politics of International Law* Conflict and Peace Studies The International Politics of Culture and Religion Post-colonial Perspectives in International Relations* Theory of International Society: English School Texts* Gender and Militarisation* Genocide* Choose a second paper either from the list above or from the list of options available for the MSc International Relations programme. You may take other relevant courses with the approval of your adviser. Please note that not all optional courses are necessarily available each academic year. Applicants offered a place for 2013/14 will be notified on the departmental website of any course which will not be available in their year of study. You may find it helpful to read the International Relations Departments FAQs for prospective MSc International Relations Theory applicants on our website.

Department of Law
lse.ac.uk/law
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 294 Research: 36 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 62 RAE: 75 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: New Academic Building Students come from all over the world. Demand greatly exceeds the number of places available and we have to be very selective.

profession, socio-legal insights into financial law and lawyering. Professor Michael Bridge: Domestic and international sale of goods; international trade law; personal property; contract; commercial credit and security; banking law; insolvency; comparative private law. Professor Damian Chalmers: Free movement of goods and services within the EU; EU external trade law; EU law and the environment. Professor Christine Chinkin: Public international law; UN matters; international rights of women; international dispute resolution. Professor Hugh Collins: Individual employment law; law of contract; legal theory; social and political theory. Professor Neil Duxbury: Jurisprudence; legal history; and law and economics. Professor Vanessa Finch: Company law, especially company directors and corporate governance; corporate insolvency law; personal insolvency law. Dr Tatiana Flessas: Legal theory, in particular heritage law. Dr Julian Fulbrook: Personal injury litigation; health and safety at work; industrial diseases; social security law. Dr Dev Gangjee: Intellectual property law, in particular trademarks. Professor Conor Gearty: Human rights; civil liberties; terrorism. Dr Carsten Gerner-Beuerle: Corporate law and securities; corporate finance; corporate governance, corporate accountability. Dr Veerle Heyvaert: Environmental law and regulation and European Community law.

About the Department


As a Department, we are committed to the view that an understanding of law can be achieved only by examining it in its social, economic and policy context. This approach builds upon our distinctive strength of being situated in a school of social sciences with an international reputation. These qualities are reflected in the Research Assessment Exercise 2008 in which the Department did exceptionally well, with 75 per cent of its research rated either world leading or of international renown. It is rated the best law department in the UK, both on grade point average and on proportion of 4* research. The Law Department is the second largest department at the Schoolwith 20 professors and over40 other full-time academic staff. In addition, a large number of emeritus and visiting professors and other teachers drawn from legal practice participate in teaching and research.

Staff and their academic interests


Eduardo Baistrocchi: Taxation; international tax law; corporate accountability. Professor Robert Baldwin: Regulation; public law; harmonisation in Europe. Anne Barron: Legal theory; intellectual property law and aspects of public law. Dr Chaloka Beyani: Public international law and human rights; legitimacy of states; human rights; constitutional reform; refugees; African legal systems. Professor Julia Black: Regulation; financial services; public law and company law. Dr Jacco Bomhoff: Conflict of laws, comparative constitutional law, and 20th century history of legal thought. Dr Jo Braithwaite: Diversity theory, particularly in the context of the legal

Department of Law graduate prospectus 131

Dr Stephen Humphreys: Public international law, in particular risk and security in the areas of criminal law, environmental law, investment and trade law. Dr Pablo Ibez Colomo: competition law, economic regulation (in particular, communications regulation), the economic analysis of law. Professor Emily Jackson: Medical law, reproduction and medical ethics. ProfessorDavid Kershaw: Corporate law and accounting regulation. Dr Jan Kleinheisterkamp: International contracts, with special emphasis on arbitration and conflict of laws; comparative law in the field of international contracts; the legal problems of the international dimension of trade. Dr Jan Komarek: the role of judicial institutions in European integration, theories of European constitutionalism in general. Dr Andrew Lang: Sociological and constructivist approaches to the study of international organisations (focusing on the WTO); the design of global governance institutions in conditions of pervasive uncertainty; the interaction between international trade law and other sub-fields of international law (particularly human rights law); the General Agreement on Trade in Services; and the impact of WTO legal obligations on domestic regulatory decision making processes. Professor Martin Loughlin: Public law; administrative law; environmental, planning and local government; methodologies of public law. Professor Susan Marks: Public international law and human rights law. Dr Julie McCandless: Medical law, reproduction and medical ethics.

Dr Manolis Melissaris: Theories of legal discourse and legal reasoning; legal pluralism; law and time; philosophy of criminal law. Dr Eva Micheler: Comparative law; company law; securities regulation as well as private international law. Dr Kai Moller: Human and constitutional rights law and theory. Professor Niamh Moloney: ECs regulation of financial markets and services from institutional, substantive, and contextual perspectives; the ECs harmonisation of company law. Professor Linda Mulcahy: Dispute resolution; medical regulation; legal architecture; administrative justice. Dr Jo Murkens: German and British constitutional law, theory and history; recurrent patterns of legal (and quasilegal) argument, and the relevance for the European and international context. Professor Tim Murphy: Law and social theory; legal history; property law; computers and law. Andrew Murray: Information technology, particularly legal and regulatory structures of the internet. Dr Phillip Paech: international financial markets law and regulation, insolvency and general civil/commercial law, legal risk and inefficiencies of cross-jurisdictional disposition of securities, and crossjurisdictional exercise of investor rights. Professor Jill Peay: Mental health review tribunals; disordered offenders; prosecution and sentencing. Dr Thomas Poole: Conceptual foundations of constitutionalism; legitimacy of judicial review; new jurisprudence of rights.

Alain Pottage: Property law; evidence; theories of property; psychoanalytical theory and law; feminist theory and law. Dr Peter Ramsay: Criminal law and criminal justice; legal and social theory. Professor Mike Redmayne: Evidence; criminal procedure; criminal justice. Helen Reece: Family law. Anthea Roberts: The adjudication of international law before international courts and tribunals; comparative approaches to international law before domestic courts; re-theorising the doctrine of sources of international law, particularly with respect to the role of custom and general principles and the challenges posed by the work of international organisations; and extraterritorial and universal jurisdiction. Dr Ian Roxan: International taxation; trusts. Dr Kristen Rundle: Jurisprudence and legal theory. Dr Margot Salomon: Human rights in relation to global poverty; the rights of minorities and indigenous peoples; and the protection of human rights in Africa. Dr Edmund-Philipp Schuster: corporate law and takeover regulation, including the harmonisation of company law on the European level. Dr Andrew Scott: Media law and regulation; constitutional law and competition law. Dr Fauzia Shariff: Legal pluralism within the nation state; rights of minorities and importance of power relations in access to justice issues; rights of indigenous and ethnic tribal peoples; governance aspects of development; forced marriage. Dr Umberto-Igor Stramignoni: Private law, particularly UK, France and Italy; theoretical foundations of comparative method.

132 graduate prospectus Department of Law

Dr Siva Thambisetty: Intellectual property law, particularly biotechnology law and related issues. Dr Stephen Watterson: Banking / financial law; commercial law; unjust enrichment. Dr Charlie Webb: Contract law; restitution; trusts and private law theory. Dr Grgoire Webber: Comparative constitutional law and theory; human rights law and rights theory; legal and political theory. Dr Michael Wilkinson: European constitutionalism and the theoretical dimensions of constitutionalism beyond the state; legal and political theory. Professor Sarah Worthington: Personal property law/securities; company law; restitution; equity; insolvency law.

Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31).LSE holds a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a doctoral award available in law(see page 33). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/ PhD Law (Socio-Legal Studies pathway) is part of the Social Policy group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). UK/EU students are eligible for nomination for Research Council funding. Law Department Scholarships and LSE Fellowships Application deadline: 26 April 2013. The selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

extended scholarly research and analysis in the field will make a significant and original contribution to knowledge. You should also give some indication of the materials you expect to use, where you expect to find them and the methods of analysis you propose to use. If the proposal takes the form of a theoretical hypothesis, you should indicate how you propose to test it. You will have research training through LSE's research methods courses run by the Methodology Institute, and at departmental level through the Law Department research seminar. This consists of presentations concentrating on the methodological problems of legal and socio-legal research, by members of staff, visiting speakers and research students. You are expected to attend the seminar and give presentations on your work. Some students are given the opportunity todevelop their CV by teachingundergraduates. Doctoral students are also invited to staff seminars and seminars given by other PhD students. Registration as a visiting research student is for those who do not wish to proceed to a higher degree, but want to pursue their own research with a supervisor who can act as a sounding board and make some of the necessary contacts for empirical research. Applicants wishing to undertake some aspect of their research in the UK must be doctoral students currently registered for the PhD degree at another university. Some seminars and classes can be attended, subject to the advice and approval of the supervisor and teachers concerned. No degree or diploma is awarded, but an appropriate certificate of attendance can be provided on request. The main resources for research students are the LSE Library, theLibrary of the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, other University of London college libraries and the University Library.

Computer facilities are provided for doctoral students on the sixth floor of the New Academic Building.

Taught programmes
LLM (see page 132) Executive LLM (see page 233) We also take part in a number of interdisciplinary programmes including: MSc Criminal Justice Policy (see page 185) MSc Human Rights (see page 205) MSc Law and Accounting (see page 136) MSc Law, Anthropology and Society (see page 137) MSc Regulation (see page 111)

LLM
Applicationcode: M3U1 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 or 48 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 249/1,647 Minimum entry requirement: An undergraduate degree in law (LLB or equivalent) English requirement: Law score (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 12,624; overseas 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). UK/EU students may apply to the Merchant Foundation Scholarship (one award of 10,000). Margaret Bennett Scholarship (one award of 5,000). Olive Stone Memorial

MPhil/PhD Law MPhil/PhD Socio-Legal Studies Visiting Research Students


Application code: M3ZL (Law), M3ZS (Socio-Legal Studies),M3EL (VRS) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months Entry requirement: LLM or equivalent with an average of70 per cent. Applicantswho have performed exceptionally well in their dissertation will be considered English requirement: Law score (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30

Opportunities for research


We invite applications for research in all areas of staff interest and expertise and are particularly keen to encourage the development of research in legal theory and socio-legal studies. The normal entry requirement for the MPhil/ PhD programme is an average of 70 per cent on the LLM or equivalent qualification, though the requirement may be applied flexibly, in particular to candidates who have performed exceptionally well in a dissertation. The number of students we accept is limited. With your application you should give the title of a broad general area in which you wish to undertake research, and a detailed outline (three or four pages) of a specific topic within that field indicating the ways in which you consider that

Department of Law graduate prospectus 133

Scholarship (10,000 fund normally divided between beneficiaries) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Early applications have a greater chance of being successful and of meeting financial support/ scholarship deadlines

wish to study in order to be considered for a place. (see entry requirements) Students undertake the equivalent of four full units (many courses are half units and so are delivered over a single term (Michaelmas Term or Lent Term). The courses currently offered in the Law Department are set out below. Not all courses are offered every year; students should therefore confirm the availability of courses they regard as crucial to their study plans. Formal study is supported by several series of evening LLM Specialist Seminars in which leading practitioners, judges and scholars in various legal fields discuss matters of current controversy or especial complexity with students in informal small group sessions. Last year, around 50 such sessions were delivered. As part of the programme, all students must complete a substantial piece of writing (the LLM writing requirement). This requirement can be satisfied in various ways, for example by completing a full unit or half unit taught course which is formally assessed by a 15,000 word dissertation or an 8,000 word extended essay or by following a full unit or half unit taught course and electing to be examined by a 15,000 word dissertation or an 8,000 word elective essay, subject in each case to Law Department requirements. The Department runs a series of seminars to assist students in their research projects. Students can choose courses from the whole range of Law options (subject to timetable constraints and class size requirements). Alternatively, students may obtain approval to take one or in exceptional circumstances two complementary subjects from another masters degree at LSE in place of the equivalent number of law subjects. For example, international lawyers may

choose to take a course in international relations; criminologists may take a course in sociology; constitutional lawyers may take a course in political theory; company lawyers may take a course in financial reporting. The Law Department attaches great importance to active participation by students taking LLM courses. Accordingly, LLM courses are typically taught through seminars of no more than 30 students which meet for two hours each week. Courses with historically large enrolments are taught through lectures but the lectures are supplemented by regular small-group classes. Students are expected to prepare by reading prior to seminars and classes. Examinations usually take place in May or June, and dissertations, elective essays, and extended essays submitted in satisfaction of the LLM writing requirement are submitted at the end of August. Part-time students take the equivalent of two full units each year. Students may also register on an extended part-time basis, taking the equivalent of one full unit each year. Students receive a certificate for each full course completed successfully and are eligible for the award of the LLM degree after obtaining four certificates. It is usually possible to satisfy continuing professional education requirements by pursuing the LLM part-time. Part-time students attend the same sessions as full-time students, so you need to confirm that course timetabling does not conflict with personal commitments. If you take courses which fall predominantly within one specialist area you can request that your chosen specialism be included in the name of the degree eg, LLM Public International Law, LLM Labour Law. The recognised specialist areas are indicated

below by the headings under which the different law courses are set out. Subject names are repeated where they are relevant to several different subject areas. (* half unit) Banking Law and Financial Regulation Banking Law* Corporate and Financial Crime European Capital Markets Law* European Monetary and Banking Law* European Monetary and Financial Services Law Financial Law* Investment Funds Law in Europe* Law of Corporate Finance The Law and Practice of International Finance* Law of Corporate Finance A* Law of Corporate Finance B* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* Legal Risk in the Financial Markets* Project Finance and Public Private Partnerships* Regulation of Financial Markets Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Secured Credit in English, Comparative and International Law Secured Financing in Commercial Transactions* Corporate/Commercial Law Advanced Issues of International Commercial Arbitration* Alternative Dispute Resolution

About the LLM


Admission is highly selective. Last year 1,828 applicants competed for 233 places on the LLM programme. Most applicants are qualified for the programme, and the LLM selectors must choose from a large pool of candidates with good credentials. In evaluating applications, the selectors take into consideration the applicants grades and class rank, letters of reference, the coherence of the applicants proposed programme of study, and any significant professional accomplishments. LSEs LLM applicants typically originate from up to 100 countries and the grades normally required for admission are tailored to the system of legal education in the countries from which applicants have obtained, or will obtain, their qualifications. However, places are normally only offered to applicants with very good grades in their law studies (eg, a first or very high 2:1 in the UK LLB), and who rank amongst the best graduates of their law schools. Applicants with a very good degree in another discipline together with very good grades in an appropriate graduate diploma in law (such as the UKs Graduate Diploma in Law) may also qualify for a place. Applicants without an educational background in law may apply, but would need to demonstrate a high level of professional or academic experience in areas closely related to the subjects they

134 graduate prospectus Department of Law

Business Taxation* Competition Law Copyright and Related Rights Corporate and Financial Crime Corporate Governance E-commerce Law* European Capital Markets Law* European Monetary and Banking Law* European Monetary and Financial Services Law EU State Aid Law* Financial Law* Fundamentals of International Commercial Arbitration* Insolvency Law Principles and Policy International Commercial Contracts General Principles* International Commodity Sales* International and Comparative Commercial Arbitration International Sale of Goods International Uniform Sales Law* Investment Treaty Law* The Law and Practice of International Finance* Law of Corporate Finance Law of Corporate Finance A* Law of Corporate Finance B* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* Law of Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe and the United States Legal Risk in the Financial Markets*

Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring in Europe* Project Finance and Public Private Partnerships* Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Secured Credit in English, Comparative and International Law Secured Financing in Commercial Transactions* Takeover Regulation in the UK and the US* Taxation of Corporate Transactions Corporate and Securities Law Corporate and Financial Crime European Capital Markets Law* European Monetary and Banking Law* European Monetary and Financial Services Law Financial Law* Investment Funds Law in Europe* Law of Corporate Finance Law of Corporate Finance A* Law of Corporate Finance B* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* The Law and Practice of International Finance* Law of Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe and the United States Legal Risk in the Financial Markets* Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring in Europe* Project Finance and Public Private Partnerships* Regulation of Financial Markets

Secured Credit in English, Comparative and International Law Takeover Regulation in the UK and US* Criminology and Criminal Justice Corporate and Financial Crime Criminal Justice Policy International Criminal Law Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* Mental Health Law Mental Health Law: The Civil Context* Mental Health Law: The Criminal Context* Policing and Police Powers Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Theories of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice* European Law Advanced Issues of European Union Law Competition Law Employment Law* EU State Aid Law* European Administrative Law European Capital Markets Law* European Monetary and Banking Law* European Monetary and Financial Services Law European Union Law and Government* Human Rights in the Workplace* International and European Environmental Law Law and Governance of the Single European Market

Law of Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe and the United States Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe* Value Added Tax in the European Context* Human Rights Law Advanced Issues of European Union Law Approaches to Human Rights Climate Change and International Law* Comparative Constitutional Law Comparative Constitutional Law: Institutions* Comparative Constitutional Law: Rights* Constitutional Theory Digital Rights, Privacy and Security* Human Rights in the Developing World European and UK Human Rights Law European Human Rights Law* UK Human Rights Law: The Human Rights Act* Human Rights of Women Human Rights in the Workplace* International Criminal Law International Human Rights International Law and the Use of Force* The International Law of Armed Conflict and the Use of Force International Law and the Protection of Refugees, Displaced Persons and Migrants The International Law of SelfDetermination* Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Law and the Holocaust*

Department of Law graduate prospectus 135

Law and Social Theory Law in War* Regulating New Medical Technologies Terrorism and the Rule of Law* Theory of Human Rights Law* World Poverty and Human Rights* Information Technology, Media and Communications Law Copyright and Related Rights Cyberlaw* Digital Rights, Privacy and Security* E-commerce Law* Innovation, Technology and Patent Law Introduction to Regulation* Media and Communications Regulation* Media Law: Regulating Publication* Media Law: Regulating Newsgathering* Piracy, Content and Ownership in the Information Society* Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Intellectual Property Law Copyright and Related Rights Current Issues in Intellectual and Cultural Property Law Cultural Property and Heritage Law Cyberlaw* Innovation, Technology and Patent Law Introduction to Regulation* Media and Communications Regulation* Media Law: Regulating Publication* Media Law: Regulating Newsgathering* Piracy, Content and Ownership in the Information Society*

Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Trademark Law International Business Law Advanced Issues of International Commercial Arbitration* Alternative Dispute Resolution Competition Law* Consumption Taxes* Corporate and Financial Crime E-commerce Law* European Capital Markets Law* European Monetary and Banking Law* European Monetary and Financial Services Law Financial Law* Fundamentals of International Commercial Arbitration* International Business Transactions I: Litigation International Business Transactions II: Substantive Law International Commercial Contracts General Principles* International Commodity Sales* International and Comparative Commercial Arbitration International Economic Law International Sale of Goods International Tax Systems International Uniform Sales Law* Investment Treaty Law* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions*

Law of Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe and the United States The Law and Practice of International Finance* Legal Risk in the Financial Markets* Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring in Europe* Principles of Taxation* Project Finance and Public Private Partnerships* Regulation of Financial Markets Secured Credit in English, Comparative and International Law Takeover Regulation in the UK and the US* Labour Law Employment Law* Human Rights Law in the UK Human Rights Law: The Human Rights Act* Human Rights in the Workplace* Varieties of Employment Relations* Legal Theory Advanced Issues of European Union Law Alternative Dispute Resolution Climate Change and International Law* Comparative Constitutional Law Comparative Constitutional Law: Institutions* Comparative Constitutional Law: Rights* Constitutional Theory Cyberlaw*

Human Rights Law: The European Convention on Human Rights* Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Law and the Holocaust* Law and Social Theory Law in Society: A Joint course in Law and Anthropology Modern Legal History Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Regulating New Medical Technologies Rethinking International Law Socio-legal Theory and Practice Terrorism and the Rule of Law* Theories of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice* Theory of Human Rights Law* Public International Law Climate Change and International Law* Human Rights in the Developing World Human Rights of Women International Criminal Law International Dispute Resolution International Dispute Resolution: Courts and Tribunals* International Dispute Resolution: Non-Adjudicatory Processes* International Economic Law International and European Environmental Law International Human Rights The International Law of Self-Determination* International Law and the Use of Force* The International Law of Armed Conflict and the Use of Force

136 graduate prospectus Department of Law

International Law and the Protection of Refugees, Displaced Persons, and Migrants Investment Treaty Law* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions* Law in War* Rethinking International Law Terrorism and the Rule of Law* World Poverty and Human Rights* Public Law Advanced Issues of European Union Law Being accepted to study at LSE, one of the top ten law schools in the world was a unique opportunity that was not to be missed. My amazing experience started at a gathering in Beirut organized by the British Embassy, where I met other Chevening scholars. I realised that the best and most important aspect of my scholarship wasnt my studies or my achievements, but being part of something that is made up of extremely talented and exceptional individuals. Living in London is an amazing experience in itself as it is one of the most diverse and dynamic cities in the world. It becomes even better when you are a part of a group of brilliant international students with whom you can share your different cultures and experiences people who normally you may never have a chance to interact with. One of my favourite memories was when my American/Lebanese friend hosted a Thanksgiving dinner at her place. There were five different nationalities around the table and at one point we suddenly realised that not one of us knew what Thanksgiving was really about! It was hard to contain the ensuing laughter. From an academic point of view, LSE is very well known for its excellence and the law and accounting courses offer extremely solid foundations for people who could eventually see themselves doing a mixture of legal and business work. This specialised hybrid profession promises a secure future as demand for it is increasing exponentially among big multi-disciplinary practice firms. So, besides offering you the chance to experience another culture, perfect your language skills and gain an internationally recognised qualification, studying at LSE will be a once in a lifetime experience that will shape the way you think and expand your horizons in ways you cant even imagine. Comparative Constitutional Law Comparative Constitutional Law: Institutions* Comparative Constitutional Law: Rights* Constitutional Theory European Administrative Law European Union Law and Government* European Human Rights Law* UK Human Rights Law* International and European Environmental Law International Human Rights Introduction to Regulation* Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Media Law: Regulating Publication* Media Law: Regulating Newsgathering* Mental Health Law Mental Health Law: The Civil Context* Mental Health Law: The Criminal Context* Policing and Police Powers Principles of Taxation* Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Terrorism and the Rule of Law*

Taxation Business Taxation* Consumption Taxes* International Tax Systems Issues in Taxation Principles of Taxation* Public Economics Taxation of Corporate Transactions Value Added Tax Value Added Tax in the European Context*

Tarek El Merhebi MSc Law and Accounting Akkar, Lebanon

MSc Law and Accounting


Application code: MN34 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 30/258 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in law, accounting, management, business or economics (see page 34) English requirement:Law score (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programme


This programme draws on the resources of the Department of Law and Department of Accounting and is intended for graduates with a good first degree in law or accounting or a degree which contains

Department of Law graduate prospectus 137

elements of law or accounting. Some management, business and economics degrees may also be accepted. Theprogramme is designed for students who have studied or worked in legal, accounting or related fields. You take four courses a core compulsory course, one course in each of law and accounting (the choice depending on your specialist background), and a further option in a relevant field. The compulsory core course requires you to write alongessayand is also assessed by examination. The English language requirements are a minimum of 7.5 in the IELTS (TOEFL iBT 114) with a minimum of 7.0 in the listening and writing elements (TOEFL iBT) (see page 37). You do not need GMAT for entry on to the programme but it could be to your advantage to take it if you wish to be accepted on to certain advanced accounting and finance options within this degree. Please see page 37. Teaching for the compulsory course and law courses will be primarily through seminars. Teaching in the accounting courses will normally be by a combination of lectures and classes or seminars. The compulsory core course is examined by an interdisciplinarylong essayand a two-hour examination. The other full unit courses are examined mainly by a traditional three-hour examination (or by a two-hour exam in the case of half units) but students should check requirements for individual courses.

Options
(* half unit) Law Choose one unit(subject to your supervisor's approval) from: Law of Corporate Finance Insolvency Law: Principles and Policy International Tax Systems Regulation of Financial Markets Taxation of Corporate Transactions Elements of Taxation Financial Law* Value Added Tax Internet and New Media Law Corporate and Financial Crime Innovation, Technology and Patent Law Trademark Law Legal Risk in Financial Markets* Law of Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe and the United States The Law and Practice of International Finance* Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructurings in Europe* Takeover Regulation in the UK and the US* New Media Regulation* Regulation: Legal and Political Aspects Business Taxation* Principles of Taxation* Consumption Taxes* Value Added Tax in the European Context* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanctions*

Law of Corporate Finance B* or any other LLM course for which the prerequisites are appropriate, with the course director's agreement Accounting Either Financial Reporting in Capital Markets (for those with a prior knowledge of accounting) or Management Accounting and Financial Accounting: Decisions, Control, Reporting and Disclosure Choose a further law course from the list above (subject to your background), or one unit from the following (subject to permission): Management Accounting, Strategy and Organisational Control* Accounting, Strategy and Control* Accountability, Organisations and Risk Management* Valuation and Security Analysis* Accounting in the Global Economy* Corporate Finance and Asset Markets Introduction to Regulation* Media and Communications Regulation* Law, Anthropology and Society Any other relevant masters degree course, for which you satisfy the prerequisites and with the course director's approval. Please note that not all the optional courses mentioned above will be available every year.

Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 18/87 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in law, anthropology or related discipline with an interest in studying selected aspects of law and legal theory (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. Apply early, however, as places will fill up quickly

About the MSc programme


This programme is jointly run by theDepartment of Law and Department of Anthropology, andis administered in the Department of Law. Itoffers the following benefits:  Situated in the only institution devoted solely to the social sciences in the UK, the Anthropology and the Law Departments are distinguished by the research of their faculty and by their exceptionally international student recruitment.  The programme offers an excellent and intensive introduction to the aspects of anthropological and social theory essential to the analysis of law in society. T  his interdisciplinary programme forms part of LSEs innovative graduate teaching and research in legal and social science theory.

Compulsory course
Corporate Accountability: Topics in Legal and Accounting Regulation

MSc Law, Anthropology and Society


Application code: ML36

138 graduate prospectus Department of Law

T  he programme provides an ideal preparation for practical or research work on law in the context of social relations. The programme is intended for graduates with a good first degree in law or for graduates in anthropology and related disciplines who are seeking to study selected aspects of law and legal theory. Scheduled teaching normally includes three hours of lectures and three hours of seminars per week (depending on options selected), supplemented by regular academic tutorials. The programme offers a foundation in those elements of anthropological and socio-legal theory essential to an understanding of law in society, and provides training in appropriate research methods. The programme achieves this through: a compulsory course combining lectures, classes and an innovative research seminar; the supervised crafting of an individual programme of two further courses in law or anthropology (or exceptionally another social science) selected according to the academic background and research interest of the student; and supervision of a dissertation.

The Anthropology of Kinship, Sex and Gender The Anthropology of Industrialisation and Industrial Life* Anthropologyof Human Rights* Anthropology of Politics* Anthropology of Schooling* Anthropology of Economy (1): Production and Exchange* Anthropology of Economy (2): Development, Transformation and Globalisation* Children and Youth in Contemporary Ethnography* Ethnography of aSelected Region* Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Alternative Dispute Resolution Regulating New Medical Technologies Law and Social Theory Modern Legal History Innovation, Technology and Patent Law Current Issues in Intellectual and Cultural Property Law Trademark Law Cultural Property and Heritage Law The Anthropology of Schooling* Another course from law, anthropology or a related discipline may be taken instead of the above subject to the approval of your supervisor and the course teacher(s). Among the law courses which students have taken in recent years are: Policing and Police Powers; International Law and the Protection of Refugees; Human Rights in the Developing World; Globalisation, Regulation

and Governance; International Law: Theory and Practice; Employment Law; Constitutional Theory; and The Theory, History and Practice of Human Rights. Please note that only a limited selection of the optional courses will be available each year. If you have a first degree in law you must take at least one of the two option courses in anthropology along with the compulsory course Law in Society; if you have a first degree in social science you must take at least one of the two courses in law. You will be closely advised by your supervisor so as to form a well designed programme in line with your previous studies and research interests.

Compulsory courses
Law in Society: A Joint Course in Anthropology and Law Dissertation

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value of two full units from: The Anthropology of Religion Anthropology: Theory and Ethnography

Department of Management graduate prospectus 139

Department of Management
lse.ac.uk/management
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 704 Research: 53 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 72 RAE: 70 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: New Academic Building to engage with complex problems. You will learn both the fundamental theories of management and the skills to critically evaluate current and future management problems, such that you can continue to draw upon this critical perspective throughout your professional career. We also bring alumni, senior business people, senior political figures and senior civil servants directly into the classroom to talk to you in order that you can learn from their experience. Studying management at LSE will open employment options to you across a wide range of sectors including finance, banking and professional services firms as well as roles in industry and the public sector. We currently have over 70 faculty who are divided among our five academic groups: Central Academic Group E  mployment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Group Information Systems and Innovation Group Management Science Group Managerial Economics and StrategyGroup

Academic Groups
Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Group The Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Group examines how organisations manage people, as well as the wider social and economic context in which they operate. It has a triple emphasis:  Human resource management focuses on how organisations develop and motivate their employees to achieve the high standards of performance required in today's competitive and turbulent markets.  Employment relations explores the wider relations between employer and employee organisations, and the structure of labour markets.  Organisational behaviour examines individual perceptions, attitudes, behaviour and performance and the effects of group and organisational context on the individual. The School has a long and proud tradition in the study of employment and organisations. More than a century ago, two of the Schools founders, Beatrice and Sidney Webb, pioneered the first great social science studies of the labour and management problems of their day. They did so in the belief that efficient management and social justice went hand in hand. Modern high performance work systems function best when employees believe they are being treated fairly. For highly qualified workers with skills that are in strong demand, it is often possible to achieve a fair deal by individual negotiation. However, for a great many others, achieving a fair deal depends on a framework of employment law and on collective representation, for example, through works councils or trade unions. These frameworks

play a key role in the success or otherwise of different human resources (HR) policies. The Groups graduate degrees embrace not only strategy and policy within the firm but also the national and international regulation that shapes the relationship between managers and workers around the world. The Group encourages its students to develop a critical approach and to value rigorous empirical research. Good empirical research requires clear concepts and a mastery of the relevant theory and knowledge. Students in the Group are encouraged to develop an intellectual confidence and independence of judgement to enable them to deal with difficult employment and people issues. Employment relations and organisational behaviour lie at the intersection of many social science disciplines: economics, sociology, psychology, organisational studies, law and political science. The Group has a particular strength in comparative analysis, which is nourished by the international training of our academic staff and by the large number of different nationalities among the student body. The Group has strong links with the human resource management profession and with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development. Many former students now occupy leading positions in human resource management and consulting firms and are enthusiastic supporters of the Group and current students. Information Systems and Innovation Group The Information Systems and Innovation Group is one of the largest and most well established groups of information systems (IS) researchers and teachers in Europe.

About the Department


Our vision is to be recognised as the premier provider of management education and research in Europe, and one of the best in the world. Our reputation, research and networks are what set us apart. The School is one of the world's leading social science institutions and one of the few institutions with a truly worldwide reputation. Our faculty, many of whom have joined us from top-ranked business schools, produce research across the management discipline and work as advisers to business, industry and governments alike. Our community and our networks are uniquely international and globally diverse. We can offer you a unique business education experience. Our programmes are top-ranked by the Financial Times and combine the academic rigour, for which the School is internationally known and respected, with elements of the practical application of a top-ranked MBA. Above all, we teach you how to think critically and

140 graduate prospectus Department of Management

The Group has expertise across a broad range of areas within the information systems field, with a particular focus on social and organisational issues related to information and communication technology (ICT) innovation. ICT is absorbing an ever-increasing proportion of the resources of organisations and governments. Consequently, there is a need for people in all professions to understand and assess the complex interactions between information technology and people. To do this it is essential to look beyond the technologies themselves and investigate the social and organisational contexts in which they are constructed and which they continuously influence. The Groups research and teaching emphasise the need to continuously explore the opportunities that technology provides. It seeks to understand the technological, organisational, social and economic factors that influence successful innovation. Using a variety of approaches from management and the social sciences, it explores the current problems of developing and managing information systems in organisations and developing appropriate policy responses. Members of staff are active in the International Federation of Information Processing, the Association of Information Systems, British Computer Society and other national and international organisations. The Groups strong research base feeds into graduate teaching to produce up-todate, research-led courses which prepare students for careers in the information society. There are numerous opportunities for people with information technology skills with industries that supply information technology and those that use it. Research students generally move on to an academic or research careers.

Management Science Group Management Science has been taught at LSE for over 50 years. Although relatively small, the Group maintains useful links in both teaching and research with related disciplines. Its emphasis is primarily on graduate work and its MSc programme, with its two streams in Operational Research and Decision Sciences, reflects the Groups interests in both hard optimisation techniques and softproblem structuring methods, including decision analysis and system dynamics. Particular strengths within the Group lie in the well established school of mathematical programming, decision sciences and applied research in public policy. Students within the Group come from a wide range of countries, giving a highly international flavour to the study environment. Graduates generally find ready employment in financial institutions, consulting, government departments and software houses. Recent commercial employers include Accenture, Arup, BAE Systems, Barclays, BNP Paribas, The Boston Consulting Group, British Airways, Citigroup, Debenhams, Deloitte, Dresdner Bank, Elexon, El Paso Europe, Ernst & Young, Federal Express, Goldman Sachs, Johnson & Johnson, KPMG, Lloyds TSB, Logica, London Stock Exchange, Morgan Stanley, PA Consulting, PWC Consultants, Proctor & Gamble, Rothschild, Royal Bank of Scotland, Schroders, Virgin Holidays and equivalent organisations overseas. Some students go on to pursue academic careers. Managerial Economics and Strategy Group Established in October 1990, under the directorship of Professor Peter Abell, this

Group (formerly the Interdisciplinary Institute of Management) promotes teaching and research into management, focussing primarily on economics-related research. The Groups research and teaching is dedicated to understanding the structures and strategies of firms, markets, industries and other organisational forms. Their practices, decisions, and interactions provide and respond to incentives and the Groups core belief is that an understanding of the causes and consequences of these incentives is central to management, and the foundation on which to improve organisational practice and corporate performance. The Group is eclectic as to methodology and a wide variety of theoretical and empirical approaches flourish throughout the Group, but all embody the rigour appropriate to scientific investigation.

Dr Yally Avrahampour: Accounting standards; theory of fair value; economics of information and organisation; management accounting in the new manufacturing environment; strategic management accounting; accounting for utilities. Professor Michael Barzelay: New public management, executive leadership, public management, administrative reform, governmental oversight, strategic planning, customer service, performance management. Dr Katie Best: Cultural and creative industries; museums and galleries; tour guides; workplace communication; strategy as practice; organisational interaction; privatisation of higher education; frontline workers. Professor Gwyn Bevan: Performance assessment and regulation of health care, value for money in the NHS in England. Reducing spend on healthcare to create funding for new developments; identifying and reducing unwarranted variations in medical practice. Dr Amitav Chakravarti: Consumer decision making, consumer search and screening behaviour, generic vs brand advertising, consumer behaviour in high-uncertainty markets, consumption of products with a Corporate Social Responsibility association, effects of physical environments on people's thoughts and choices. Dr Marko Coh: Competition in the markets for knowledge workers; social networks in labour markets; brokerage in markets for hard-to-evaluate assets (human capital, technology). Professor Saul Estrin: Business opportunities in emerging markets, privatisation, transition economics and economic development, private sector development, foreign direct investment into transition economies,

Staff and their academic interests


The expertise of our faculty covers all aspects of contemporary management research including accounting, comparative employment relations, decision sciences, e-business, entrepreneurship, finance, government and business relations, human resource management, information systems, innovation, leadership, management of innovation, managerial economics, marketing, negotiation, operations management, operations research, organisational behaviour, outsourcing, pensions, public management and strategy. Central Academic Group Ms Mara Airoldi: Decision analysis and multi-criteria decision analysis; costeffectiveness analysis; performance measures; decision conferencing and requisite modelling; socio-technical aspects in the decision making process.

Department of Management graduate prospectus 141

investment strategies in emerging markets, privatisation in central and eastern Europe, labour and industrial economics, competition and foreign direct investment. Dr Barbara Fasolo: Behavioural decision science, nudge, consumer and marketing decisions, online decisions in domains of wealth and health, tyranny of choice, decision capability, decision style, risk, decision difficulty, multicriteria decisions. Professor Carola Frege: Comparative employment relations, employee participation, employment theory, European employment relations, industrial democracy, racism, trade unions, works councils. Dr Susan Hill: Corporate entrepreneurship and corporate venturing, idea generation, creativity and innovation in organisations, organisational ambidexterity. Dr Brittany Jones: Organisational culture and organisational structure; industry formation and the maintenance of intraindustrial relations. Dr Jonathan Liebenau: Turkey: politics and economics, information systems/ technology, technological innovation, mobile technologies, technology policy, internet, internet technologies, European information society; history of science, technology and medicine, technology management, telecommunications, mobile technologies, wireless technologies, science policy, technical change, informatics. Dr Gilberto Montibeller: Links between problem structuring methods and decision analysis; research frameworks for facilitated decision analysis interventions; decision support under uncertainty; realworld applications of decision analysis in strategic decision making. Dr Theodore (Ted) Piepenbrock: Strategic management; the evolution of business

ecosystems; organisational contingency and configuration theories; strategic leadership and power; innovation. Dr Meredith Rolfe: Individual and organisational decision-making; social networks and social structure; political economy; corporate reputation; media and public opinion; research methodology. Dr Vishal Talwar: Strategic choice and strategic absenting, customer relationships and relationship portfolios, reducing ambiguity in customer portfolio decision making, consumer behaviour in relation to ethical consumption, brand preference and involvement, product lifecycle strategies. Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Group Professor Sarah Ashwin: Comparative employment relations especially Russia and Eastern Europe; gender and employment in Russia. Professor Harry Barkema: Innovation; strategy; teams. Dr Alexandra Beauregard: Work-life conflict and facilitation; diversity; familyfriendly work practices; personality in the workplace. Dr Daniel Beunza: Financial exchanges; socially responsible investment; network theory; identity in organisations. Dr Jonathan Booth: Workplace violence and aggression (cognitive and emotional appraisal and coping processes; team, leadership, and organisational climate influences); employer-supported volunteering, volunteer labour, and corporate social responsibility (relationships among employers, employees, non-profits, and the community); union membership, participation and dispute resolution.

Dr Marta Coelho: Behavioural economics; decision making; experimental economics; negotiation; strategy and entrepreneurship; public policy; industrial economics; applied microeconomics. Professor Jacqueline Coyle-Shapiro: Employment relationship: social exchange theory, psychological contracts and perceived organisational support; organisational justice, organisational change; organisational citizenship behaviour; retaliatory behaviour in organisations. Dr Shoshana Dobrow: Careers; meaning of work and callings; mentorship and developmental networks; longitudinal research Dr Virginia Doellgast: Comparative employment relations; comparative human resource management; work organisation and teams; special interest in service work restructuring in the US and Germany. Dr Eddy Donnelly: Comparative employment relations; employment relations; employment regulation; collective bargaining systems; trade unions. A Seear Fellow who coordinates the Business Links Scheme. Dr David Henderson: Leadership; crosscultural management; group and team process; organisational communication; interpersonal relationships. Dr Hyun-Jung Lee: Workplace diversity; cross-cultural management; acculturation and identification process; happiness and well-being. Dr Connson Locke: Leadership; followership; communication; power; voice and silence; upward influence; gender stereotypes; participative decision making. Dr Daniela Lup: Inter-personal and inter-organisational networks; uncertainty and signals in markets; social status; financial markets

Professor David Marsden: Comparative employment systems; pay inequality and economic performance; incentives, performance related pay, industrial relations and training in Western Europe; integration of European labour markets. Dr Sandy Pepper: Impact of incentives and reward on the motivation of senior executives; strategic planning, structures, governance and operations of networked organisations; the relationship between management theory and practice. Dr Fei Qin: Transnational labour markets; international migration and entrepreneurship; careers and mobility; social networks and job search; employment relations in global supply chains. Dr Tara Reich: The relational and social context of workplace aggression; sexual harassment. Dr Emma Soane: Leadership; personality; employee engagement; decision making; risk; personal development. Linda Walker: Flexible working, especially part-time working; volunteering for charities and employability skills in education; a Seear Fellow who coordinates the professional skills workshops. Professor Paul Willman: Employment regimes; regulation of employment; collective action; risk seeking behaviour. Information Systems and Innovation Group Professor Chrisanthi Avgerou: Information systems development and management; information systems in developing countries; IT and organisational change. Dr James Backhouse: Managing information risks in the digital age; information risk and assurance; power, politics, and institutionalisation; identity management,

142 graduate prospectus Department of Management

privacy and security; certification and security management standards. Dr Antonio Cordella: Relationships between IT and organisations, forms and behaviours; information systems infrastructures; actor network theory and information systems; electronic commerce; e-government. Dr Tony Cornford: IS implementation; IT in health care; socio-technical and socio-cognitive approaches to IS; open source software process. Professor Jannis Kallinikos: Information and communication technologies and emerging organisation forms; technology and social structure; information growth. Dr Ela Klecun-Taylor: Health information systems and telehealth; evaluation of information systems; application of critical theory in information systems. Professor Frank Land: Information management; applications of IT; investments in information systems; technology transfer and management of change; policy issues; knowledge management; ethics and information systems. Dr Shirin Madon: IS in developing countries; e-government and telecentre projects for development; integrated health information systems in developing countries. Dr Nathalie Mitev: Information technology and organisational change; strategic information systems; information systems failures; electronic markets; global distribution systems; computerised reservation systems; air, rail transport and tourism; sociology of technology. Dr Susan Scott: Strategic use of information systems in financial services; organisational risk and IT-enabled risk management; enterprise information systems.

Dr Steve Smithson: IS evaluation; e-commerce; IS management and use within organisations. Dr Carsten Srensen: Information services and organisational innovation; mobile and ubiquitous technology; internet technology; computer supported collaborative work; software engineering. Professional services automation; interaction management; information overload. Dr Will Venters: Information systems development; software engineering; sociotechnical approaches to information systems; knowledge management; action research. Dr Edgar Whitley: Identity cards/identity management; actor network theory; privacy; research methodology. Professor Leslie Willcocks: ICTs and innovation; IT and business process outsourcing; social theory and philosophy for IS; IS human capabilities and skills; information management, technology work and globalisation. Management Science Group Dr Nikolaos Argyris: Multi-objective optimisation; mathematical programming; multi-criteria decision analysis; data envelopment analysis. Dr David Lane: System dynamics for group decision support; social theoretic foundations of soft operational research (OR); synthesis of soft OR approaches; applications of system dynamics to strategy and healthcare policy. Dr Alec Morton: Decision analysis approaches to prioritisation and resource allocation, especially in the National Health Service; normative foundations of healthcare resource allocation; interactive multiobjective methods; game theory in audit, inspection and security.

Dr Katerina Papadaki: Discrete stochastic dynamic programming; online estimation of discrete monotone functions; price directed methods. Professor Gregory Sorkin: Random structures and algorithms; combinatorial optimisation. Professor Richard Steinberg: Combinatorial auctions and mechanism design; internet economics; the marketing/manufacturing interface; transportation networks Dr Lzl Vgh: Fundamental questions in combinatorial optimisation related to connectivity, flows, matchings and matroids, and their applications to other areas such as mathematical economics, algorithmic game theory and network design. Dr Giacomo Zambelli: Polyhedral combinatorics; integer programming; combinatorial optimisation, 0/1 matrices; graph theory. Managerial Economics and Strategy Group Dr Jordi Blanes i Vidal: Economics of organisations; information economics; financial economics; public economics; law and economics. Dr Marta Coelho: Behavioural economics and decision making; strategy and entrepreneurship; industrial economics and applied microeconomics; public policy. Professor David de Meza: The property rights theory of the firm; optimism and entrepreneurship; finance and insurance gaps in theory and practice; incentive schemes. Professor Luis Garicano: Economics of acquisition and transmission of knowledge; organising professional service firms; specialisation; culture,

language and codes in organisations; incentives; organisation and strategy. Dr Satoshi Kanazawa: Evolutionary psychology; sex differences in behaviour; intelligence; physical attractiveness. Dr David Lane: System dynamics simulation modelling; strategic decision making; health management; social theory of systems approaches; problem structuring methods; group decision support. Dr Kristof Madarasz: Strategic communication; psychology and economics; decision making; contracts. Dr Emanuel Ornelas: International trade; political economy; industrial organisation. Professor Ignacio Palacios-Huerta: Applied microeconomics; financial markets; investments in education and labour economics; individual decision making; experimental and empirical game theory. Dr Joaquin Poblete: Economics of organisations; contract theory; entrepreneurship; industrial organisation; development economics. Professor Luis Rayo: Contract theory; theory of the firm; biology and economics; information disclosure. Professor Diane Reyniers: Managerial economics; behavioural and experimental economics. Dr Jrn Rothe: Decision and game theory; economic theory; industrial organisation. Dr Yona Rubinstein: The formation of human capital; earnings inequality and the gender gaps in labour market outcomes; formation of trade partners; trade flows and the evaluation of trade barriers; economics of fear and peoples response to terrorism

Department of Management graduate prospectus 143

Dr Catherine Thomas: Multinational firms strategy and structure; empirical organisational economies.

MPhil/PhD Management Visiting Research Students


Application code: N2ZS Business Economics, N6ZD Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour, N2ZT General Management, G52C Information Systems and Innovation, N2ZR Management Science, N1EM (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Applicants should have a UK taught masters degree in a relevant discipline, or the overseas equivalent, with a high merit or distinction overall and a merit in the dissertation (where one exists) Please see the PhD Management programme website for more information on the different programme tracks English requirement: Research score (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All applicants must submit a GRE or GMAT score Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is anESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Management is part of the Global Economic Performance Policy and Management group of accredited programmes for ESRCfunding (see page 32). If the Business Economics Track is taken, this is part of the Economics group of accredited programmes

Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in two rounds, with funding deadlines of 11 January and 26 April. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents by one of these two deadlines

Opportunities for research


Our PhD programme draws upon the excellent general and specialised knowledge of the management disciple available across the Department. The programme features five distinct tracks: Business Economics  Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour General Management Information Systems and Innovation Management Science Each track resides within one of our five academic groups. The programme is deeply rooted in both the theory and practice of management. Students undertake research at the cutting edge of the social science disciplines within the management field working alongside leading scholars in their area. The programme will provide grounding in the scope and theories of management and the challenges of research design. Students will have the opportunity to develop a detailed knowledge and understanding of how these disciplines blend together in tackling the real problems that face organisations. Students should expect their research to contribute to the further intellectual development of these disciplines be it in a theoretical, empirical or

144 graduate prospectus Department of Management

policy-oriented manner. Please consult the Department of Management website for detailed information on each of the available tracks. We welcome applications from applicants with a strong academic background. Students must meet high standards in all these fields and must apply their training to the construction of a research paper designed to underpin subsequent doctoral research. When applying, students should outline their proposed research clearly, ensuring that they cover each of the topics which we expect to be contained within a research proposal. For further information regarding our PhD programme please see lse.ac.uk/ management/phd

MSc Public Management and Governance (see page 154)

Executive programmes
Global Masters in Management (see page 234) TRIUM Executive MBA (with HEC Paris and NYU Stern) (see page 236)

Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013

About the MSc programme


The MSc Economics and Management programme is delivered jointly with the Department of Economics one of the largest and most esteemed economics departments in the world, renowned for its research and contributions to the development of the subject area (please see the Department of Economics entry on page 64 for more information). The programme is aimed at students with a strong analytical and quantitative background who wish to combine an applied focus on economics at master's level with analytical courses in the management area. What distinguishes this degree both from MBA programmes offered elsewhere and from other programmes currently offered within the School is that it combines the same level of analytical training as the LSE MSc Economics degree with the more applied scope and coverage characteristic of master's degrees in management schools. Building on this foundation, you will be well equipped to go either to PhD-level study or to employment opportunities in industry, finance or consulting.

MSc Economics and Management


Application code: N2U5 Start date: Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics beginsearly September 2013 Duration: 10 months full time only (10 month mastersprogrammesare not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see page 11) Intake/applications in 2011: 23/296 Minimum entry requirement: First class bachelors degree or equivalent in Economics (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: Graduates of non-UK institutions are required to submit a GRE or GMATscore. GRE is preferred Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). The MScEconomics and Management is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32)

MSc programmes
MSc Economics and Management (with the Department of Economics) (see page 144) MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management (see page 145) MSc International Management (see page 146) Masters in Management (with CEMS and exchange options) (see page 147) MSc Management and Human Resources (see page 149) MSc Management, Information Systems and Innovation (see page 149) MSc Management, Organisations and Governance (see page 150) MSc Management Science (see page 152) MSc Management and Strategy (see page 153) MSc Organisational Behaviour (see page 154)

you would receive on an MSc Economics programme combined with a focus on understanding firms' market strategies. Particular emphasis is placed during this course on both developing analytical skills and on showing how these analytical skills can be deployed in practical strategic settings. Beyond the Firms and Markets course, you take an Econometrics Methods course which also runs over two terms. During the first term you will develop your understanding of graduate-level econometric methods, and obtain a thorough grounding in their application to empirical problems. The second term covers new developments in the use of econometric methods within the industrial organisation field. During the first term you will also take a compulsory course in Corporate Finance, and you will have the option of continuing with Corporate Finance in the second term. A further optional course offered in the second term covers areas such as the analysis of globalisation and strategy, and builds directly on analytical tools developed in the Firms and Markets course. You also have optional courses which cover management accounting, strategic thinking and strategy for the information economy. To succeed on the programme you need to prove that you can work to a very high standard and have excellent analytical ability. You should have concentrated exclusively in your first degree on economics or quantitative subjects (not business studies), with standard courses in intermediate macro and microeconomics, and a number of advanced courses that use these as prerequisites. You should have a solid quantitative background with at least a year of calculus and statistics and should, for instance, know how to handle maximisation of a function of several variables subject to constraints, and be able to explain what is meant by an efficient estimator. The

Programme details
The programme is built around a core course entitled Firms and Markets which is delivered by Professor John Sutton and Professor Luis Garicano two of the most eminent economists in their respective fiends. The course runs over two terms and provides the same graduate-level microeconomics

Department of Management graduate prospectus 145

core economics and econometrics courses assume a knowledge of constrained optimisation, matrix algebra and basic statistics. You will be required to attend an introductory course in mathematics and statistics before the main teaching programme starts in October. You will only be considered for the programme if you have the equivalent of first class honours in your first degree. If you graduated from a non-UK institution you must have taken the GRE (preferred) or GMAT test no more than five years before applying, and must include the test scores with your application as the test gives us an indication of aptitude for economics. Typically we expect candidates to score in the top 10 per cent in the quantitative section of the test (ie, in the 90th percentile or higher). A higher score will count in your favour, but other information, such as course grades and references will matter more in the overall evaluation. We recognise that if your first language is not English, the verbal test will present special difficulties and we make allowances for this. If you do not have a high concentration of economics courses in your undergraduate degree then we recommend that you consider applying for the two-year MSc Economics instead of this programme.

directly entered PhD programmes upon completion of the degree. For further information on the programme please see: lse.ac.uk/em

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Firms and Markets Econometric Methods Corporate Finance A* Extended Essay*

MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management


Application code: N6U5 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full time Intake/applications in 2011: 45/573 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement:All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE or GMAT Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions Note: Opportunity to progress to European Masters in Labour Studies with one of a number of partner institutions (see page 10)

taught by leading comparative scholars whose research spans a range of organisational settings in North America, Europe and Asia. In contrast to the MSc Management and Human Resources, the MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management has a stronger emphasis on international and comparative work and offers students a broader choice among specialised topics of study through optional courses and dissertation research. The key features of the programme include: Multidisciplinary training  Focus on comparative and international topics Wide choice of options International faculty  Opportunity to pursue a European Masters in Labour Studies The curriculum is built around two compulsory courses. International Employment Relations introduces students to different employment relations systems, examining the causes of these national differences and their consequences for employees and firms. Globalisation and Human Resource Management focuses on the strategic challenges global corporations face in managing human resources across national and organisational boundaries, and the ways in which diverse stakeholders seek to influence these strategies. Students also write a 10,000 word dissertation and choose up to four half-unit options based on their interests and career goals. The wide range of available options on the MSc allows students to explore different disciplinary approaches to analysing the employment relationship, including those of organisational behaviour, sociology, comparative politics, and law. Students

Options
Choose two from the following: Globalisation and Strategy* Thinking Strategically* Systems Thinking and Strategic Modelling* The World Trading System* Strategy for the Information Economy* Applied Corporate Finance* Corporate Finance Theory* Management Accounting, Decisions and Control* The Future of the Multinational Firm* Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid* Behavioural Economics for Management* Note: Not all options may be available in every year. Subject to the approval of the course tutor Students may choose an outside option, ie a course which is not on the above list, with the approval of the academic adviser and course leader.

Career prospects
The programme has been designed with potential employers in mind and you will find good employment opportunities in business, consulting or finance. Previous students have secured positions at top employers such as Accenture, Bain & Company, the Boston Consulting Group, Citi, Deloitte, Google, KPMG, LEK, McKinsey & Company, Monitor Group, PwC, Roland Berger and the World Bank. A number of students have also

About the MSc programme


This MSc is designed to give students the tools to develop and evaluate successful employment relations and human resource management policies in a rapidly changing global economy. The programmes mixture of disciplinary rigour and international expertise prepares our graduates for work in a variety of areas, including international management, human resource management, labour unions, government, consultancy, and academic and policy research. It is

146 graduate prospectus Department of Management

can also take more specialised courses in corporate social responsibility, negotiation analysis, and reward systems, as well as comparative and international courses offered across LSE. The strong comparative focus of the degree prepares our students for leadership roles in international business and government, which increasingly require familiarity with the diverse institutions encountered in developed and emerging economies. The compulsory courses focus on examples from Europe, Asia and the United States; while options and dissertation work give students the opportunity to study other countries in more depth. Students can also extend their studies beyond the end of the MSc by way of the European Masters in Labour Studies, which allows entry to around a dozen other participating universities. The programme is based in the Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Group, within the Department of Management. Applicants normally require a first or upper second class honours degree (or the overseas equivalent) to be considered for a place. Appropriate work experience is useful, but not essential. Applicants may also need an English language test score at the higher grade specified by the School.

Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour Management of Human Resources: Strategies and Policy* Leadership in Organisations: Theory and Practice* The Dark Side of the Organisation* Organisational Behaviour* Organisational change* Negotiation Analysis* Managing Diversity in Organisations* Organisational Theory* Reward Systems: Key Models and Practices* Personnel Economics* Social Network Analysis and Strategies* International and Comparative Management International and Comparative Human Resource Management* Cross Cultural Management* Leading Entrepreneurial Organisations in Global Markets* The Future of the Multinational Firm* Business in the Global Environment* The Social Legal and Political Context of Employment Relations and HRM Managing Globalisation* European Models of Capitalism* Interest Representation and Economic Policy-Making in Europe* Patterns of Economic Integration in Europe: Institutions and Politics of EMU* Human Resource Management and Employment Regulation* Public Policy Responses to International Migration*

Employment Law* Corporate Social Responsibility and International Labour Standards* Human Rights in the Workplace* Sociology of Employment I: Social Relations at Work* Sociology of Employment II: Contemporary Management and Globalisation* Feminist Economics and Policy: An Introduction* An optional course from the others offered at MSc level within the School (subject to approval)

About the MSc programme


The MSc International Management degree offers the opportunity to combine an analytical approach to studying management at LSE with the more practical approachof an MBA programme.All students spend a term abroad at a prestigious MBA school in North America or Asia.After completing the degree, students often go on to careers in banking, consulting or in multinational companies.

Applications
Interested students should contact the coordinator, Ms Laura Gnata(l.gnata@lse. ac.uk) for further information on availability of places and the application criteria. Students must take four half unit courses at LSE, courses to the value of one full unit at a school/university abroad, and a 10,000 word dissertation.

MSc International International Management


Application code: N1UQ Start date:3 October 2013. Some students are required to participate in pre-sessional courses during September Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 27/284 Minimum entry requirement: A first class or very good 2.1 degree (or equivalent) in management or a management related subject such as economics.Applicants must have taken courses in maths, statistics and economics (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All applicants must submit a GRE or GMAT Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None Note: This programme includes a term abroad at a partner institution

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Either Business in the Global Environment* or The World Trading System* Dissertation

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) International Employment Relations* Globalisation and Human Resource Management* Dissertation

Options
Courses to the value ofone and a halfunits from: Incentives and Governance in Organisations* International Marketing: A Strategic Approach* The Analysis of Strategy A* Systems Thinking and Strategic Modelling* Negotiation Analysis* Personnel Economics*

Options
Choose a total of two full units from:

Department of Management graduate prospectus 147

Management of Human Resources: Strategies and Policies* Accounting in the Global Economy* Empirical Strategy for Managerial Economics Research* Managing Digital Business* Business in the Global Environment* or The World Trading System* One half unit from other available courses at the School if not previously taken

Application deadline: None rolling admissions Exchange options: Students have the opportunity to combine this programme with either the Financial Times top-ranked CEMS Masters in International Management (MIM) degree or the MiM Exchange

About the MSc programme


This two-year Masters in Management (MiM) programme is an academically rigorous degree which is designed to prepare you for a management career in a variety of sectors and organisations. The programme is intended for students coming from undergraduate programmes in any discipline who seek to accelerate their career options. Work experience of any length is a strong advantage and should be explained in your application statement together with a resume. We accept students from a broad spectrum of academic backgrounds, which might include natural sciences, engineering or the humanities. Although there are no specific academic prerequisites, the programme does require a readiness to engage with quantitative concepts and modes of analysis. You will be required to attend a pre-sessional course, covering managerial economics and quantitative methods in September in order to fully prepare you for the programme.

Term abroad
Courses to the value of one unit to be taken at one of the IMEX partner schools.

of organisational behaviour, economic and political institutions, which will give you a crucial understanding of the context in which institutional and global business managers must operate. Second year courses include strategy, a business project and a dissertation. Throughout the first and second years, you can study a wide range of option courses offered by departments across the School. This breadth of choice allows you to tailor your programme exactly to your career interest enabling you to choose between a broader perspective of management, one suitable for a prospective management consultant, or a specialisation in a particular area of interest; for example globalisation, the world economy, finance or many more. You will be expected to complete a summer internship and you also have the opportunity to gain valuable international experience by combining the programme with either the Financial Times top-ranked CEMS Master's in International Management (MIM) degree or the MiM Exchange, both of which include a term abroad. Key features of the programme include:  Integrative and multidisciplinary approach: The programme will teach the essential elements of management. You take compulsory courses in managerial economics, organisational behaviour, the foundations of management, quantitative and qualitative analysis as well as strategy, organisations and innovation T  he LSE experience: You may select courses from departments across the whole of LSE in order to tailor the programme exactly to your needs and interests  Professional Development Programme (PDP): A customised professional career development programme delivered in partnership with our careers office to

ensure you achieve the best possible internships and employment prospects, as well as a strong personal career path in management  Internship: You will seek an internship for the summer break after year one, allowing you to sample a particular industry or company. Internships may also lead to fulltime career opportunities  CEMS Global Alliance in Management Education: The opportunity to combine the programme with the CEMS Master's in International Management (CEMS MIM) degree to earn two degrees  MiM Exchange: Option to study abroad at a prestigious business school in Asia, Europe or North America.

Masters in Management
Application code: N1UH Start date: All students are required to participate in introductory courses during September 2013 Duration: 24 months full-time Intake/applications in 2011: 123/562 Minimum entry requirement: 1st or good upper second class bachelors degree or equivalent in any subject (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE or GMAT Fee level: 22,176 (first year only), second year fees to be confirmed Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) plus some scholarships

CEMS Masters in International Management (CEMS Global Alliance in Management Education)


As LSE is the sole CEMS partner school in the United Kingdom you have the opportunity to combine the programme with the Financial Times top-ranked CEMS Master's in International Management (CEMS MIM) degree, which includes a term abroad at a CEMS partner school. CEMS is a strategic consortium of almost 30 member schools from four continents, over 60 corporate partners, NGO social partners and over 6,000 alumni which was founded in 1988. The CEMS Master's in International Management (CEMS MIM), the world's first supra-national MSc degree, provides toplevel international business education and professional experiences for multilingual, multicultural graduate students capable of working anywhere in the world. If you are interested in choosing the CEMS degree option you will be asked to apply formally upon completion

Programme details
The first year provides an integrative and multidisciplinary grounding in the fundamentals of management. Courses covering managerial economics, finance and quantitative methods provide you with rigorous training in the analytical skills needed for business. You will also take courses which develop your understanding

148 graduate prospectus Department of Management

of your first term at LSE. See www. cems.org or the Department of Management website for more information about the CEMS curriculum.

Qualitative Analysis in Management* Students who have already taken statistics at university level covering quantitative analysis can choose a half unit course from: Techniques of Operational Research* Applied Regression Analysis* Multivariate Analysis and Measurement*

Leading Entreprenurial Organisations in Global Markets* Global Business Management* An outside option (with approval) Students will have the opportunity to undertake an internship of around ten weeks, normally during the summer vacation in their first year. subject to approval

The Future of the Multinational Firm* Thinking Strategically* Finance I* Advanced Behavioural Decision Making* Operations Management* Innovating Organisational Information Technology* Strategy for the Information Economy* Finance II* (Finance I is a prerequisite for this course) International and Comparative Human Resource Management* Negotiation Analysis* Incentives and Governance in Organisations* Global Strategy Management and Information Systems* International Employment Relations*

MiM Exchange
You may alternatively take advantage of the opportunity to combine the programme with an exchange term abroad at one of a select list of prestigious business schools in Asia, Europe or North America; including the Johnson School of Management at Cornell University, HEC Paris, the School of Economics and Management at Tsinghua University and Fudan University School of Management. If you are interested in taking advantage of this option you will be asked to apply formally upon completion of your first term at LSE.

Options
Choose to the value of one full unit from: Global Political Economy and Development I* International Institutions and Late Development* History and Theory of European Integration* Globalisation, Gender and Development International Political Economy* Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications (Key Concepts and Interdisciplinary Approaches)* Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications (Processes of Communication in Modern Life)* Open Innovation* European Models of Capitalism* Patterns of Economic Integration in Europe* Concepts in Political Economy* Globalisation and Democracy* International Political Economy of the Environment Economic Diplomacy* Politics of Money in the World Economy* Comparative Political Economy* The Future of the Multinational Firm* Finance I*

Year 2 Compulsory courses


Cross Cultural Management* (compulsory for CEMS only) Strategy, Organisation and Innovation* Dissertation*

Career prospects
The programme offers excellent employment opportunities to both earlycareer and more experienced graduates. Employers have included top firms form consulting, industry and finance such as: Barclays, BP, Cisco, Deloitte, Diageo, Ernst & Young, Google, HSBC, KPMG, L'Oreal, Lazard, Louis Vuitton, UBS, Morgan Stanley, P&G, PwC, The Boston Consulting Group, Thomson Reuters, Unilever For further information on the programme please see: lse.ac.uk/mim

Options
Choose a total of three full units (CEMS: one half unit, MIM Exchange: one full unit)from the following: Accounting, Strategy and Control* Accountability, Organisations and Risk Management* Management of Human Resources: Strategies and Policies* Emerging Markets, Political Transition and Economic Development in Central and Eastern Europe* Financial Reporting and Management: Management Accounting, Strategy and Control* Financial Reporting and Management: Financial Reporting* Applied Corporate Finance* International Marketing:A Strategic Approach*

Design and Management of Organisations* Public Management: a Strategic Approach* Techniques of Operational Research* Systems Dynamics Modelling* Principles of Decision Sciences* Innovation and Technology Management* Entrepreneurial Strategy* Personnel Economics* The Dark Side of the Organisation* Leadership in Organisations: Theory and Practice* Firms, Markets and Crises* Financial Reporting, Capital Markets and Business Combinations* Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid* Social Network Analysis and Strategies* Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid

Yearone Compulsory courses


(* half unit) Managerial Economics* Organisational Behaviour* Foundations of Management Quantitative Analysis in Management*

Department of Management graduate prospectus 149

Behavioural Economics for Management* Managing Digital Business* Business and Organisational Ethics* Students may also choose an outside option (with approval) or optional courses from year one Please be aware that due to excessive demand popular courses may be capped, and some option combinations are likely to clash. See lse.ac.uk/courseCapping

The programme has been designed so as to allow students to satisfy the educational requirements of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) professional level of membership. Students will be given the opportunity to participate in workshops that help to develop the skills and competencies required by the CIPD and, if required, will be given assistance in applying for CIPD membership. Applicants normally require a first class or upper second class honours degree (or the overseas equivalent) to be accepted onto the programme. In exceptional cases, where candidates lack the required academic attainments, relevant work experience may be taken into account. However, please note that the programme is academically demanding. Students are expected to be inquisitive and thoughtful, to have good writing skills, and to be willing to focus on research methods; however, a social science degree is not a prerequisite. We find that well-motivated people wishing to change disciplines or careers can produce as impressive results as those seeking to deepen their social science knowledge. If appropriate, applicants will need to pass an English language test at the higher level specified by the School. The programme carries a very heavy workload. As well as a full academic timetable, students wishing to satisfy the CIPD educational requirements must attend ten all-day workshops aimed at developing competencies essential for an HR professional. Additionally, students will be required to carry out a business project in connection with their dissertation. There is a potential opportunity to extend your studies beyond the end of

the programme through the European Master's in Labour Studies (see page 10) programme, which allows you entry to around 12 other participating universities. Graduates of this programme have gone on to a wide range of careers in human resource management and consultancy, both in the private and public sectors, in the UK and across the world.

Options
International and Comparative Human Resource Management* Cross Cultural Management* Leadership in Organisations: Theory and Practice* The Dark Side of the Organisation* Organisational Change* International Employment Relations*

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Foundations in Business and Management for HR* Management of Human Resources: Strategies and Policy* Organisational Behaviour* Dissertation Human Resource Policy and Practice (for students wishing to satisfy the educational requirements of the CIPD) Choose one pathway from: Pathway A Globalisation and Human Resource Management* Courses to the value of one full unit from the options list below Pathway B Contemporary Issues in Human Resource Management* Reward Systems: Key Models and Practices* Courses to the value of half a unit from the options list below Pathway C Courses to the value of one and a half units from the options list below

Negotiation Analysis* Managing Diversity in Organisations* Organisational Theory* Reward Systems: Key Models and Practices* Globalisation and Human Resource Management* Corporate Social Responsibility and International Labour Standards* Contemporary Issues in Human Resource Management* Employment Law* Human Rights in the Workplace* Personnel Economics* Human Resource Management and Employment Regulation* Leading Entrepreneurial Organisations in Global Markets* An MSc level course from another programme, subject to approval if not already taken See also MSc International Employment Relations and Human Resource Management and MSc Organisational Behaviour

MSc Management and Human Resources


Application code: N6U4 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time Intake/applications in 2011: 43/624 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE or GMAT Fee level: 19,434 Financial Support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling Note: This programme gives access to the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

About the MSc programme


This programme in human resource management (HRM) primarily takes a managerial perspective and places HRM in a wider business context. The programme is based in the Employment Relations and Organisational Behaviour Group.

150 graduate prospectus Department of Management

MSc Management, Information Systems and Innovation (MISI)


Application code: G5U4 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 78/330 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or equivalent in any discipline.We admit students with diverse academic backgrounds. These include business studies and computer science graduates; students are also welcome with other degrees in social and natural sciences where they are wishing to transfer their focus towards management, the internet and innovation (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE or GMAT Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Claudio Ciborra scholarship fund(one award of 5,000) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

 There are numerous career opportunities for people with management and information technology skills. These opportunities lie in general IS management careers and analyst roles, in various industries that supply information technology (including consultancies), and those that use it. You should have a good undergraduate degree (in a relevant area). A basic familiarity with IT is essential, and we view work experience positively. In the selection process we pay particular attention to your academic interests and purpose of study. In the Michaelmas term the programme develops general managerial and theoretical competencies in ICT innovation delivered via three compulsory half units. In the Lent term, you will take three half unit options, two of which must be from within the same stream and the third can be taken from the other stream or from a list of other alternatives. This provides you with the opportunity for a more in-depth study and the chance to specialise. Your course selection is made in discussion with your academic adviser, taking into account your background, intellectual interests and career aspirations. Not all options run each year. In the summer term students start work on the full unit dissertation.

You must also complete a 10,000 word dissertation based on a project that will cover some aspect of information systems development or management

Options
Choose two half unit coursesfrom within one of the following two streams:

Stream one: Management of IS and Global Sourcing


Managing Information Risk and Security in Business* Management and Economics of E-Business* Global Sourcing of Business and IT Services* ehealth: Policy, Strategy and Systems*

Stream two: The Internet and Information Services


Information Technology and Service Innovation* Convergence and Information Management* Information Systems for the Public Sector* Data Governance: Privacy, Openness and Transparency* Choose one half unit course from the other stream, or from another MSc programme in the Department of Management or from another department at the School, with permission.

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Information Systems and Innovation Group and offers the following benefits:  Teaching is closely linked to new research in the field.  We have extensive contacts with Londonbased and international businesses and governmental organisations.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Innovation and Information Systems: Concepts and Perspectives* Innovating Organisational Information Technology* Global Strategy Management, and Information Systems*

MSc Management, Management, Organisations and Governance


Application code: N2U6 Start date:3 October2013

Department of Management graduate prospectus 151

Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 65/416 Minimum entry requirement: 1st or good upper 2nd class bachelors degree or equivalent, preferably in social science (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE or GMAT score Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) plus some scholarships Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Programme details
Key features of the programme include:  An introduction to important design issues in the governance of organisations and markets  A focus on the analysis and design of effective global business strategies and organisational practices in a wide range of economic, technical, and societal contexts.  The opportunity to develop your entrepreneurial skills by working in a small team tasked with the creation and growth of a new organisation examining topics such as leadership roles, idea generation, group development, market evaluation, organisational design, resource issues, performance evaluation and growth.  Exposure to issues of operational and strategic significance, and their managerial consequences within modern organisations.  Analysis of the particular problems confronting organisations which adopt hybrid structures and seek to build interorganisational alliances across markets and economies. The core curriculum focuses on organisations within the economy and society, management practice, entrepreneurship and innovation. The available options allow you to specialise in economic or technological aspects of management, human resource management, innovation, accounting and finance, operations management, strategy, and many other fields. The programme is, through the range of options available, particularly suited to candidates seeking to deliver solutions to issues of organisational behaviour and change management, corporate strategy, entrepreneurship, accounting

and management control, business and public policy, global and cross-cultural management and the management of extended organisations.

Management Accounting, Decisions and Control* Systems Thinking and Strategic Modelling* System Dynamics Modelling* Management of Human Resources* International and Comparative Human Resource Management* Negotiation Analysis* Leadership in Organisations: Theory and Practice* Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Change* Organisational Theory* Corporate Social Responsibility and International Labour Standards* Innovation and Technology Management* Open Innovation* The Future of the Multinational Firm* Thinking Strategically* Public Management: A Strategic Approach* International Marketing: A Strategic Approach* Advanced Behavioural Decision Making* Operations Management* Management Accounting, Strategy and Organisational Control* Accounting, Strategy and Control* Aspects of Designing Information Services* Designing Information Services Reward System: Key Models and Practices* Corporate Social Responsibility and International Labour Standards* Organisational Theory* The Dark Sideof the Organisation* Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid*

Career prospects
The programme has provided excellent career prospects for early-career graduates, seeking entry to graduate programmes at top global firms, as well as for experienced graduates looked to reposition themselves for more senior roles. We have alumni in major consulting companies such as Accenture, the Boston Consulting Group, Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PwC, as well as in a wide range of governmental and non-governmental organisations throughout the world such as the BBC, the Department of Foreign Affairs (Canada) and the United Nations. As a result of the entrepreneurial focus of the programme we have also had a number of students go on to set up their own thriving businesses. For further information on the programme please see: lse.ac.uk/mog

About the MSc programme


This challenging and highly distinctive one year programme offers a rigorous interdisciplinary social science perspective on the practice of management. It is aimed at exceptional individuals aspiring to the highest levels of management seniority, whether in strategic or operational management in the corporate, governmental or not-for-profit sectors. The programme is an advanced degree based around the issues, approaches and tools for the management and governance of organisations. It presents a balance between the management, conceptual and analytical approaches which impact both practice and theory. Students may come from a variety of backgrounds but should have a basic knowledge of the social sciences.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Organisations in the Economy and Society Enterprise Development* Innovation in Organisations* A research project/dissertation related to a topic from the above courses will be required (6,000 words).

Options
Students choose courses to the value of one and a halfunits from the following: Accountability, Organisations and Risk Management*

152 graduate prospectus Department of Management

Managing Information Risk and Security in Business* Global Business Management* Information Technology and Service Innovation* Firms, Markets and Crises* Social Network Analysis and Strategies* Management andEconomics of E-Business* Business and Organisational Ethics* Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid Managing Digital Business* May not be taken together Students may take options not on this list, up to the value of one unit, with the approval of the programme director.

GRE/GMAT requirement: Submitting a GRE score is highly recommended Fee level: 18,432 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

The programme involves completing the equivalent of three full units and a project report or dissertation. Contact hours for the taught elements of the programme (ie notApplied Management Science or Management Science Dissertation) will be approximately 200. Graduates from the Group generally find ready employment in financial institutions, consultancies, government departments and software houses both here and overseas, while some go on to pursue academic careers.

Operational Research and Decision Sciences in Practice* Operations Management* Financial Accounting, Reporting and Disclosure* Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Change* Innovating Organisational Information Technology* Search Games* Solving Unsolvable Problems: NPcompleteness and how to cope with it* Time Series* Global Business Management* At least one option must be chosen from the firsteight listed.

About the MSc programme


This programme (divided into two streams)is based in the Management Science Group (formerly known as Operational Research) and offers the following benefits:  The chance to choose options that reflect your interests.  Teaching which takes students up to the frontiers of research in management science.  Preparation for employment in management consultancies, major companies and organisations in the public and voluntary sectors.  An opportunity to learn about theory in action by engaging in an organisation based project. You should normally have at leasta good upper second class degree or equivalent in a relevant discipline, and should have taken first year university mathematics and statistics courses. If you do not meet all these criteria, but have relevant postdegree work experience and an enquiring mind, we would encourage you to apply. This MSc will give you a firm grounding in management science techniques and enable you to develop interests in theoretical or applied areas of your choice. This includes the opportunity to study new developments in the area of your choice: operational research or decision sciences.

Operational Research Stream Compulsory courses


(* half unit) Techniques of Operational Research* Computer Modelling: Applied Statistics and Simulation* Model Building in Mathematical Programming* Either Applied Management Science or Dissertation: MSc Management Science

MScManagementScience (OperationalResearch) MScManagementScience (DecisionSciences)


Application code: N2U1 (OR), N2U3 (DS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/Applications in 2011: 73/481 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in a relevant discipline, including first year university mathematics and statistics course. Appropriate work experience also considered (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37)

Decision SciencesStream Compulsory courses


(* half unit) Computer Modelling: Applied Statistics and Simulation* Principles of Decision Sciences* Advanced Decision Sciences* Either Applied Management Science or Dissertation: MSc Management Science

Options
Choosethree from below: Mathematical Programming: Theory and Algorithms* Advanced Behavioural Decision Making* Combinatorial Optimisation* Advanced Topics in Operational Research* EitherSystems Thinking and Strategic Modelling*or System Dynamics Modelling* Principles of Decision Sciences* Advanced Decision Sciences*

Options
Choose three from below: Techniques of Operational Research* Advanced Behavioural Decision Making* Advanced Topics in Operational Research* EitherSystems Thinking and Strategic Modelling*or System Dynamics Modelling*

Department of Management graduate prospectus 153

Operational Research and Decision Sciences in Practice* Operations Management* Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Change* Game Theory I* The Analysis of Strategy A* Global Business Management* Solving Unsolvable Problems: NPcompleteness and how to cope with it* At least one option must be chosen from the first five listed Towards the end of the programme you can choose eitherto experience the practical world ofoperational research or decision sciences through a three month summer project where you apply theory to tackle a real problem in an organisation, presented as a written management report, or to undertake a dissertation on a research subject of your choice. Note that not all options are available every year. Additional specialist topics may also be available. You can take other masters level options taught at the School with permission.

Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, engineering or science discipline (see page 34) English requirement:Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All applicants must submit a GRE or GMAT Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

description. The degree is not suitable for students who are looking for an MBA. The various courses are based on a wide variety of academic disciplines. In the core courses there is a particular emphasis on managerial economics and its relevance for organisation and strategy. The degree does not require prior knowledge of economics, but it assumes a basic interest in and openness to economic reasoning. We provide week-long pre-sessional courses in quantitative methods and managerial economics for accepted applicants with insufficient background. The degree comprises four core courses: two in strategy and two in organisation (one in each term). In addition, students can choose three optional courses from a range of subjects including an extended real-world case study. Finance is covered in the core courses and may additionally be chosen as an option. Students must also write a dissertation. Teaching consists of lectures and smaller seminars. Many seminars are also based on case studies, and much of the work for the seminars in the core courses and for the extended case study is based on teamwork in study groups. To be eligible to apply for the programme you should have obtained at least a good upper second class honours degree or its equivalent (eg GPA 3.5) in a social science, engineering or science discipline. In addition, all applicants are required to take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) and submit results with their application forms. You need to have a basic knowledge of statistics, mathematical analysis and economics for the core course. Two one-week introductory courses in Mathematics and Statistics for Management and in Economics for

Management, are run every September prior to the start of the programme. Students whose knowledge of mathematics and economics is considered to be below the standard required to enter the programme may be offered a place conditional on their attendance at one or both of these courses. Graduates of the BSc Management programme at the School are permitted to take the MSc Management and Strategy programme, however we generally encourage applying for the MSc International Management programme instead. Students who have graduated from the programme have gone on to pursue careers in management consultancy; banking; accountancy; further study (MPhil/PhD); marketing; public sector management and retail management.

About the MSc programme


The MSc Management and Strategy is a one-year programme for students interested in an analytical approach to management. The programme is aimed at students with some quantitative background. This includes students with a first degree in engineering, science, or a social science, who have had some quantitative training (in elementary calculus and basic statistics). The degree may also appeal to students with a first degree in economics, or an economics-related subject, as an alternative to the MSc Economics and Management, and to students with a degree in a management-related subject who are looking for a more rigorous approach to management. Applications from graduates in the humanities and other subjects are also welcome but must demonstrate basic competence in quantitative methods. Like most degrees in the School, the programme is academic, not vocational. In contrast to an MBA the emphasis in this degree is on thinking and understanding, not doing, and on analysis rather than mere

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Incentives and Governance in Organisations* The Analysis of Strategy (A)* The Analysis of Strategy (B)* Design and Management of Organisations* Dissertation*

MSc Management and Strategy


Application code: N1UG Start date: 3 October 2013. Some students are required to participate inintroductory courses during September Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 65/448

Options
Choose two half units from: Public Management Theory and Doctrine* Public Management: A Strategic Approach* Negotiation Analysis* Entrepreneurial Strategy* International Marketing: A Strategic Approach* Systems Thinking and Strategic Modelling*

154 graduate prospectus Department of Management

Business in the Global Environment* Personnel Economics* Evolutionary Psychology and Management* The World Trading System* Strategy for the Information Economy* Management Accounting, Decisions and Control* Corporate FinanceA* Case Study in Management and Strategy* Empirical Strategy for Managerial Economics Research* Leading Entrepreneurial Organisations in Global Markets* Behavioural Economics for Management* Choose one from the following: Valuation and Security Analysis* Accounting in the Global Economy* Financial Accounting, Reporting and Disclosure* Applied Corporate Finance* Asset Markets A* Any other half unit graduate course at LSE with permission or any unchosen half unit course from the options above

management related discipline or psychology (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) Fee level: 22,176 GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non-UK institutions must submit a GRE or GMAT Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

The programme consists of four compulsory half unit courses and an empirical based 10,000 word research dissertation. Courses offer discipline-based teaching in Organisational Change, Leadership, Organisational Theory, and other topics relevant to understanding behaviour and social processes in organisations. Students will select two options from the list below or will take two methodology courses if they intend to pursue the Group PhD upon completion of the programme. Applicants will normally need a first or upper second class honours degree (or the overseas equivalent) to be considered for a place. Limited work experience is useful, but not essential. If appropriate, you may also need an Englishlanguage test score at the higherlevel specified by the School.Students who have substantial work experience might want to consider the MSc in Organisational and Social Psychology.

Reward System: Key Models and Practices* Theory and Practice of Organisational Development* The Dark Side of the Organisation* Leading Entrepreneurial Organisations in Global Markets* Social Network Analysis and Strategies* Knowledge Processes in Organisations* Students wishing to pursue the EROB PhD must take the following Methodology Institute courses: Applied Regression Analysis* Multivariate Analysis and Measurement*

About the MSc programme


This MSc is designed to provide students who have limited or no work experience with a comprehensive and solid grounding in organisational behaviour and its applications to management. The programme complements the other specialist MSc degrees within the EROB group and the broader portfolio of degrees offered in the Department of Management. The programme offers the following benefits:  An in-depth approach to understanding the fundamental issues of behaviour and change in organisations at the individual, group and organisational levels.  Exposure to emerging themes in the study of organisational behaviour.  A unique approach to bridging the academic-practitioner divide through an Engaged Self and Scholarship workshop which focuses on theorydriven practical skills.  The opportunity to study organisational behaviour in a research-led Department with a truly worldwide reputation.

MSc Public Management and Governance


Application code: N2U7 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 39/256 Minimum entry requirement: First or good upper second class bachelors degree or equivalent, preferably in social sciences. Preference will be given to applicants with some work experience or student involvement in activities relevant to this degree (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30), plus some scholarships Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Advanced and Emerging Topics in Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Change* Organisational Theory* Dissertation

MSc Organisational Behaviour


Application code:N6U6 Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 12 months full-time Intake/applications in 2011: 19/161 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or first class degree preferablyin a

Options
Choose two half units from: Cross-Cultural Management* Organisational and Social Decision Making* Leadership in Organisations: Theory and Practice* Managing Diversity in Organisations*

Department of Management graduate prospectus 155

About the MSc programme


The MSc Public Management and Governance builds on the Schools international reputation in public policy. Public management and governance is an interdisciplinary field with roots in a number of academic disciplines. The study of public management and governance is primarily concerned with developing, delivering, and evaluating public policy programmes. Publiclygoverned organisations play crucial roles in conducting each of these processes. For this reason, it is important to understand how to develop and assess public policy programmes as well as how to devise means for publicly-governed organisations to make their contribution to programme outcomes and impact. The issue of public governance has become increasingly important with perceived failings of professional selfregulation, the emergence of multi-level systems of political jurisdictions and administrations and the expanded role of the private sector in delivering publiclyfinanced services. The programme offers an opportunity for you to gain an in-depth education in this field, as well as to become skilled in using this knowledge in responding to policy and management challenges in internationally diverse practice settings. The programme attracts pre-career applicants with a high level of academic achievement, as well as mid-career applicants with significant accomplishments in public service.

as optional courses (one and a half units overall) and a compulsory 6,000-word half unit dissertation. The programme also features a variety of guest talks by practitioners in the field. The Public Management and Governance core course, which is broken into fourmodules, focusses on organisations as contexts for developing and delivering programmes, and as targets of policies and reforms in public governance. The first module is primarily concerned with how managing within organisations can be geared to developing locally novel practices that play critical roles in contributing to programme development and operation. A distinctive feature of this module is a focus on the use of design thinking by varied subject matter experts as part of the innovation process. The second module focuses on public governance topics, including whole-ofgovernment management reforms and the structuring of financing, commercial, and control arrangements for the delivery of asset-intensive public services, such as public-private partnerships. The third module approaches the subject of public management and governance from the functional perspective of accounting, control, and auditing. A distinctive feature of this module is its focus on both the internal management and external governance aspects of local practices patterned on standards and techniques rooted in the work of the accounting and auditing professions. The functional perspective in the fourth module is that of human resource management, which examines the role of careers, performance management, and reward arrangements in the structuring of public services. This module gives you a grounding in the management of human resources

Cassie Chambers MSc Public Management and Governance Berea, Kentucky, USA

As someone with experience working in many types of policy institutions, I thought I knew what to expect when I began the PMG programme. Studying public institutions from the perspective of this programme, however, completely changed my view of government and how it operates. I learned to combine economic evaluations, political realities, and management logistics to design and analyze policies in new and interesting ways. This multi-layered approach to policy has given me a tool box to help me achieve my goal of creating national health policy that improves peoples lives. I will carry this perspective with me as I begin the law and government concentration at Harvard Law School next year, and I am confident that my experience in PMG will greatly enhance my ability to analyze, design, and argue for laws and policies that have a tangible, positive impact.

Programme details
The programme consists of four units: two compulsory core courses (two units overall) which are described below, as well

156 graduate prospectus Department of Management

within the public sector, and will give an appreciation of the importance of international differences between public sector employment systems. By the end of this course, you will be able to use the study of public management as a source of multiple reference points in designing responses to managerial challenges as they arise in public organisational and programme settings. As such, you will understand public management in a way that complements your study of policy analysis, evaluation and implementation. The Policy Analysis, Evaluation and Implementation core course develops and applies economic concepts to public management and governance. Its focus is on the analysis and evaluation of policies and issues that arise in their implementation. If you have not studied economics you are required to do so with selected readings from a standard textbook before you arrive at the School and to continue this study through a series of lectures in the induction week at the start of the programme. The course is organised into three elements. The first term focuses on methods of economic appraisal and evaluation (cost benefit analysis, cost-effectiveness analysis and multi-criteria decision analysis) and issues that arise in their practical application. The second term focuses on systems of allocating resources to, and delivering, public services illustrated by examples from healthcare and education. One theme explored is the use of choice and competition in quasi-markets and contracting to private and public providers, with issues in contractual design and from principal/agent problems. The third element is a supervised group project which analyses a problem in public policy. The seminars for the course are organised with groups debating issues in the social sciences (such as the problems of measurement, the nature

of power in society, positivism, equity and fairness) and public policy (such as pension reform, climate change, publication of school league tables and student fees). By the end of the course, you will be able to understand the objectives and difficulties of: m  ethods of economic appraisal and evaluation s  ystems of resource allocation and paying providers p  aying providers for services delivered at standard prices quasi-markets m  easuring performance in targets and league tables You will also learn how successful policy implementation is often dependent upon the ways in which it is designed.

Options
(* half unit) Choose courses to the value of one and half units from: Accountability, Organisations and Risk Management* Management Accounting and Financial Accounting: Decisions, Control, Reporting and Disclosure Management Accounting, Decision and Control* Financial Accounting, Reporting and Disclosure Public Management of Development* Policy-Making in the European Union* The Economics of European Social Policy* Public Budgeting and Financial Management Negotiation Analysis* Information Systems for the Public Sector* Data Governance: Privacy, Openness and Transparency* Introduction to Regulation* European Administrative Law Policing and Police Powers* Public Management:A Strategic Approach* Advanced Behavioural Decision Making* System Dynamics Modelling* Foundations of Health Policy*

Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid* Risk and Governance: A Sociological Approach* Leading Entrepreneurial Organisations in Global Markets* Global Business Management* Social Network Analysis and Strategies* Business and Organisational Ethics* Innovation and Technology Management Business Model Innovation at the Base of the Pyramid Managing Digital Business* Organisational and Social Decision Making* Organisational Behaviour* Organisational Change*

Career prospects
The programme has been designed with employers in mind and our students have gone on to work in government and the public sector in their home countries, international agencies or professional services firms. Employers have included the Office of the President of the United States, the UK Prime Ministers Strategy Unit, the OECD, the United Nations, Booz & Company, Deloitte, McKinsey & Company, PA Consulting and PwC. For further information on the programme please see: lse.ac.uk/pmg

Compulsory courses
Public Management and Governance Policy Analysis, Evaluation and Implementation Dissertation*

Social Policy: Goals and Issues* Education Policy, Reform and Financing* Social Policy: Organisation and Innovation* Regulation, Risk, and Economic Life Behavioural Public Policy*

Department of Mathematics graduate prospectus 157

Department of Mathematics
lse.ac.uk/maths
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 55 Research: 13 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 18 RAE: 45 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location:Columbia House Department regularly attracts eminent visiting academics. The Department has close ties with other departments at LSE, such as Statistics, Finance, Economics and Management, and we are an integral part of the mathematical community of the University of London. The Department provides a friendly and supportive environment. Students are part of a community of scholars, and are well-placed to pursue a career building on their academic accomplishments and the skills acquired during their time in the Department. Further information on the Mathematics Department can be found on our website: lse.ac.uk/maths

Professor Martin Anthony: Mathematical aspects of machine learning, particularly probabilistic modelling of learning and discrete mathematical problems in the theory of learning, data mining and artificial neural networks; Boolean function classes and their representations. Dr Tugkan Batu: Algorithms and theory of computation, particularly randomised computation, (sublinear) algorithms on massive data sets, property testing, and computational statistics. Dr Julia Bttcher: Extremal combinatorics, random and quasi-random discrete structures, Ramsey theory, algorithmical and structural graph theory, graph colouring. Professor Graham Brightwell: Combinatorics in general, especially finite partially ordered sets, probabilistic methods, and algorithmic aspects. Dr Albina Danilova: Stochastic calculus and financial mathematics, in particular: filtering, enlargement of filtrations and stochastic control and optimisation; derivatives pricing and hedging in incomplete markets and/ or under asymmetric information, utility maximisation and equilibrium. Dr Pavel Gapeev: Stochastic analysis and its applications in financial mathematics, and optimal stopping problems arising in mathematical statistics and finance, in particular optimal stochastic control, interest rate models, and credit risk theory. Professor Olivier Gossner: Game theory, theoretical economics, and statistics. More specifically, games with incomplete information, entropy and codification, and repeated games. Professor Jan van den Heuvel: Discrete mathematics in general, in particular graph theory, algorithmic aspects of graph

theory, applications of graph theory, and matroid theory. Dr Arne Lokka: Stochastic analysis, Malliavin calculus for pure jump processes, filtering, optimal stopping problems, valuation of investment decisions, derivative pricing and hedging in incomplete markets. Professor Adam Ostaszewski: Applicable mathematics (mathematical finance, with a particular interest in real options and accounting theory, including corporate disclosure policy; bargaining theory) and pure mathematics (set-theoretic topology, and regular and analytic variation). Dr Ron Peretz: Repeated games with bounded complexity, information theoretic techniques in game theory and search games. Dr Amol Sasane: Applied analysis, in particular, control theoretic problems for models described by partial differential equations. Dr Robert Simon: Stochastic games and dynamic systems, games of incomplete information, ergodic theory and topology, matroids and other shellable simplicial complexes. Dr Jozef Skokan: Various topics in combinatorics and graph theory. In particular, extremal set theory, quasirandom structures, probabilistic combinatorics, discrete geometry, graph theory, combinatorial games and topics in theoretical computer science. Professor Bernhard von Stengel: Game theory (efficient computation of equilibria, theory of online algorithms), extensive form games, correlated equilibria, pivoting algorithms in linear programming and in linear complementarity problems; polytope theory. Dr Konrad Swanepoel: Combinatorial and discrete geometry; axiomatic

About the Department


The LSE Mathematics Department is internationally recognised for its teaching and research. Located within a world class social science institution, the Department aims to be a leading centre for mathematics in the social sciences. The Department is well known for its research excellence in discrete mathematics and algorithms, game theory and financial mathematics. All staff in the Department were entered for the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE): 45 per cent of the work submitted was deemed to be either internationally excellent or world leading, with almost all the remainder being internationally recognised. We run weekly research seminars covering the Department's research interests, which are attended by many people from both inside and outside LSE. We also host informal lunchtime seminars and reading groups, on a weekly basis. The

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Peter Allen: Extremal and random combinatorics; in particular Ramsey theory, extremal (hyper)graph theory, extremal theorems on (quasi)random structures, and algorithmic aspects thereof.

158 graduate prospectus Department of Mathematics

geometry; finite geometries; geometry of finite-dimensional normed spaces; geometric shortest networks, such as Steiner minimal trees and the FermatTorricelli problem; extremal combinatorics. Dr Luitgard Veraart: Financial mathematics particularly optimal investment problems, stochastic volatility models, pricing of derivatives, risk management in financial markets. Professor Mihail Zervos: Stochastic analysis, stochastic control and optimisation, optimal stopping problems, valuation of investment decisions and investments in real options, options of American type, derivative pricing in incomplete markets, weather derivatives. More information on our research, including a number of research papers, can be found in the 'Research' section of our website: lse.ac.uk/maths/Research

Students may also apply directly to the Department of Mathematics for potential other sources of funding Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

Applicants are invited to follow the advice offered on our website at lse.ac.uk/ maths/Research

mathematics, probability and stochastics, optimisation (dependent on option choices).  Emphasis on algorithms and computational techniques.  Opportunity to improve personal skills, including logical reasoning, quantitative analysis, independent learning and the presentation of technical results.  Preparation for a range of careers in industry, finance, government and research.  Opportunity to take courses in related disciplines such as economics, finance, operational research and statistics. Applicants should normally possess at least an upper second class honours degree in a mathematically based subject from a UK university, or an equivalent qualification from overseas. Candidates with degrees in scientific, engineering or social science subjects will be considered, provided that they have a strong background in the concepts and techniques of mathematics. Prior knowledge of computational mathematics and social science applications is not required. All courses are half units unless otherwise stated, and students will study modules to the value of four full units. This means that the teaching on each half unit lasts for roughly ten weeks, with lectures, and classes or seminars. The average number of taught contact hours is approximately 12 hours per week (depending on the course modules chosen). Lecturers also offer weekly office hours. In addition, you will undertake a project, equivalent to a full unit, in an appropriate branch of mathematics, and present your work in the form of a dissertation.

Taught programmes
MSc Applicable Mathematics (see page 158) MSc Financial Mathematics (see page 159)

MSc Applicable Mathematics


Application code: G1U2 Start date: 3 October 2013

Opportunities for research


Supervision for MPhil and PhD research is available in: combinatorics, combinatorial optimisation, theory of computation and algorithms, computational learning theory, control theory, financial mathematics, game theory, graph theory, and in the applications of mathematics in areas such as telecommunications and economics. Our minimum entry requirement is a merit or higher in an MSc in a relevant area of mathematics. Students have access to the Schools library and to the libraries of other colleges of the University of London, and also benefit from the Schools and the Departments comprehensive computing and information facilities. Mathematics PhD students attend appropriate taught courses provided by either the London Taught Course Centre for PhD students in the mathematical sciences, or the London Graduate School in Financial Mathematics, depending on the focus of their research.

Duration: 12 months full-time Intake/applications in 2011: 28/267 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in a mathematically-based subject, or a scientific, engineering or social science subject with excellent mathematics background (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

MPhil/PhD Mathematics Visiting Research Students


Application code: G1ZM (MPhil/PhD), G1EM (VRS) Start date: Intake at the start of Michaelmas, Lent and Summer terms Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in a taught masters degree in a relevant area English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31).

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Mathematics and offers the following benefits:  Increased knowledge of mathematics, in particular in the following areas: algorithms, game theory, discrete

Department of Mathematics graduate prospectus 159

The Department's relatively small size enables us to pay greater attention to individual students needs.

Mathematical Programming: Theory and Algorithms* Model Building in Mathematical Programming* Modelling in Applied Statistics and Simulation* Non-Linear Dynamics and the Analysis of Real Time Series* Principles of Finance Quantitative Methods for Finance and Risk Analysis* Stochastic Processes* Techniques of Operational Research* Time Series* Another half unit in mathematics or any other course with the agreement of the MSc Programme Director and the teacher responsible for the course

GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 22,176 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (seepage 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

of Mathematics, the Department of Finance and the Department of Statistics. This MSc is mathematically advanced, and applicants should have a very strong mathematics background and a minimum of a BSc degree of first or good upper second class in mathematics or a mathematics-based subject, or an equivalent qualification. Prior knowledge of finance or computing is not required. The programme starts with a compulsory pre-sessional course, the purpose of which is to introduce some key concepts and techniques of relevant mathematical theory, such as probability. The pre-sessional course also includes an introduction to programming in C++. Students are required to take courses to the value offour full units: this usually equates to approximately 12 contact hours per week in the two main teaching terms (depending on the course modules chosen there may be some variety of practice depending on which department teaches the course). Lecturers also offer weekly office hours.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Algorithms and Computation* Dissertation in Mathematics

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Mathematics, and is taught in collaboration with the Department of Finance and the Department of Statistics. The programme provides high-level instruction in the mathematical theory underlying finance, and training in appropriate computational methods. It offers the following benefits: F  ocus on the development of student understanding of quantitative methodologies and techniques that are important for a range of jobs in investment banks and other financial institutions.  Research-led teaching that aims at enhancing students critical appreciation of major issues and emerging theory in the area of financial mathematics.  Preparation for a range of careers in the financial sector, industry and research.  Opportunity to improve personal skills, including logical reasoning, quantitative analysis, independent learning and the presentation of technical results. This programme aims to develop students' understanding of the foundations of financial mathematics, and to equip them with knowledge of a range of mathematical and computational techniques that are required for a variety of quantitative positions in the financial sector. It draws on LSE's strengths in finance and related areas, and includes compulsory and optional courses given by the Department

Options
Mathematics - choose three from: Continuous-Time Optimisation* Discrete Mathematics and Complexity* Functional Analysis and its Applications* Games of Incomplete Information* Game Theory* Information, Communication and Cryptography* Preferences, Optimal Portfolio Choice, and Equilibrium* Probability and Measure* Search Games* Stochastic Analysis* Quantifying Risk and Modelling Alternative Markets* Social Sciences choose to the value of one full unit from: Advanced Microeconomics Auctions and Game Theory* Combinatorial Optimisation* Derivatives* Econometric Analysis Financial Risk Analysis*

MSc Financial Mathematics


Application code: G1U3 Start date: Mandatory pre-sessional course begins mid September 2013 Duration: 10 months full-time (including pre-sessional) (10 month masters programmesare not compliant with the Bologna process which may affect the extent to which they are recognised. For more information on Bologna please see page 12) Intake/applications in 2011: 27/772 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree in mathematics or another mathematics based subject (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37)

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) The Mathematics of the Black and Scholes Theory* The Foundations of Interest Rate and Credit Risk Theory* Stochastic Processes* Fixed Income Markets* Computational Methods in Finance*

Options
Choose to a total of one and half units: At least one from:

160 graduate prospectus

Department of Media and Communications

Game Theory I* Quantifying Risk and Modelling Alternative Markets* Probability and Measure* Stochastic Analysis* Preferences, Optimal Portfolio Choice, and Equilibrium* Stochastics for Derivatives Modelling* Recent Developments in Finance and Insurance* Introduction to Markov Processes and Their Applications* Up to two from: Financial Risk Analysis* Forecasting Financial Time Series* Derivatives* Quantitative Methods for Finance and Risk Analysis* Portfolio Management* International Finance* Principles of Finance Time Series* Life Insurance* Non-life Insurance* Any other course, with the agreement of the course lecturer and the programme director

Department of Media and Communications


lse.ac.uk/media@lse
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 183 Research: 22 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 16 RAE: 75 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: St Clements one of the worlds media capitals, and has excellent links with media and communication industries and policy makers in the UK. All the MSc programmes in the Department of Media and Communications offer the following benefits:  An intensive, high quality graduate education in media and communications.  A broad social science foundation in qualitative, quantitative, empirical and critical skills.  A diverse, multi-disciplinary and theoretically-oriented approach to contemporary developments, issues and debates in the field.  A range of specialist courses within media and communications and related fields, including an independent empirical research project.  An intellectually stimulating, wellresourced learning environment, with strong links to media and communications industries and policy makers.

 The opportunity for lively cross-cultural exchange of ideas among a dynamic group of fellow students in the Department and School.  Study with internationally-recognised active researchers with expertise in media and communications and politics and democracy, regulation and policy, technological change, audiences, globalisation, culture, and more. As a rule, most half unit courses in the Department are taught as a weekly lecture (one hour) and a weekly seminar (one hour), so two hours for each half unit course.Check the graduate course guide in the Calendar for each course for further details and for information on courses outside the Department. The core courses in the Department are taught as follows:  Theoriesand Concepts Iand II Weekly lecture (one hour) and weekly seminar (one and a halfhours)  (Advanced) Methods of Research Michaelmas term, weekly lecture (one hour), weekly statistics lecture (two hours), weekly statistics class (one hour). Lent term, a number of workshops (three hours each)  Dissertation Lent term, symposium (two hours), two group supervisions (two hours). Summer term, symposium (two hours), group supervision (two hours).Ad hoc individual supervision throughout Lent term and Summer term. Our PhD programme and our MSc Media and Communications (Research) programme are recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council's 1+3 and +3 schemes and by the Arts and Humanities Research Council. Home and EU offer holders may be eligible for nomination for ESRC or AHRC funding.

About the Department


The Department of Media and Communications is interdisciplinary and draws upon resources and support from the Departments of Sociology, International Development,Geography and Environment, Government and Law, the Information Systems and Innovation Group, and the Gender and Social Psychology Institutes. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise carried out by the Higher Education Funding Council for England, the Department was ranked third in the UK on grade point average. The aim of the Department is to bring together teaching and research in media and communications from across the social sciences, with a strong focus on media, communication and technological change and their implications for social, economic and political life, as well as for media and communications policy. The Department benefits from LSEs geographical location at the heart of

Department of Media and Communications graduate prospectus 161

Demand for programmes is high and we have to be selective when offering places. We recommend that you apply early.

Dr Bingchun Meng: Political economy of media and information industries; copyright regulation and creative activities; new media. Dr Shani Orgad: Media and everyday life; media and globalisation; narrative and media; health and new media; internet and computer mediated communication. Professor Terhi Rantanen: Globalisation and media; media history; international news; media in post-communist countries. Dr Damian Tambini: Media and communications regulation and policy.

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Nick Anstead: New political communication, electoral and campaigning politics, engagement and citizenship, the evolution of political institutions and their relationship with technology. Dr Shaku Banaji: Political contexts and the media, South Asian media, audiences and texts, social and civic uses of the internet, youth participation. Dr Bart Cammaerts: Participatory democracy, globalisation/ transnationalisation; public sphere, power, social change; counter-hegemonic strategies of resistance. Professor Lilie Chouliaraki: Social and cultural theory; ethics and political philosophy; corporate communication; communication theory and discourse studies. Dr Myria Georgiou: Diaspora, migration and transnationalism, identity, community and the media. Dr Ellen Helsper: Social and digital exclusion; mediated identity and relationships; cross-cultural comparisons; quantitative methods in media and communications research. Professor Sonia Livingstone: Social contexts and consequences of new media; media audiences (uses, reception, effects); children and young peoples use of the internet; media literacy. Professor Robin Mansell: Information and communication technologies and services; social exclusion, policy and regulation of older and newer media.

Both MPhil/PhD programmes in the department are part of the Social Sciencegroup of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). Depending on the topic, AHRC funding is also available(see page 33). UK/EU students are eligible for nomination for Research Council funding. Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in two rounds, with funding deadlines of 11 January and 21 February. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents by one of these two deadlines

phone or skype) with potential supervisors and/or PhD Programme Director. On admission, students are allocated a principal supervisor, a second supervisor, and a thesis committee. They initially register for the MPhil and follow a taught programme which involves coursework that is formally assessed. This normally includes core taught theoretical courses in the department, the Research Seminar in Media, Communications and Culture, and a broad training in research methods together with specialist courses selected in discussion with their supervisors. Towards the end of their first year, they will produce a 10,000 word research proposal. This paper will include a substantive statement of the aims, theories and methods proposed for the thesis, a tentative chapter outline, an indicative bibliography and a timetable for its completion. Evaluation of this paper, together with an oral examination based on the thesis proposal and the submission of satisfactory coursework, will contribute to assessing whether students are permitted to upgrade from MPhil to PhD and continue into their second year.

MPhil/PhD Media and Communications MPhil/PhD New Media, Innovation and Literacy Visiting Research Students
Application code: P4ZM (MPhil/ PhD Media and Communications), P3ZN (MPhil/PhD New Media Innovation and Literacy),P4E1 (Visiting Research Students) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3-4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in a taught masters degree in social science or humanities English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre.

Opportunities for research


We welcome applications from wellqualified students for admission as an MPhil/PhD student to our two doctoral programmes: PhD in Media and Communications and PhD in New Media, Innovation and Literacy. Candidates should have a good pass (minimum of 65 and, preferably, above 65 in their Dissertation) in an appropriate master's degree from a British university or equivalent qualification. You will need to have a clear sense of your research topic so that we can match your interests with supervisors. We encourage you to discuss your application in advance of formal submission. Formal applications include two academic reference letters, a piece of already assessed written work (for instance, an MSc essay) and must be accompanied by a 2,000-2,500 word research proposal. The admissions process further includes an interview (in person,

Taught programmes
MSc Gender,Media and Culture (see page 87) MSc Double Degree in Global Media and Communications (see page 220) MSc Media and Communications (see page 162) MSc Media and Communications (Media and Communication Governance) (see page 163) MSc Media and Communications (Research) (see page 162

162 graduate prospectus Department of Media and Communications

MSc Media, Communication and Development (see page 165) MSc Politics and Communication (see page 166)

About the MSc programme


These programmes offer an intensive, year-long exploration of a wide range of contemporary issues in media and communications. They aim to provide:  A broad based understanding of the development and forms of media systems in relation to political economy, regulation and power, production and organisation, processes of mediation and influence, communication content and audience response.  An up to date engagement with diverse theoretical, conceptual and empirical developments in research on media and communications.  A mix of core and optional courses, culminating in an independent research project in media and communications, that provides an ideal preparation for research or employment in media and communications and related fields.  The flexibility to tailor the programme to pursue particular topics of interest by selecting from a wide range of courses taught by leading experts in the Department of Media and Communications and other departments at LSE. The Research track programme also provides advanced research training, enhancing students methodological and statistical skills. This degree offers:  Research training for students wishing to undertake MPhil/PhD degrees.  Advanced methodological training as preparation for research-related careers.  Recognition by the Economic and Social Research Council (1+3 and +3 schemes) and the Arts and Humanities Research Council.

MScMediaand Communications MScMediaand Communications (Research)


Application codes: P4U1 (P4U6 Research) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 65/547 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, or degreein another field with professional experience in the media and communications field. Exceptionally, professional experience alone (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). TheMSc Media and Communications (Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions. For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013

Students may also apply for the Media and Communication Governance stream of the MSc Media and Communications. This will enable them to follow courses with a focus on strategy, governance and regulation in the media and communication sectors, including courses related to media regulation and law. We attract students from a diverse range of backgrounds, often including professional experience working in media and communications related fields. Indeed, the opportunity for cross-cultural meetings and exchange of ideas among the student body is a valuable feature of studying at LSE. You should have at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent in a social science subject. We particularly welcome applications from those with professional experience in the media and communication fields and, in this case, we would accept a degree in other subjects. Exceptionally we may consider professional experience instead of a first degree. On graduating, our students enter a variety of careers in the UK and abroad, including broadcasting, journalism, advertising, new media industries, political marketing, market research, regulation and policy, media management and research in both public and private sectors. See lse.ac.uk/media@lse/alumni

The programmes run for a full calendar year. Formal teaching is usually completed by the end of the Lent term. Examinations for all courses are generally held during May and June. The remaining months are set aside for students to complete their dissertations, and it is not normally essential for students to remain in London during these months. Part-time students will normally take and be examined in courses to the value of two units in each year of study. In the first year, these two units, selected in discussion with the student's academic adviser, will usually include the compulsory theoretical course(s) and one or more option course(s). The methods course(s) and the dissertation are then usually taken in the second year, together with the remaining option course(s). Students may be permitted to vary the courses to be taken in each year with the approval of their academic adviser. Please note that we do not provide a practical training in journalism, production, campaigning or media management.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications I(Key concepts and interdisciplinary approaches)* and Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications II(Processes of communication in modern life)* Methods of Research in Media and Communications (including Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis* (for students on the non-research track) Advanced Methods of Research in Media and Communication (including Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis) (for students on the research track)

Teaching and assessment


The programmes consist of four units, including required and optional courses and the dissertation. Courses typically involve a combination of lectures and seminars. The Methods of Research course is taught as a series of lectures and practical classes. You will be examined by written examinations, research assignments, essays related to courses and the dissertation, which must be submitted in the summer.

Department of Media and Communications graduate prospectus 163

Dissertation

Interpersonal Mediated Communication* The Social Psychology of Communication Technology, Power and Culture* Science, Technology and Resistance* Psychoanalysis and Communication* Qualitative Research With NonTraditional Data* Film Theory and World Cinema* Digital Media Futures* Current Issues in Media and Communications: Policies for ICTs, Society and Development* Representation in the Age of Globalisation* Any other half unit paper which is offered in the School at masters level, subject to the consent of the student's teachers Students must take option courses to the value of at least one half unit from the Media and Communications Department. Please refer to the School's policy on course capping: lse.ac.uk/courseCapping Please note that the availability of option courses is dependent upon a number of factors and thus neither the School nor the Department of Media and Communications can guarantee that all options will be available each year.

Options
Choose to the value of one and a half units (one unit for students on the research track) : Screening the Present: Contemporary Cinema and Cultural Critique * Interpretations of Information* Convergence and Information Management* Media and Communications Regulations* Media Law: Regulating Publication* Media Law: Regulating Newsgathering* Critical Approaches to Media, Communication and Development* Media and Communication Governance* The Audience in Media and Communications* Mediated Resistance and Citizens* Political Communication* Media, Technology and Everyday Life* Contemporary Issues in Media and Communications Policy* The Social Psychology of Economic Life* Gender and the Media Representation* Innovation and Information Systems: Concepts and Perspectives* Cultural Constructions of the Body* International Media and The Global South* Information, Communication and Knowledge Systems* Identity, Transnationalism and the Media* Critical Studies in Media and Journalism* Global Media Industries*

Intake/Applicationsin 2011: 65/547 (including main programme and research stream) Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, or degreein another field with professional experience in the media and communications field. Exceptionally, professional experience alone (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). Application deadline: None rolling admissions

A  mix of compulsory and optional courses, culminating in an independent research project in media and communications (media and communication governance), that provides an ideal preparation for research or employment in media and communications and related fields of policy, regulation and/or information systems analysis.  The flexibility to tailor the programme to pursue particular topics of interest by selecting from a wide range of courses taught by leading experts in the Department of Media and Communications and other departments at LSE. We attract students from a diverse range of backgrounds, often including professional experience working in media and communications related fields. Indeed, the opportunity for cross-cultural meetings and exchange of ideas among the student body is a valuable feature of studying at LSE. You should have at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent in a social science subject. We particularly welcome applications from those with professional experience in the media and communication fields and, in this case, we would accept a degree in other subjects. The Department of Media and Communications requires applicants in receipt of a conditional offer to meet those conditions before registration and before the start of the Michaelmas term. On graduating, our students enter a variety of careers in the UK and abroad, including broadcasting, journalism, advertising, new media industries, political marketing, market research, regulation and policy, media management and research in both public and private sectors. Visit lse.ac.uk/ media@lse/alumni for more information.

About the MSc programme


This programme offers an intensive, year-long exploration of a wide range of contemporary issues in media and communications specifically concerned with the emergence of new forms of media and communication governance. The MSc Media and Communications (Media and Communication Governance) aims to provide:  A broad based understanding of the institutions and regulations that structure the development of media and communication systems. Theprogramme covers policy, regulatory, legal and economic aspects of media and communication services.  An up-to-date engagement with diverse theoretical, conceptual and empirical developments in research on media and communications, specifically relating to communication governance at the regional, national and international levels.

MSc Media and Communications (Media and Communication Governance)


Application codes: P3U3 Start date:3 October2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time

164 graduate prospectus Department of Media and Communications

Teaching and assessment


The programme consists of four units, including required and optional courses and the dissertation. Courses typically involve a combination of lectures and seminars. The Methods of Research course is taught as a series of lectures and practical classes. You will be examined by written examinations, research assignments, essays related to courses and the dissertation, which must be submitted in the summer. The programme runs for a full calendar year. Formal teaching is usually completed by the end of the Lent term. Examinations for all courses are generally held during May and June. The remaining months are set aside for students to complete their dissertations, and it is not normally essential for students to remain in London during these months. Part-time students will normally take and be examined in courses to the value of two units in each year of study. In the first year, these two units, selected in discussion with the student's academic adviser, will usually include the compulsory theoretical course(s) and one or more option course(s). The methods course(s) and the dissertation are then usually taken in the second year, together with the remaining option course(s). Students may be permitted to vary the courses to be taken in each year with the approval of their academic adviser. Please note that we do not provide a practical training in journalism, production, campaigning or media management.

Methods of Research in Media and Communications (including Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis)* Media and Communications Governance* Dissertation

Larissa Brown MSc Politics and Communication Melbourne, Australia

Options
Choose to the value of one full unit: Policy-Making in the European Union* Convergence and Information Management* Innovation and Information Systems: Concepts and Perspectives* Interpretations of Information* Media and Communications Regulation* Media Law: Regulating Publication* Media Law: Regulating Newsgathering* Cyberlaw* Contemporary Issues in Media and Communications Policy* Current Issues in Media and Communications: Policies for ICTs, Society and Development* Plus choose to the value of one half unit: Convergence and Information Management* Interpretations of Information* Mediated Resistance and Citizens* The Audience in Media and Communications* Political Communication* Current Issues in Media and Communications: Policies for ICTs, Society and Development*

Before I came to LSE I was running an environmental NGO in Australia and I was frustrated by how difficult it was to discuss climate change within the current political environment. I wanted to take some time out to get a deeper understanding of the problem and find new solutions. LSE has a strong reputation for teaching political communication in a style that is grounded in both theory and practice. Im not sure if I should admit that this influenced my choice in coming here, but my favourite fictional president, Jed Bartlett from the West Wing also studied at LSE! At LSE, I loved the level of access we had to key political players. After a term of political communications theory I took a course on how to run political campaigns which was taught purely by guest speakers. We had the campaigns and communication director of each of the major British political campaigns come in for two hours each and give us an off the record insider account of how the 2010 election campaigns went and their ideas on the future of campaigning. I was also surprised at the amount of time lecturers gave students. In one of my courses there were only four students and we were given a lot of support while navigating complex theories. My thesis supervisor was fantastic and really pushed me to aim high, bringing academic rigour to my research questions. In an attempt to calm down students worried by exams, the LSE Students Union recently organised a petting zoo on campus. Seeing donkeys, pigs, goats and bunnies lounging around in central London made me laugh and definitely reduced my stress levels! Being in London opened up a lot of new opportunities for me. I joined a group which led to me being asked to participate in and speak at the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos. As part of the WEF, I was invited to have afternoon tea at Buckingham Palace and a few weeks later the Queen came to visit the hall of residence I was living in! I was warmly invited into the sustainability advocacy community of London and became close to many leaders in my field. My friendship group here spans 30+ nationalities and I know that many of these friendships will last long beyond this year.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications I(Key concepts and interdisciplinary approaches)*

Department of Media and Communications graduate prospectus 165

International Media and The Global South* Information, Communication and Knowledge Systems* Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications II(Processes of communication in modern life)* Film Theory and World Cinema* Critical Approaches toMedia, Communications and Development* Global Media Industries* Interpersonal Mediated Communication* Digital Media Futures* The Social Psychology of Economic Life* Any other half unitcourse which is offered in the School at masters level, subject to the consent of the students teachers ( if not already taken) Please refer to the Schools policy on course capping: lse.ac.uk/courseCapping Please note that the availability of option courses is dependent upon a number of factors and thus neither the School nor the Department of Media and Communications can guarantee that all options will be available each year.

field with professional experience in the media and communications field. Exceptionally, professional experience alone (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

South, with a particular emphasis on low income country contexts.  Allow flexibility for students to pursue particular topics of interest in the field of media and communication with an emphasis on issues that arise in low income countries. We attract students from a diverse range of backgrounds, often including professional experience working in media and communications or development related fields. Indeed, the opportunity for cross-cultural meetings and exchange of ideas among the student body is a valuable feature of studying at LSE. You should have at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent in a social science subject. We particularly welcome applications from those with professional experience in the media,communications and/or development fields and, in this case, we would accept a degree in other subjects. Exceptionally, where applicants can demonstrate significant expertise in the field and an ability to cope with the academic demands of the programme, we may consider professional experience as mitigation for degree results that are slightly below the required marks. On graduating, our students enter a variety of careers in the UK and abroad, including broadcasting, journalism, advertising, new media industries, political marketing, market research, regulation and policy, media management and research in both public and private sectors. See lse.ac.uk/media@ lse/alumni

the dissertation. Courses typically involve a combination of lectures and seminars. The Methods of Research course is taught as a series of lectures and practical classes. You will be examined by written examinations, research assignments, essays related to courses, and the dissertation which must be submitted in the summer. The programme runs for a full calendar year. Formal teaching is usually completed by the end of the Lent term. Examinations for all courses are generally held during May and June. The remaining months are set aside for students to complete their dissertations, and it is not normally essential for students to remain in London during these months. Part-time students will normally take and be examined in courses to the value of two units in each year of study. In the first year, these two units, selected in discussion with the students academic adviser, will usually include the compulsory theoretical course(s) and one or more option course(s). The methods course(s) and the dissertation are then usually taken in the second year, together with the remaining option course(s). Students may be permitted to vary the courses to be taken in each year with the approval of their academic adviser. Please note that we do not provide a practical training in journalism, production, campaigning or media management.

About the MSc programme


This programme offers an intensive, year-long exploration of a wide range of contemporary issues in media, communications and development. The main aim of this programme is to offer an advanced interdisciplinary education and training in contemporary theory and research in the field of media and communications and its application in low income country contexts. It aims to:  Provide an opportunity to critically examine the intersection of the fields of media and communications and development research.  Provide research training for students wishing to go on to MPhil/PhD research in the media, communication and development field and for entry to a variety of media, communication and development related careers.  Enable students to develop a critical understanding of a range of theoretical and methodological approaches to the study of media and communication in the Global

MSc Media, Communication and Development


Application code: P3U2 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 36/330 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, or degree in another

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Critical Approaches to Media, Communication and Development* Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications I(Key concepts and interdisciplinary approaches)*

Teaching and assessment


The programme consists of four units, including required and optional courses and

166 graduate prospectus Department of Media and Communications

Methods of Research in Media and Communications (including Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis* Dissertation

Democratisation and its Discontents in Southeast Asia* Information Systems for the Public Sector* Aspects of Information and Communication Technologies and Socio-economic Development* Social Psychology of Health Communication* New Media, Development and Globalisation* Film Theory and World Cinema* Any other half unit paper which is offered in the School at masters level, subject to the consent of the student's teachers NB.Students must take option courses to the value of at least one half unit from the Media and Communications Department. Please refer to the Schools policy on course capping: lse.ac.uk/courseCapping Please note that the availability of option courses is dependent upon a number of factors and thus neither the School nor the Department of Media and Communications can guarantee that all options will be available each year.

English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Options
Choose to the value of one and a half units from the following: Mediated Resistance and Citizens* The Audience in Media and Communications* Political Communication* Current Issues in Media and Communications: Policies for ICTs, Society and Development* International Media and The Global South* Information, Communication and Knowledge Systems* Media and Communication Governance* Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications II (Processes of communication in modern life)* Identity, Transnationalism and the Media* Global Media Industries* Media and Communication Governance* Interpersonal Mediated Communication* Global Political Economy of Development I* International Institutions and Late Development* Gender, Knowledge and Research Practice* Gender and Media Representation* Globalising Sexualities* Cultural Constructions of the Body* Democracy in East and South Asia* The State and Political Institutions in Latin America*

a social science subject. We particularly welcome applications from those with professional experience in the media and communication fields and, in this case, we would accept a degree in other subjects. Exceptionally we may consider professional experience instead of a first degree. The Department of Media and Communications requires applicants in receipt of a conditional offer to meet those conditions before registration and before the start of the Michaelmas term. On graduating, our students enter a variety of careers in the UK and abroad, including broadcasting, journalism, advertising, new media industries, political marketing, market research, regulation and policy, media management and research in both public and private sectors. See lse.ac.uk/media@ lse/alumni

About the MSc programme


This programme offers an intensive, yearlong exploration of the relations between politics, media and communications. It aims to provide:  An advanced understanding of theoretical and applied knowledge in the intersecting fields of politics and communication research.  The flexibility to pursue particular topics of interest in the fields of media, politics and communication, culminating in an independent research project in politics and communications.  The opportunity to take courses taught in the Department of Government, as part of the programme options.  An ideal preparation for research work and employment in media, politics, communication and related fields. We attract students from a diverse range of backgrounds, often including professional experience working in media and communications related fields. Indeed, the opportunity for cross-cultural meetings and exchange of ideas among the student body is a valuable feature of studying at LSE. You should have at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent in

Teaching and assessment


The programme consists of four units, including required and optional courses and the dissertation. Courses typically involve a combination of lectures and seminars. The Methods of Research course is taught as a series of lectures and practical classes. You will be examined by written examinations, research assignments, essays related to courses and the dissertation, which must be submitted in September. The programme runs for a full calendar year. Formal teaching is usually completed by the end of the Lent term. Examinations for all courses are generally held during May and June. The remaining months are set aside for students to complete their dissertations, and it is not normally essential for students to remain in London during these months. Part-time students will normally take and be examined in courses to the value of

MSc Politics and Communication


Application code: P4UA Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 35/216 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science, or degree in another field with professional experience in the media and communications field. Exceptionally, professional experience alone (see page 34)

Methodology Institute graduate prospectus 167

two units in each year of study. In the first year, these two units, selected in discussion with the students academic adviser, will usually include the compulsory theoretical course(s) and one or more option course(s). The methods course(s) and the dissertation are then usually taken in the second year, together with the remaining option course(s). Students may be permitted to vary the courses to be taken in each year with the approval of their academic adviser. Please note that we do not provide a practical training in journalism, production, campaigning or media management.

Information, Communication and Knowledge Systems* Democracy in East and South-East Asia* Citizens' Political Behaviour in Europe: Elections, Public Opinion and Identity* Nationalism Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications II(Processes of communication in modern life)* Modern Campaigning Politics* Critical Studies in Media and Journalism* Global Media Industries* Interpersonal Mediated Communication*

Methodology Institute
lse.ac.uk/ methodologyInstitute
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 26 Research: 6 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 7 RAE: 45 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Columbia House

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Political Communication* Theories and Concepts in Media and Communications (Key concepts and interdisciplinary approaches)* Methods of Research in Media and Communications (including Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis)* Democracy and the Media* Dissertation

Media, Technology and Everyday Life* Film Theory and World Cinema* Any other half unit paper which is offered in the School at master's level, subject to the consent of the students teachers Please refer to the Schools policy on course capping: lse.ac.uk/courseCapping Please note that the availability of option courses is dependent upon a number of factors and thus neither the School nor the Department of Media and Communications can guarantee that all options will be available each year.

About the Institute


The Methodology Institute is an interdisciplinary group with joint appointments in other departments in the School. The disciplinary backgrounds of the staff include statistics, sociology, social psychology, management, political science and bioscience. In addition to the MSc Social Research Methods, the Institute offers a variety of advanced level courses, seminars and workshops in research design, quantitative analysis and qualitative methods. These are available for all PhD students in the School. Many departments in the School require students to take courses in the Institute as part ofMSc (Research, MRes and MPhil) and PhD programmes.

world database of parties, elections, and governments; globalisation and party competition; domestic structures of European integration. ProfessorMartin Bauer: Resistance in social processes; public understanding of science; social representations, attitudes and public opinion; cultural indicators of science; psychology of action/activity; continuous measurement of moods, happiness and stress; computer-assisted content analysis; Eurobarometer surveys. Professor George Gaskell: Social and ethical impacts of technological innovation; risk and trust; qualitative and survey research methods; cognitive aspects of survey methodology. Dr Jonathan Jackson: Fear of crime; trust and confidence in the police; public attitudes towards punishment; the psychology of fairness, legitimacy and punishment; cognitive aspects of survey research; quantitative methods. Dr Jouni Kuha: Statistical model selection; models with measurement

Options
Choose to the value of one unit: Mediated Resistance and Citizens* The Audience in Media and Communications* Contemporary Issues in Media and Communications Policy* International Media and the Global South* Media and Communications Governance*

Staff and their academic interests


Professor Ken Benoit: Quantitative analysis of textual data for social sciences;

168 graduate prospectus Methodology Institute

error; misclassification and missing data; latent variable models; social statistics. Dr Paul Mitchell: Building democracies from conflict; institutional designs to resolve ethnic and national conflicts; party competition, electoral systems and government formation. Dr Ilina Singh: Empirical ethics; families and children; paediatric psychiatry and psychology; culture and history of psychotropic drugs; neuroethics; enhancement; consent and capacity; pharmacogenomics; qualitative methodologies. Dr Sally Stares: Public perceptions of science; global civil society; surveys of public perceptions (opinions, attitudes, values etc); attitude measurement; comparative analyses of survey and similar data; applications of latent variable models to survey data. Dr Jen Tarr:Qualitative research methods, especially visual and sensory methods and ethnography; sociology of health and medicine; visual imaging technologies; somatic and movement practices, including Alexander Technique, Pilates, and dance.

English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: Not required butwill be considered if submitted Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Social ResearchMethods is part of the Social Science group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). Application deadline: 26 April 2013. The selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

Applicants are advised to consult the Methodology Institute website and identify a member of staff who might supervise their project before submitting an application. Any member of Methodology Institute staff will be helpful and discuss a potential application beforehand. Applications should primarily identify a substantive area of research and also demonstrate a particular methodological interest, aiming at a methodological development: constructing a new data stream, new analytic techniques, method comparison, evaluation or validation, method critique, applying a new methodology, costbenefit analysis of methodologies. The Methodology Institute at LSE is catholic with regard to methodology: we support both stand alone qualitative and quantitative research, as well as interesting ways of combining them. When you apply for an MPhil/PhD, you will need to send us a brief research proposal (two to five pages) that sets out clearly the research problem you wish to investigate, explains why it is important, and describes the methods of research you propose to use, and your particular ambition for developing these. This will help us to evaluate your potential to embark on a research degree, and to identify a supervisor with similar interests and the appropriate expertise. It is expected that a PhD in the Methodology Institute will be completed in three years of full-time study, with appropriate adjustment made for parttime study. Two supervisors are normally assigned to each research student at the time an offer of admission is made. One of these supervisors may be from outside the Methodology Institute. Supervisors may recommend or require that students take courses that are

deemed essential for their research. These courses may be offered both within and outside the Methodology Institute or the School, and may require examination. All research students are initially admitted to the doctoral programme as MPhil students, until they are upgraded to PhD. In the summer term of your first year, you will produce a 10,000 word research proposal, outlining the theoretical and conceptual framework, the aims and methods of your thesis. You will also give a short oral presentation of your proposal. The proposal will be assessed by the supervisor and two other academics, normally members of the Methodology Institute, who will judge the standard of the proposal to enable you to progress to the second year. In the first year, you will also take a portfolio of specialist courses as recommended by your PhD supervisor. During your second year of registration, you will submit either three or four draftchapters of your thesis (which normally includes an introduction and focused literature review) or a short introduction, a literature review and one or two empirical papers (if you are pursuing the paper-based thesis). You should also provide a detailed plan for its completion for evaluation by an MPhil/PhD upgrading committee, who will recommend transferral to PhD registration if your work is judged to be of sufficient quality and quantity. After the first year you will spend more time on independent study under the guidance of your supervisor. This will involve the collection, organisation and analysis of data, and writing up the results. However, you will attend the Institute's research seminars and other specialist workshops and seminars to broaden your horizon as a social researcher. You will be expected to make an active

Opportunities for research


The Methodology Institute welcomes applications from students for our research degree, both full-time and part-time. For admission to the MPhil/PhD programme in the Methodology Institute, we normally require a good grounding in research methods at master's level. You should have an upper second class honours degree from a UK university or its equivalent abroad, and an MSc at merit level that provides a training broadly similar to our MSc Social Research Methods. Gaps in training in methodology can be addressed in the first year of registration.

MPhil/PhD Social Research Methods Visiting Research Students


Application code: L9ZM (MPhil/PhD), L3EH (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: An upper second classbachelors degree and a merit in an MSc broadly similar to the MSc Social Research Methods

Methodology Institute graduate prospectus 169

contribution to these by presenting papers and joining in the discussions.

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in LSE's Methodology Institute and offers the following benefits:  An advanced training in quantitative and qualitative social research methods, in the context of a disciplinary specialisation.  The MSc is designed as a training for doctoral research and as a pre-professional training for careers in social research in the public and private sectors.  Almost 50 per cent of the graduates of this programme have entered PhD programmes, or are working in social research in universities or national and local government.  Study within LSEs Methodology Institute, which is a base for cross-disciplinary research and teaching in the broad area of social science methodology.  The Institute has links with both governmental and private sector research groups. In particular, staff in the Institute are heavily involved in the Joint Research Programme between LSE and the National Centre for Social Research (NatCen).  The programme is taught with other departments in the School. You take compulsory courses in research design, quantitative analysis and qualitative research methods, and a unit in a specialist field. You also submit a research report of 10,000 words on a topic related to your specialist field of study, and you have the chance to take short courses on computer packages for qualitative analysis during the year.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Quantitative Analysis from basic to advanced (two half units) Qualitative Research Methods* Fundamentals ofSocial Science Research Design* Dissertation

Statistics Special Topics in Quantitative Analysis* Research Design for Experimental and Observational Studies* Multilevel and Longitudinal Modelling* Statistical Inference: Principles, Methods and Computation* Decision and Policy Sciences Any coursefrom MSc Management Science (Decision Sciences), subject to timetabling constraints, and as approved by the course tutor. Government Any graduate level course(s) in Government, subject to timetabling constraints, and as approved by the course tutor, to the value of one course unit. International Development Any graduate level course(s) in International Development, subject to timetabling constraints, and as approved by the course tutor, to the value of one course unit. Management Any graduate level course(s) in Management, subject to timetabling constraints, and as approved by the course tutor, to the value of one course unit. Population Population Analysis: Methods and Models * Plus choose one half unit from the following: Population and Development: An Analytical Approach* Planning for Population and Development* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation*

Taught programme
MSc Social Research Methods with one of the following options: Sociology, Social Psychology, Statistics, Social Policy, Philosophy, Government, Management, Decision and Policy Sciences, International Development or Population

MSc Social Research Methods


Application code: L3T1 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 24/95 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in social science. Relevant professional experience can also be considered (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). The MSc Social Research Methods is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None.For consideration for ESRC funding 11 January 2013 Note: This programme is designed as training for doctoral research or pre-professional training careers in social research

Options
Choose to the value of one unit from the range of optional courses in your chosen specialist field: Sociology Politics and Society Crime and Society: Concepts and Method Sociology of Employment I: Social Relations at Work* Sociology of Employment II: Contemporary Management and Globalisation* Gender and Societies* Gender, Population and Policy* Social Psychology Any graduate level course(s) in Social Psychology, subject to timetabling constraints, and as approved by the course manager, to the value of one course unit. Philosophy Philosophy of Science Philosophy of the Social Sciences Philosophy of Economics Social Policy Social Policy Research

170 graduate prospectus

Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method

Demography of the Developing World* Gender and European Welfare States* Health and Population in Contemporary Developed Societies* Health and Population in Developing and Transitional Societies* Methodology Qualitative Research With NonTraditional Data* Survey Methodology* Causal Inference for Observational and Experimental Studies* Doing Qualitative Fieldwork* Special Topics in Qualitative Research Methods* Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Applied Regression Analysis* Multivariate Analysis and Measurement* Please note that not all options will be available every year and the choice of options may be constrained by timetable limitations.

Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method


lse.ac.uk/philosophy
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 77 Research: 17 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 14 RAE: 65 per cent of the Departments research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Lakatos Building The range of graduate master's degrees offered by the Department reflects its strengths: it offers four different MSc programmes, each dedicated to the teaching of one of its particular specialities. The MSc programmes are complemented by an MPhil/PhD programme which creates an active intellectual environment with students working in philosophy of science, philosophy of physics, philosophy of economics, philosophy and public policy, rational choice and scientific methodology. The Department is closely associated with the Centre for the Philosophy of the Natural and the Social Sciences lse.ac.uk/CPNSS which hosts leading visiting scholars and supports a range of research projects, seminars and lecture series, and the Forum for European Philosophy www.lse.ac.uk/collections/ forumForEuropeanPhilosophy which runs a full and varied programme of philosophy and inter disciplinary events in the UK. The Department administers the prestigious Lakatos prize for an outstanding book in philosophy of science and hosts the annual Auguste Comte

Memorial Lectures by a leading scholar in the philosophy of social science. London provides a philosophical environment that is beyond compare. The Department is a member of the Institute of Philosophy of the School of Advanced Study of the University of London www. philosophy.sas.ac.uk which organises a large number of conferences, seminars, and public lectures every year, and which supports lecture series such as the Logic and Metaphysics Forum and the Aesthetics Forum. Other London Colleges run seminars and lectures that are open to LSE students, and the meetings of the Aristotelian Society, the Royal Institute of Philosophy, as well as the British Society for the Philosophy of Science are held in London. Upon graduation students pursue a wide variety of careers. For those who wish to pursue an academic career an MSc provides an ideal springboard for a PhD. But an MSc also opens doors to many other careers. Our students go on to work as consultants, bankers, journalists, civil servants, or teachers, and yet others work for NGO's or international organisations such as the UN or UNICEF. In the Philosophical Gourmet Report 2011 the Department was ranked first in the world for philosophy of the social sciences; joint second in the world for general philosophy of science and joint second in the world for decision, rational choice, and game theory. In the Complete University Guide 2011, LSE-Philosophy received the highest score (86) of any Philosophy Department in the UK on Graduate Prospects in the University League and Subject Tables followed by Oxford (82) and Durham (78). In overall scores, LSE-Philosophy placed second with a score of 98.1, with Oxford in first place (100) and Cambridge in third place (94.9).

About the Department


The Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method is widely recognised as one of the leading departments in the philosophy of science. The Departments strengths are in general philosophy of science (in particular realism, causation, modelling, and confirmation), philosophy of the natural science (in particular philosophy of physics, biology and medicine) and philosophy of social science and economics, most notably methodology of the social sciences, rational choice theory and philosophy of public policy. We are committed to research that makes a significant difference not only in philosophy and the philosophies of the various sciences, but also in the practice of the sciences themselves from economics and political science to physics, biology and medicine. Our teaching is research-led: courses cover cutting-edge material and are taught by experts in the field.

Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method graduate prospectus 171

Staff and their academic interests


Dr J McKenzie Alexander: Evolutionary game theory; philosophy of science; social and political philosophy. Professor Luc Bovens: Ethics; philosophy of economics; philosophy of public policy; rational and social choice theory; philosophy of probability; Bayesian epistemology. Professor Richard Bradley: Decision theory; hypothetical reasoning; foundations of economic and social theory. Professor Nancy Cartwright: History and philosophy of science (especially physics and economics); causal inference; objectivity in science. Dr Roman Frigg: Philosophy of science (scientific representation, modelling, explanation) and philosophy of physics (quantum mechanics, statistical physics, chaos theory). Professor Christian List: Formal epistemology; rational choice theory; philosophy of social science; social choice theory; group agency; theories of democracy and deliberation. Dr Kristina Musholt: Philosophy of cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of biology. Dr Miklos Redei: Foundational and philosophical problems of modern physics, quantum logic, general issues in philosophy of science. Dr Armin Schulz: Philosophy of biology and philosophy of economics. Dr Katie Steele: Rational choice; public policy. Dr Alex Voorhoeve: Political philosophy; rational and social choice theory; moral philosophy.

Dr Charlotte Werndl: General philosophy of science, philosophy of physics, philosophy of biology, and philosophy of mathematics. Professor John Worrall: Philosophy and history of science; rationality and theory change in science; methodology of medicine.

mechanics; quantum field theory; statistical mechanics and the theory of relativity. Mr Max Steuer: Methodology of the social sciences.

for applications (including all ancillary documents) is 11 January 2013

Opportunities for research


We accept students for MPhil and PhD research programmes in any of the fields in which the Department has special expertise including philosophy of science, moral philosophy, philosophy and public policy, philosophy of social science, philosophy and foundations of physics, philosophy and foundations of economics, philosophy and foundations of decision theory, evolutionary and game theory, and philosophy of probability. We aim to produce philosophers of science with a first rate thesis as well as teaching skills. A successful thesis, no matter how sharply focused, must be based on wider expertise. We therefore require students to take an element of course work in their first year as well as beginning work on their thesis. This involves a combination of examination courses (usually taken from one of our MSc degrees) and seminar courses with extended essays. In particular you will attend research methods seminars given by members of the Department on frontier topics in the field and be asked to write papers for these seminars. We typically expect students to have completed a taught masters degree in philosophy at LSE (or an equivalent programme elsewhere), and to have obtained a distinction, both overall and in their dissertation. All applicants also need to submit a sample of their work in English along with their application. There are various opportunities for financial support, among them the LSE Philosophy Scholarship and the AHRC Block Grant

Associated staff and researchers


Dr Catherine Audard: Hegel and continental philosophy, phenomenology and existentialism, Anglo-American moral and political philosophy, problems of contemporary citizenship and multiculturalism. Professor Nick Baigent: Group and individual choice theory, game theoretic models of the family and philosophy (personal identity, ethics and rationality). Currently working on formal models of internalised individual norms and also on Arrowian social choice theory. Professor Ken Binmore: Evolutionary game theory; bargaining theory; experimental economics; political philosophy; mathematics and statistics. Dr Franz Dietrich: Social choice theory; judgement aggregation; preference change; decision theory; formal epistemology. Professor Wulf Gaertner: Social choice theory; decision and game theory; microeconomic analysis; ethics; health economics. Professor David Makinson: Logic, particularly uncertain reasoning, belief change; input/output logics. Professor Michael Redhead: Conceptual and methodological problems of modern theoretical physics, particularly quantum

MPhil/PhD Philosophy MPhil/PhD Philosophy of the Social Sciences Visiting Research Students
Application code: V7ZP (Philosophy), V5ZS (Philosophy of the Social Science), V7EP (VRS) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Candidates are typically expected to have obtained a distinction, both overall and in their dissertation, in a taught masters degree in philosophy Writing Sample: Required English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE holds a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a doctoral award available in philosophy. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination(see page 33). The Department also offers a limited number of scholarshipand supports successful applicants for funding from various UK organisations Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that for nomination for selection for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships the deadline

172 graduate prospectus Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method

Scheme. For further information visit the Departments website.

Taught programmes
MSc Philosophy and Public Policy (see page 173) MSc Philosophy of Science (see page 174) MSc Philosophy of the Social Sciences (see page 175) MSc Economics and Philosophy (jointly with the Department of Economics (see page 172) Philosophy is also available as a specialist field within the MSc Social Research Methods (see page 169)

a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a one year Research Preparation Masters award available in philosophy. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination (see page 33) Application deadline: None rolling admissions, but for AHRC nomination complete application required by 11 January 2013

 The LSE Internships programme in Public Policy, Social Issues and Public Affairs; The many colloquia at LSE Some of the questions concerning philosophy of economics that we study are:  What are the moral advantages and disadvantages of market institutions?  Can we make interpersonal comparisons of well-being, and if so, how should we do so?  How do models of economic phenomena relate to the actual social world?  What are the assumptions underlying the rational choice model in economics? Can they be normatively justified? Are they descriptively accurate? To succeed on the programme you need to have excellent quantitative skills and general analytical abilities. The economics courses assume knowledge of constrained optimisation, matrix algebra and basic statistics. We expect students to have very good grades, with a substantial component of economics in their first degree including standard courses in intermediate macro and microeconomics and econometrics. All graduates of non-UK institutions must have taken the GRE General Test no more than five years before applying, and must include the test scores with their application. Please see Admission enquiries system for further information. We typically expect candidates to score over 760 in the quantitative section of the test. Good scores on the analytical and verbal are also important. When an applicant's first language is not English, we take this into account in assessing the verbal score. Students are required to attend the Introductory Course in Mathematics

and Statistics before the main teaching programme starts in October.

Internships
Students will be able to apply to the LSE Internships programme in Public Policy, Social Issues and Public Affairs. This initiative, led by the Careers Service and the LSE Public Policy Group, offers internships to LSE graduate students in key organisations working across the field of public policy, social issues and public affairs. The initiative builds on the success of an existing Parliamentary Internship Scheme founded in 1998. The LSE Internships programme in Public Policy, Social Issues and Public Affairs offers students flexibility in the nature of the interns work and the duration of the internships. MSc and PhD students commit to do one to one and a half days per week with an organisation.

About the MSc programme


This interdisciplinaryprogramme offers the following benefits: Taught jointly by two departments at LSE which are internationally recognised as among the best in their respective disciplines.  It is unique in offering a rigorous programme in core graduate-level economics courses whilst offering students the opportunity to engage with moral, methodological and foundational issues.  The philosophy offerings are resolutely interdisciplinary. We take philosophical analysis to be continuous with scientific approaches to political, social and economic problems, and all philosophy staff have a strong background in interdisciplinary work and in areas of social or natural science.  It is taught at an institution which is a major centre for national and international public policy debates.  Students have access to a wealth of courses and resources within the Philosophy and Economics Departments and at LSE that are relevant for their studies for example:  Research seminars on topics in economics, rational and social choice, scientific evidence and policy-making.

MSc Economics and Philosophy


Application code: L1I1 Start date: Introductory Course in Mathematics and Statistics beginsearly September 2013 Duration: 13 months full-time, 25 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 9/103 Minimum entry requirement: First class honours with concentration on economics and quantitative subjects. Core economics courses assume knowledge of constrained optimisation, matrix algebra and basic statistics (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: All graduates of non UK institutions must submit a GRE score Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). LSE holds

Student life
Our students typically form a tight social group. The Department organises social occasions through the year. Needless to say London has a wide range of opportunities for socialising to offer.

Career development
The degree offers a good preparation for doctoral research in both economics and philosophy. It also prepares students for careers in financial institutions, and intergovernmental, governmental, and non-governmental organisations, and for employment in such fields as financial and economic journalism and consulting. For a selection of reports from graduates, seeMSc Economics and Philosophy career placement lse.ac.uk/philosophy/ Study/mastersprogrammes/ mscepplacement.aspx

Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method graduate prospectus 173

Courses
Economics courses Choose two of the following: Microeconomics Macroeconomics Econometrics Philosophy courses Choose two of the following: Philosophy of Science Scientific Revolutions: Philosophical and Historical Issues Philosophy of the Social Sciences Philosophy of Biological and Cognitive Sciences Philosophy of Economics Philosophy and Public Policy Philosophy, Morals and Politics Set Theory and Further Logic Evidence, Objectivity and Policy Rationality and Choice History of Economics: Making Political Economy into a Social Science* History of Economics: Ideas Policy and Performativity* Business and Organisational Ethics* Compulsory seminars Dissertation Seminar: Economics and Philosophy This seminar will prepare you to write a dissertation of not more than 7,000 words on some aspect of the philosophy of economics seminar.

MSc Philosophy and Public Policy


Application code: V7U8 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 33/100 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or 1st class degree, with a considered interestin the areas covered by the MSc (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). LSE holds a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a one year Research Preparation Masters award available in philosophy. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination (see page 33). Lakatos Memorial Scholarship 4,000 award for a single Philosophy student Application deadline: None rolling admissions, but for AHRC nomination complete application required by 11 January 2013 Note: If your first language is not English, you must submit a writing sample of 5-10 typewritten pages

 It prepares for a wide variety of policyoriented careers. It is distinctive in three ways:  It is resolutely interdisciplinary. We take philosophical analysis to be continuous with the scientific study of political, social and economic problems. I t offers a thorough background in moral and political theory, which students learn to apply to issues in public policy.  It provides a foundation in evidencebased policy, which is now widely mandated at all levels of policy-making. Students have access to a wealth of courses and resources within the Philosophy Department and at LSE that are relevant for the philosophical analysis of public policy, for example:  Research seminars on philosophy and public policy, rational and social choice, scientific evidence and policy-making;  The LSE Internships programme in Public Policy, Social Issues and Public Affairs;  The many policy-related courses and colloquia in LSE.  It is taught at an institution which is a major centre for national and international public policy debates. The MSc in Philosophy and Public Policy will be of interest to students from various backgrounds, for example, from philosophy, history, economics, sociology and political science. We consider applicants with good first degrees in any discipline, with a considered interest in the area covered by the MSc. If your first language is not English, please submit with your application a sample of your work in English (five to ten typewritten pages). We recruit students from all across the world to assemble a genuinely international group,

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method and offers the following benefits:  It provides a foundation in the conceptual and normative questions underlying public-policy formulation.

174 graduate prospectus Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method

which enriches the social and intellectual environment that the programme offers. We approach philosophical issues in public policy through the lenses of historical and contemporary developments in ethical theory and political philosophy and we teach students how to use results of the natural and social sciences in evaluating policy. Topics may include various policy areas (for example, health care, development, social security, climate change), approaches to the study of society (rational, social and public choice), central topics in political philosophy (for example, democracy, liberal neutrality, equality, human rights, punishment and just war) and science and policy (for example, the nature of evidence, objectivity, theory choice, facts and values). Instruction consists of lectures, seminars and one-on-one supervision sessions. Seminar sizes are kept small (less than 16 students).The average number of contact hours on this MSc is 180 hours.

occasions through the year. Needless to say London offers a wide range of opportunities for socialising.

of about 10,000 words on philosophical aspects of a public policy issue

English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30). LSE holds a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a one year Research Preparation Masters award available in philosophy. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination (see page 33). Lakatos Memorial Scholarship 4,000 award for a single philosophy student Application deadline: None rolling admissions, but for AHRC nomination complete application required by 11 January 2013 Notes: If your first language is not English, you must submit a writing sample of 5-10 typewritten pages

Career development
The programme prepares you for PhD work in philosophy as well as for policy-oriented careers in governmental, non-governmental or international organisations. We have a very good record of students moving on to good PhD programmes and to high-level jobs with think tanks, in government, or in business. We have an alumni/alumnae network and keep data on employment. Our data show that our graduates are currently working or studying in the following branches:  Non-government organisations and think tanks: 17 per cent Governmental organisations: 16 per cent PhD programmes: 15 per cent Law school or legal practice: 13 per cent Commercial enterprises: 10 per cent Banking and finance: 9 per cent Consultancy: 8 per cent International organisations: 6 per cent  Academic research and teaching: 6 per cent For a selection of reports from graduates, see: lse.ac.uk/philosophy/Study/ mastersProgrammes/testimonials.aspx

Options
(*half unit) Choose one from: Evidence, Objectivity and Policy Philosophy, Morals and Politics Philosophy of Science Philosophy of the Social Sciences Philosophy of Economics Rationality and Choice Given the specific interests and background training of the student, students can obtain permission to substitute a course from another department at LSE in place of one of the courses listed above.Popular courses have been: The Philosophy and Politics of Environmental Change Behavioural Public Policy*

Internships
Students will be able to apply to the LSE Internships programme in Public Policy, Social Issuesand Public Affairs. This initiative, led by the Careers Service and the LSE Public Policy Group, offers internships to LSE graduate students in key organisations working across the field of public policy, social issues and public affairs. The initiative builds on the success of an existing Parliamentary Internship Scheme founded in 1998. The LSE Internships programme in Public Policy, Social Issuesand Public Affairs offers students flexibility in the nature of the work and the duration of the internships. MSc and PhD students commit to do one to one and a half days per week with an organisation.

About the MScprogramme


This programme is based in the Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method It offers the following benefits:  The Department draws on the traditions set by its founder, Sir Karl Popper, and distinguished followers such as Imre Lakatos.  The excellence of research done by faculty of the Department was confirmed in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise: the Department was ranked joint third in the UK for the proportion of its work deemed world leading.  The degree is internationally highly regarded.

MSc Philosophy of Science


Application code: V5UG Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 13/36 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or first class degree, with a considered interest in the areas covered by the MSc. Most students have a science background or one in philosophy (see page 34)

Compulsory courses
Philosophy and Public Policy Philosophy, Morals and Politics or Evidence, Objectivity and Policy Research and Writing Seminarin Philosophy and Public Policy this seminar will prepare you to write a dissertation

Student life
Our students typically form a tight social group. The Department organises social

Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method graduate prospectus 175

This masters programme prepares you for PhD work in philosophy or related disciplines as well as for employment in fields such as science journalism, science administration and science management. For a selection of reports from graduates see:lse.ac.uk/philosophy/ Study/mastersProgrammes/ MScPHSJobPlacement.aspx We will consider applicants with a first or upper second class (2:1) honours degree or equivalent, with a considered interest in the area covered by the MSc. However, the majority of our students fall into one of two groups: (a) those who have studied science as undergraduates and would now like to study in depth the foundations and methods of science; and (b) those who have studied philosophy and would now like to study philosophy of science in greater depth. Our courses are designed to be understandable by, and stimulating for, both groups. We recruit students from all across the world to assemble a genuinely international group, which enriches the social and intellectual environment that the programme offers.

dissertation research and writing seminar. Additional contact time concerning one-onone dissertation and class teaching support is available during office hours and by appointment at the request of the student.

MSc Philosophy of the Social Sciences


Application code: V7U1 Start date:3 October 2013

 It offers a critical examination of conceptual and methodological issues underlying social scientific research.  The Departments approach to philosophical study is resolutely interdisciplinary. We believe that philosophical analysis is best seen as continuous with scientific practice. (It this sense, we fall squarely within the "naturalist" tradition in the philosophy of science.) T  he Department's strength in philosophy of economics and rational choice theory make it a natural place to study for those who wish to examine, and critique, the use of these methods within the social sciences.  The Department is one of the major centres for the philosophy of social science in the world.  The degree is internationally highly regarded.  The Centre for Philosophy of Natural and Social Science, housed at LSE, is one of the international centres of the discipline and attracts a series of eminent visitors. MSc students benefit from the seminars and research activities at the Centre.  The Department has close links with other philosophy departments in the University of London. Many graduate level lecture courses given in other colleges of the University are available to MSc students and are required teaching for some courses. This gives students access to the very rich, general London philosophical environment.  The position of the Department within an international centre of excellence in the social sciences means that there is a good deal of collaboration between social scientists and philosophers both in teaching and research. The MSc in Philosophy of the Social Sciences will be of interest to students

Core courses
Philosophy of Science or Evidence, Objectivity and Policy Dissertation Seminar: Philosophy of Science (non assessed) You will also complete a 10,000 word dissertation which is completed over the summer and must be submitted in early September.

Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 18/51 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or 1st class degree, with a considered interestin the area covered by the MSc (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

Options
Courses to the value of two full units from: Philosophy of Science Scientific Revolutions: Philosophical and Historical Issues Either Philosophy of the Social Sciences or Philosophy of Economics Philosophical Foundations of Physics

Fee level: UK /EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) LSE holds a Block Grant Partnership with the AHRC, with a one year Research Preparation Masters award available in philosophy. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination (see page 33). Lakatos Memorial Scholarship 4,000 award for a single philosophy student Application deadline: None rolling admissions, but for AHRC nomination complete application required by 11 January 2013 Note: If your first language is not English, you must submit a writing sample of 5-10 typewritten pages

Student life
Our students typically form a tight social group. The Department facilitates this by hosting a number of social occasions through the year. Needless to say London has a wide range of opportunities for socialising on offer.

Philosophy of Biological and Cognitive Sciences Set Theory and Further Logic Evidence, Objectivity and Policy Rationality and Choice Business and Organisational Ethics*

Contact hours
A typical student on this programme can expect to have, for each examined course, 20 hours of lecture and 30 hours of seminar (with a guarantee that no seminar will have more than 15 students). In addition, there will be 30 hours of teaching on the

You will sit written examinations for your taught courses in June. If not taken as a core course

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method and offers the following benefits:

176 graduate prospectus Department of Philosophy, Logic and Scientific Method

from a variety of backgrounds, eg, from philosophy, history, economics, sociology, anthropology, social psychology, geography, political science, and so on. We will consider applicants with a first or upper second class (2:1) honours degree or equivalent, with a considered interest in the area covered by the MSc. If your first language is not English, please submit with your application to LSE a sample of your work in English (five to ten typewritten pages). We recruit students from all across the world to assemble a genuinely international group, which enriches the social and intellectual environment that the programme offers. We approach philosophical issues in the social sciences through examining historical and contemporary issues with the scientific study of society. These include topics such as the following: the scientific status of the social sciences, and whether they might count as properly objective. What accounts for the diversity of methods in the social sciences (and lack of agreement as to which ones ought to be followed)? Do evolutionary explanations of social phenomena provide an accurate account of why societies are the way they are, or are such explanations merely unverifiable just-so stories? What relations exist among rationality, choice, action, and interpretation?

Career development
Past programme graduates have gone on to a wide variety of careers, ranging from Law, studying in various PhD programmes in Philosophy, to working at Google. We have a very good record of students entering excellent PhD programmes.

History of Economics: Ideas Policy and Performativity* Business and Organisational Ethics* An approvedcourse from any other master's programme at LSE # All students must select at least one of these options. You also mustattend the compulsory dissertation seminar: Philosophical Research and Writing Philosophy of Social Science You will write a dissertation of not more than 10,000 words, on a topic in the philosophy of the social sciences (within the analytic tradition).

Contact hours
A typical student on this programme can expect to have, for each examined course, 20 hours of lectures and 30 hours of seminars (with a guarantee that no seminar will have more than 15 students). In addition, there will be 30 hours of teaching on the dissertation research and writing seminar. Additional contact time concerning one-on-one dissertation and class teaching support is available during office hours and by appointment at the request of the student.

Courses
Students select three units from the following: Philosophy of Science Scientific Revolutions: Philosophical and Historical Issues Philosophy of the Social Sciences # Philosophy of the Biological and Cognitive Sciences Philosophy of Economics # Philosophy, Morals and Politics Set Theory and Further Logic Evidence, Objectivity and Policy Rationality and Choice History of Economics: Making Political Economy into a Social Science*

Student life
Our students typically form a tight social group. The Department facilitates this by hosting a number of social occasions through the year. Needless to say London has a wide range of opportunities for socialising on offer

The Institute of Public Affairs graduate prospectus 177

The Institute of Public Affairs and the MPA Programme


About the Institute
LSEs Institute of Public Affairs is a multidisciplinary initiative established in July 2011. It draws on faculty from across the School to support and enhance LSEs public policy training through its flagship MPA Programmes. The MPA (lse.ac.uk/mpa) is an interdisciplinary degree devised to meet the needs of government departments and public agencies in many countries for highly skilled and professional policymakers. It also meets the needs of people working with governments but in the private sector, for instance in consultancy, public-private partnerships, public affairs, media, non-governmental organisations and interest groups. The programme is designed to provide students with rigorous and inter-disciplinary training in economics and political science, complemented by a wide range of electives, to prepare them for professional careers related to public service. It brings together LSEs unrivalled expertise in the social sciences with individual and group working experience of public sector problems, policies and management. The degree is taught over 21 months in two academic year blocks; in the first year, students take a set of core courses which provide them with the skills required for political and economic analysis. During their second year, students work in groups on a Capstone project in which they advise a public sector organisation, international body, or private sector consultancy on a current policy challenge, and also have the option to prepare a dissertation.

applications in individual and group based work  A wide choice of options from across LSEs graduate courses for students to choose their own area of specialisation  Excellent contact with governmental and international organisations T  he opportunity for some students to obtain a dual MPA by spending one academic year at one of the following institutions: the School of International and Public Affairs (SIPA) at Columbia University in New York; Sciences Po, Paris; the Hertie School of Governance, Berlin; or the Lee Kuan Yew School of Public Policy, at the National University of Singapore

Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions Notes: The MPA programme offers the opportunity for some students to spend ten months abroad at institutions including SIPA, Columbia University, NY; Sciences Po, Paris; Hertie School of Governance, Berlin and Yew School, National University of Singapore The five MPA policy streams: MPA European Public and Economic Policy MPA International Development MPA Public and Economic Policy

In addition to the core courses, students also undertake further compulsory courses specific to one of five MPA policy streams and can further specialise by taking courses from a wide range of options. For further details and information on how to apply, visit lse.ac.uk/mpa Note: the Institute of Public Affairs also offers an Executive MPA which has been developed to be compatible with full-time employment. Further information can be found on page 235 and on our web site. The LSE MPA offers the following benefits:  Equips talented students with professional skills and knowledge to undertake and advise on public policymaking and implementation in a wide range of contexts  Relevant both for students entering government service careers and those intending to work in the private sector dealing with government  Combines rigorous academic development with strong practical

MPA
Application code: L2UN Start date: 20 September 2013. Some outside options in economics require participation in introductory courses beginning early September 2013 Duration: 21 months full-time only Intake/applications in 2011: 104/1056 (all streams) Minimum entry requirement: Upper second degree or equivalent in any discipline. Some economics options only available to applicants with a good first degree in economics English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: Not required but will be considered if submitted Fee level: Year 1 (2013 entry) 20,882; Year 2 (2014 continuing) 21,665

MPA Public Policy and Management MPA Public and Social Policy In addition to the core training common to all MPAs, each student undertakes further compulsory courses on one of five policy streams as detailed below. MPA core courses At the beginning of the first year, all students attend a compulsory September pre-sessional course, and then take courses essential for effective policymaking, as follows: Political Science and Public Policy (year one)  Macro and Micro Economics for Public Policy (year one) Quantitative Research and Policy Analysis (year one) Organisations, Power and Leadership (year two) MPA Capstone (year two) 

178 graduate prospectus The Institute of Public Affairs

Policy stream-specific courses MPA European Public and Economic Policy


This policy stream focuses on the economic and policy analysis of Europe, broadly understood. It particularly equips students to pursue careers related to economic and public policy making in EU institutions, other European international organisations, national administrations and parts of the private sector interacting with the EU in regulatory, budget making or other policy contexts. Requirements in addition to the MPA core: The Political Economy of Europe  Approved MPA options and/or an MPA dissertation

stream particularly equips students to pursue careers related to economic policy making in international organisations, national administrations, and economic consulting. Requirements in addition to the MPA core: Economic Policy Analysis (year two only)  Approved MPA options and/or an MPA dissertation

Requirements in addition to the MPA core: Welfare Analysis and Measurement  pproved MPA options and/or an A MPA dissertation

below and involve diverse courses, drawing on departments and disciplinary perspectives across the School. All courses operate at a challenging level, and prerequisites may apply to the more advanced or specific courses. Note: specific options courses are subject to availability, as they may not be offered every year. MPA options: areas of specialisation Development Policy Economic Policy Education Policy Environmental Policy EU Institutions, Politics and Policies Europe: Central and Eastern Transition and Reform Governance Health and Social Care International Policy Management of Organisations Regulatory Policy Urban Policy Social Policy and Social Exclusion Dual MPA Degree The Dual MPA Programme provides the opportunity for selected students to study for one academic year on the LSE MPA degree in London, and for one academic year on one of the following programmes at four global partner institutions:  the MPA or the MIA at the School of International and Public Affairs (SIPA), Columbia University, New York  the MPA at Sciences Po, Paris  the MPP at the Hertie School of Governance, Berlin

The MPA Capstone Project


The MPA Capstone is a key component of the second year curriculum. Conventional academic work is often highly individualistic and sectionalised by discipline or topic. By contrast, the Capstone is designed to ensure LSE MPA students have an intensive and closely supervised experience of working in a group on an applied policy project in a way that extends their capabilities and applies what they have learnt in the MPA core courses in a professional manner. Capstones are group projects undertaken by a small group of students (usually 3-5 people) for a client organisation on a public policy analysis topic relevant to the client organisation. Team members devote around 1.5 to 2 days a week to the project between October and February, including some vacation time. Each project is supervised by a member of MPA staff, who provides advice and monitors progress. The projects earn a collective grade and students are expected to manage the division and development of work amongst themselves. Students are individually matched to client organisations in order to induce mutually beneficial relationships, and they bring impressive previous work experience to the projects. The teams are almost always multi-national and invariably multi-lingual. Visit www.lse.ac.uk/mpa for further information, including previous clients and projects. Approved MPA Options MPA options courses are arranged into the areas of specialisation listed

MPA Public Policy and Management


This policy stream focuses on understanding decision making and management in the public sector and budgetary processes. The stream particularly equips students to pursue careers in public management, public sector consulting, and governance related work in international organisations or think tanks. Requirements in addition to the MPA core: Public Budgeting and Financial Management  and/or Public Management Strategy, Innovation and Delivery Approved MPA options and/or an MPA dissertation

MPA International Development


This policy stream focuses on the analysis of economic and public policies for developing countries. By providing a broad range of analytical tools and development-related policy applications, the stream prepares students to work at the highest levels in international development organisations, government development agencies, NGOs, development consultancies and private sector companies. Requirements in addition to the MPA core: Development Policy and Management  Development Economics (year two only)  Approved MPA options or an MPA dissertation

MPA Public and Social Policy


This policy stream focuses on the policy and economic analysis of public and social welfare. The stream particularly equips students to pursue careers related to public service at local, national and international levels, in areas including consultancy and analysis as well as policy making and implementation in international organisations, primarily those with health policy, education, employment and social protection departments.

MPA Public and Economic Policy


This policy stream focuses on the economic and political analysis of public policies. The

The Institute of Public Affairs graduate prospectus 179

 the MPP at the Lee Kuan Yew School of Public Policy (LKY), National University of Singapore The Dual Degree is undertaken either by spending the first year on the LSE MPA and the second year at a partner institution or the first year at a partner institution and the second year on the LSE MPA. Note: there is no direct entry into the MPA Dual Degree Programme. To be eligible to apply you need to be accepted onto and commence studying on either the LSE MPA or one of the partner institution programmes listed above. Visit the LSE MPA programme web pages at lse.ac.uk/mpa for further information.

South Africa: City of Johannesburg; Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism UK: Bank of England*; Department for Children, Schools and Families; Department of Health; Government Economic Service; HM Revenue and Customs; HM Treasury*; London Development Agency; Cabinet Office Strategy Unit US: Center for Disease Control and Prevention; New York City; Diplomatic Service; Government Accountability Office; United States Senate Private sector Accenture*; Deloitte*; Deutsche Bank; Ernst & Young; EDS*; Goldman Sachs; Marakon; McKinsey; Monitor; NERA; PricewaterhouseCoopers; RAND Corporation; Roland Berger; Royal Bank of Scotland; UBS International organisations European Bank for Reconstruction and Development* (EBRD); European Ombudsman; International Energy Agency; Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development* (OECD); United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO); World Bank*; World Health Organisation NGOs, Think Tanks, Parties Democratic Party of Japan; Demos (UK)*; International Budget Partnership*; Per Capita (Australia); US Democratic Party On completion of the programme a number of MPA students also go on to study for doctoral degrees at LSE and other worldwide institutions. See lse.ac.uk/mpa for more information.

Ana Paula Fernandes Jubran MPA Public and Economic Policy Sao Paulo, Brazil

I chose to study at LSE because it is one of the top ranked institutions in economics and political science. What pleased me most about studying at LSE is the diversity of the students: the MPA programme has students from a broad range of nationalities with different backgrounds and varied work experience. Being at LSE means exchanging experiences with students from around the entire world. After a theoretical class or lecture, you then have the opportunity to discuss the application of the theories to a broad range of countries and regions. I also really valued the combination of courses (economics, econometrics and political economy), as it provides students with an overview of other subjects related to public administration. LSE helped me with several aspects of my personal development. It offers extracurricular activities; such as Excel training, presentation skills training and life coaching. Additionally, as vice-president of the MPA student association, I experienced working with a team of brilliant people from different nationalities and professional backgrounds, which was extremely enriching.

Graduate Destinations
LSE MPA alumni occupy positions in governments, international organisations, the private sector and think tanks around the world. Recent employment destinations include the following: (*Capstone clients and internship organisations) Government Australia: Prime Ministers Office; Reserve Bank of Australia Canada: Ministry of the Environment Germany: German Technical Cooperation (GIZ) Japan: Ministry of the Environment; Ministry of Finance; Ministry of Home Affairs; Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications; Ministry of Justice Mexico: Ministry of Health; Ministry of the Interior Republic of Korea: Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade; Ministry of Strategy and Finance

180 graduate prospectus Regional and Urban Planning Studies

Regional and Urban Planning Studies


lse.ac.uk/ geographyAndEnvironment
About regional and urban planning
Our programme is unique among graduate planning schools in being based upon the disciplines of social science, particularly economics, geography, politics and social policy. We offer a cross-disciplinary teaching team with a wide range of research expertise as well as experience in professional practice. The MSc programme enjoys an international reputation and attracts students from all over the world including Japan, the USA, Canada and Europe. LSE maintains strong ties to other European planning schools through its membership of the Association of European Schools of Planning (AESOP). We are practice focussed and encourage students to critically evaluate current planning policy. Our emphasis is on understanding the causes of things, to quote the School's motto. We seek to develop broad analytical thinking about urban and regional questions rather than focusing on a fixed set of town planning skills. Teaching is based primarily on lectures, seminars, a fieldwork project and tutorials. The skills which our graduates develop lead to a range of planning careers in both the public and private sector; including planning consultancies, local and regional government, real estate and property development and community advocacy organisations. We are fortunate to have an active and vibrant network of former

Dr Diane Perrons: Economic geography, particularly cohesion in Europe, focusing on region and gender; flexible working. Dr Andres Rodriguez-Pose: Economic growth, regional and local development, and global restructuring in Europe and Latin America; regional devolution and regional disparities and policy in Europe. Dr Hyun Bang Shin: Contemporary urban (re-)development; urban governance; housing and social change; social welfare; transitional cities, especially in China; Korea; East Asia. Professor Michael Storper: Economic geography; globalisation, trade, location and specialisation; regional development in Europe, North America, Brazil.

Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31) Application deadline: 26 April 2013. The selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

Opportunities for research


We invite applications for MPhil and PhD research in regional and urban planning studies on either a full-time or part-time basis. Because of our interdisciplinary team, we can provide supervision in more than one department at LSE. Applications are invited for research topics covering the interface between planning and the social sciences and in particular on regional policy, environmental issues, urban regeneration, globalisation and world cities, politics and planning, economic aspects of housing and urban change. You should have a masters level qualification in a relevant subject. The programme particularly attracts candidates with planning qualifications or experience. The programme includes research training. This involves seminars, discussions on current planning issues, and a range of methodological courses. You will also take relevant courses from the MSc in Regional and Urban Planning Studies if appropriate. You will normally be registered initially for the MPhil. A progress review to consider transfer to PhD registration usually takes place after the first year.

graduates in cities across the world working in a range of planning careers.

Professor Andrew Thornley: Urban planning; globalisation; world cities; city competition. Professor Christine Whitehead: Urban economics; housing and land markets; privatisation.

Staff and their academic interests


Professor Ian Gordon: Spatial labour markets and migration; urban and regional development, particularly in metropolitan regions; urban policy and spatial modelling. Dr Nancy Holman: Urban planning; community participation; heritage conservation; governance, and sustainable development. Dr Gareth Jones: Access to land and market deregulation; housing finance and NGOs; conservation and identities, focus on Latin America and southern Africa. Dr Murray Low: Political geography, especially spatial aspects of democracy; urban policy; geography of political parties. Dr Alan Mace: Suburbanisation; community involvement; planning and governance; shrinking cities; second homes.

MPhil/PhD Regional and Urban Planning Visiting Research Students


Application code: L8ZR (MPhil/PhD), L8ER (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable) Entry requirement: Merit in a taught masters degree in relevant subject English requirement:Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30

Regional and Urban Planning Studies graduate prospectus 181

The LSE Library has extensive holdings of planning literature from the turn of the century onwards. As well as keeping stocks of all contemporary literature, it holds several archival collections of interest to planners, including the papers of Charles Booth, WA Robson and Derek Senior. The professional libraries of the Royal Institute of British Architects, the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors and the Royal Town Planning Institute are close at hand. Organisations within 15 minutes of LSE include the Town and Country Planning Association, the Regional Studies Association, the Bartlett School, the Development Planning Unit, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, the International Institute for Environment and Development, the Civic Trust and Friends of the Earth.

Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions Note: Accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors

Hector Cordero Irigoyen MSc Regional and Urban Planning Mexico City, Mexico

About the MSc programme


The MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies is a strongly focused and internationally based planning programme that has a long tradition in training both people embarking on careers in urban and regional planning policy and mid-career professionals seeking further training.We have a strong interdisciplinary focus that challenges students to understand cities and regions from an economic, social and environmental perspective. Our aim is to provide a common understanding of the various influences affecting the planning process, and to teach a strong set of research skills that will help planners in practice. These perspectives and skillswill be applied to London and to a wide range of countries and cities through lectures, site visits, fieldworkand seminar debate. Our graduates typically go on to jobs in planning consultancies, local and regional government, real estate and property development; and community advocacy organisations. Further details about graduate destinations can be found on our website and in our annual newsletters. We offer our students an integrated approach to understanding urban and regional planning. You will benefit from both our accreditation with the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors and the

LSEs planning programme provides a unique approach to urban planning, its designed to help you understand urban policy as an integrated toolkit bridging the social, political and economic aspects to foster urban development. One of LSEs advantages is that it provides an unbeatable platform from which to build international networks. My background was in sustainable transport, so this programme seemed ideal as it would broaden and complement my work experience with new fields of analysis and I also sought to strengthen my technical skills for economic analysis. The best thing about the programme though was being able to build my own degree, thanks to the wide choice of optional courses. Studying at LSE has numerous advantages. I was so impressed by the quality of the public lectures offered on a daily basis bringing top politicians, scientists, Nobel Prize winners and presidents to talk to us. Its a truly international university which creates a very interesting atmosphere you meet people from places you would never have imagined! Of course, its location in central London is second to none you are within walking distance of some of the best entertainment options in town. The flexibility of my programme has allowed me to devote considerable time to my final research project on the urban and transport policy in Mexico City. My interest is to diagnose Mexicos current and future institutional challenges in this sector and provide a small yet significant contribution to its overall situation. After learning fieldwork techniques at LSE, I went to Mexico City where I interviewed some high level decision-makers who were very happy to contribute to my research project. When you go knocking on doors with the LSE name behind you, I feel as if people want to welcome you and really show an interest in your work. My hope for the future is to get involved directly in policy research and implementation for urban development in Latin America. There is now a growing interest in investing in urban infrastructure in this region but there is also an urgent need to set down some guidelines to prevent urban sprawl, improve connectivity and protect the environment.

Taught programme
MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies (see page 181)

MSc Regional and Urban Planning Studies


Application code: L8U4 Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24-48 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 29/144 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 degree or equivalent in relevant social science or professional qualifications and experience (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

182 graduate prospectus Regional and Urban Planning Studies

Department of Social Policy

strong professional linkages you will build through our active alumni network. The programme has a strong sense of identity, which is built up through a series of London walks in the first term that help orient students to the capital, alumni events held throughout the year and a fieldtrip during the spring vacation.The destination for the trip is chosen by the students and istypically held in continental Europe. Recent student cohorts have chosen Istanbul, Berlin, Moscow, Dublin and Amsterdam. The cost of this visit (about 300) is not covered by tuition fees. The students also run a Planning Society, which organises speakers, shorter trips and social events. In general, minimum teaching contact for a full unit course is usually 40 hours, and 20 hours for a half unit. This programme benefits from a partnership agreement withthe Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors conferring professional recognition and is also available as part of a double degree programme with LSESciences Po. For more information please see www.sciencespo.fr/en

Local Capacity and Economic Development Policy* Regional Development and Policy* Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Urban Ethnography* Economic Appraisal and Valuation* Concepts in Environmental Regulation* Remaking China: Geographical Aspects of Development and Disparity Planning for Sustainable Cities* Concepts in Environmental Regulation* Globalisation and Regional Development* Economics of Local and Regional Development* Contemporary Urbanism* Techniques of Spatial Economic Analysis* Gender, Globalisation and Development: An Introduction* Race and Space* Cities and Social Change in East Asia* City-making: the Politics of Urban Form Project* Housing, Neighbourhoods and Communities* Cities, Politics and Citizenship* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* Urban Environment* Crime, Control and The City* The Urban Revolution* Contemporary Debates in Human Geography* A half unit course from another programme at the discretion of the programme director.

Department of Social Policy


lse.ac.uk/socialPolicy
Number of graduate students (full-time equivalent) Taught: 314 Research: 58 Number of faculty (full-time equivalent): 37 RAE: 80 per cent of the Department's research was rated world leading or internationally excellent Location: Old Building reputations. We have a long standing and deep interest in social policy, planning and related issues in developing countries. Our reputation is based on a history which dates back to 1912 when social policy was first taught at LSE. This tradition, combining action and research, continued with the contributions of LSE staff such as Richard Titmuss, Peter Townsend, Brian Abel-Smith and David Donnison to the development of social policy and building of the welfare state in Britain and similar developments abroad. We are actively engaged in local, national and international policy debates, and provide policy advice to government bodies, and assistance to international and local organisations. LSE is also home to Population Studies, one of the world's leading demographic journals. Study in this area leads to a wide variety of careers that are challenging, socially important, intellectually demanding and personally rewarding. Students go on to senior policy related and academic positions in countries throughout the world.

About the Department


Crime, education, health care, housing, population, social care, social exclusion, social security, welfare: the problems and challenges in all these areas are as inescapable and relentless as they have ever been. We equip people who want to understand the causes of these problems and the development of policy towards them. The Department has consistently received the highest possible grade in the national research assessment exercises. In the most recent RAE, the Department led the field nationally when ranked by grade point average or by the percentage of research receiving the top 4* grade and half of its research was recognised as worldleading. Our research programmes and centres, such as the Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion (CASE), LSE Health and Social Care, the Mannheim Centre for Criminology and the Education Research Group, have outstanding national and international

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) The Economicsof Regional and Urban Planning* Social and Political Aspects of Regional and Urban Planning* Urban Policy and Planning* Planning Practice and Research (not assessed) Dissertation

Options
Three from:

Department of Social Policy graduate prospectus 183

Staff and their academic interests


Dr Mrigesh Bhatia: Health policy issues in low income countries; economic evaluation of health care programmes. Dr Tania Burchardt: Theories of social justice including the capability approach; poverty and inequality; concepts and measurement of social disadvantage; welfare and employment policy. Dr Ernestina Coast: Anthropological demography; demographic data collection in developing countries; Maasai ethnic group. Dr Joan Costa i Font: Economics of European welfare states; welfare state federalism, integration and devolution; non-market welfare motivations and social identity; risk learning and health behaviour and regulation of pharmaceuticals. ProfessorHartley Dean: Poverty and exclusion; welfare rights, citizenship and rights of redress; survival strategies of marginalised social groups; discourses of welfare. Professor Paul Dolan: Developing measures for subjective well-being; applying lessons from behavioural economics to understand and change individual behaviour. Dr Sonia Exley: Education policy; school choice; pupil segregation between schools; social deprivation; the politics of policy making; policy networks; policy sociology; the changing role of the state in public services. Dr Timo Fleckenstein: Comparative labour market and family policy; comparative political economy of the welfare state; politics of social policy.

Dr Arjan Gjonca: Health transition in developing societies; diet and longevity; ageing; demography of the Balkans. Professor Stephen Jenkins: Income inequality and poverty; income mobility and poverty dynamics; household and families, the labour market and taxbenefit system; quantitative analysis using microeconometric methods. Dr Anthony Hall: Impact of development policies in Brazilian Amazonia; development and natural resource conservation; involuntary resettlement; social policy and the environment. Professor John Hills: Social security; social exclusion; welfare state; housing finance; taxation; public finance. Dr Armine Ishkanian: NGOs; civil society; social policy; gender; globalisation; anthropological approaches to development in post-socialist countries particularly in the Caucasus and Central Asia. Dr Panos Kanavos: International health policy and reform; pharmaceutical economics and policy; industrial economics of health-related industries; applied macroeconometrics; socioeconomic determinants of health. Professor Martin Knapp: Community care; mental health policy and practice; mixed economy of social care; economic aspects of social policy; child welfare. Dr Sunil Kumar: Housing in developing countries; urban change and social development; participation and urban politics. Professor Julian Le Grand: Social policy, especially health and community care; welfare reform; social justice in theory and practice; social exclusion; motivation and public policy.

Professor David Lewis: Management of non-governmental organisations (NGOs); social policy and development in south Asia, especially Bangladesh; civil society and development; rural development. Professor Jane Lewis: Gender and family policies, historically and comparatively; nonprofit sector; development of work/family reconciliation and work/life balance policies; the conceptualisation of care work. Dr Bingqin Li: Social policy reforms in China; social exclusion of rural to urban migrants in transitional urban China; urban policy and equality; housing and urban growth. Dr Grace Lordan: Prejudice and health outcomes; the economics of donor assistance for health; explaining child health and cognitive outcomes; the economics of risky behaviour; health and development Dr Steen Mangen: European social policy; German social state; German unification; post-Franco Spain; urban regeneration in Europe; cross-national research methods. Professor Alistair McGuire: Econometric analysis of NHS hospital costs; public and private health care interaction; demand for private health care insurance; nursing labour markets in the NHS; regulation of health care technology through economic evaluation. Professor Elias Mossialos: Comparative health policy; funding health care; pharmaceutical policies, health care reforms; private health care insurance; the impact of EU law on health care systems. ProfessorEileen Munro: Risk management; social work with children and families; child protection; mental health and risk; nature of knowledge in social work; evaluative research methods.

Professor Mike Murphy: Population change in western societies; intergenerational relations; household and family formation methods; the modelling of kinship; the demography of developed societies; genetic aspects of demography. Professor Tim Newburn: Crime and criminal justice policy; the sociology and governance of policing and security; disadvantaged and disaffected young people; youth crime and youth justice, drugs and alcohol; hate crime; evaluation research. Dr Adam Oliver: Health care economics and policy; European health care policy reform; equity in health and health care; the methods of health economic evaluation; the theory of risk and uncertainty with specific application to health outcomes. Dr Berkay Ozcan: Economics of the family; family demography; labour market behaviour; wealth and saving behaviour; income inequality and quantitative methods. Dr Irini Papanicolas: Health system performance measurement; performance related payment systems; DRGs; econometric measurements of hospital quality. Dr Coretta Phillips: Race, ethnicity and social policy (particularly crime and criminal justice); multiagency partnership working; crime prevention; research methodology. Professor David Piachaud: Poverty and social security; unemployment and social exclusion; European social policy. Professor Anne Power: Social exclusion; housing policy and development; international urban issues; European social housing; unpopular housing estates; inner city problems; communities.

184 graduate prospectus Department of Social Policy

Dr Caroline Rudisill: Anti-competitive behaviour; health system reform and risk perceptions. Dr Hakan Seckinelgin: International relations; management of nongovernmental organisations (NGOs); NGOs and international health; environment; gender issues. Dr Michael Shiner: Young people and transitions to adulthood; drugs and drugs policy; social exclusion, crime and crime prevention; 'race' and ethnicity; the role of the community in social policy. Dr Isabel Shutes: Migration and social policy; social divisions and equalities; state-market third-sector relations. Dr Kitty Stewart: Poverty, inequality and social exclusion; early years education and childcare; social security; employment and wage trajectories. Professor Anne West: Education policy and practice, in particular market reforms and associated equity issues; financing education; education and training policy in a European context.

Entry requirement: Higher merit in a masters degree, preferably in social policy or public policy, plus 2:1 bachelors degree English requirement: Research (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: See page 30 Financial support: LSE scholarships and studentships (see page 31). LSE is an ESRC Doctoral Training Centre. The MPhil/PhD Social Policy is part of the Social Policy group of accredited programmes for ESRC funding (see page 32). The MPhil/PhD Demography/ Population Studies is part of the Environment, Energy and Resilience group. UK/EU students are eligible for nomination. Advanced Quantitative Methods students receive additional funding Application deadline: 5 July 2013, but please note that the selection process for LSE PhD and Research Council Studentships will take place in three rounds, and all students are advised to aim for the first round if possible. The funding deadlines are 11 January, 21 February and 26 April 2013. Selection for funding is based on receipt of an application for a place including all ancillary documents

MPhil/PhD Social Policy MPhil/PhD Demography/ Population Studies Visiting Research Students
Application code: L4ZA(MPhil/ PhD Social Policy), M9ZD (MPhil/PhD Demography/Population Studies), L4EA (VRS) Start date:3 October 2013. VRS intake in all three terms Duration: MPhil/PhD 3/4 years (minimum 2), VRS up to 9 months (renewable)

Opportunities for research


We welcome applications from students for our research degrees, both full-time and part-time. The Department has approximately60 research students and is able to offer supervision in a wide range of specialist topics. Students are members of a vibrant and exciting

Department of Social Policy graduate prospectus 185

research community. The LSE Library has a full collection of UK, US and EU public documents, parliamentary papers and statistical data. High class networked computer facilities dedicated to research students exist in the Social Science Research Laboratory within the Department. A wide range of computer packages for quantitative and qualitative analysis are available. PhD students attend a seminar series run by the research students tutors and are also encouraged to take courses on research methods in the Methodology Institute and on other areas of relevance to their thesis topic. Students have the opportunity to attend various courses related to carrying out a PhD, and to present their research. Applicants for the MPhil/PhD programme should have a good masters degree, preferably in social policy or public policy, together with an upper second or first class honours degree from a UK university or its equivalent abroad. Graduates will normally need a high merit or distinction (or equivalent) in their MSc to be eligible for admission to the doctoral programme. For the MPhil/PhD programme, applicants should provide a written proposal of no more than 2,500 words, which gives details of the proposed research question(s), the relevant literature and previous research in the field, planned research methods and theoretical/ conceptual framework to be adopted. This will enable an informed decision about the proposal to be made and to establish if there are appropriate supervisors for the research. Initially students are registered for an MPhil degree. At the end of the first year on the MPhil programme, students submit a piece of written work, of up to 10,000 words, and if progress is

satisfactory they transfer retrospectively to the PhD programme; alternatively, they continue with their MPhil registration, or their registration ends. Certain UK/EU applicants may be eligible for the ESRC 1+3 programme. Students on this programme take a recognised MSc in their first year. Transfer from the one year MSc programme to the three year MPhil/ PhD programme depends on obtaining high marks in the MSc courses taken. Registration as a visiting research student is for those who do not wish to proceed to a higher degree, but want to pursue their own research with a supervisor who can support them in their research. Visiting research students include research and doctoral students registered at overseas universities wishing to undertake some aspect of their research in the UK. Certain seminars and classes can be attended subject to the advice and approval of the supervisor and teachers concerned.

Programmes on population studies MSc Population and Development (see page 189) Programmes on social policy MSc Criminal Justice Policy(see page 185) MPA Public and Social Policy (see page 178) MSc Social Policy (Research) (see page 190) MSc Social Policy and Development (see page 191) MSc Social Policy and Development (NonGovernmental Organisations) (see page 191) MSc Social Policy (Social Policy and Planning) (see page 193) MSc Social Policy (European and Comparative Social Policy) (see page 193) Social Policy is also available as a specialist field in the MSc Social Research Methods (Social Policy) and MSc Social Research Methods (Population) (see page 169)

Fee level: UK/EU 8,827; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Social Policy and offers the following benefits:  Diversity of staff expertise and research activities.  Programme led by internationally renowned criminologists.  Inter-departmental collaboration between Social Policy, Law and Sociology.  Access to the Mannheim Centre for Criminology The programme is intended for graduates with a good upper second class honours degree in the social sciences or law; however, we will consider other qualifications and relevant practitioner experience. This MSc provides an opportunity to apply the concepts and theoretical perspectives from criminology, sociology and psychology to the subject of crime and the major criminal justice institutions. On graduation, most students move into careers in the criminal justice professions, academic or policy research in criminology and criminal justice, and into policy work in governments or charities.

Taught programmes
Programmes on health and health policy MSc Health Economics, Policy and Management (modular programme) (see page 232) MSc Health Policy, Planning and Financing (see page 186) MSc Health, Population and Society (see page 187) MSc International Health Policy (see page 187) MSc International Health Policy (Health Economics) (see page 187)

MSc Criminal Justice Policy


Application code: L4U9 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 22/75 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 social science or law, or a degree in another field with relevant practitioner experience(see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None

Teaching and assessment


For the Criminal Justice Policy core course, there is a two hour lectureand a one hour seminar. This is assessed by examination in the summer term. General dissertation

186 graduate prospectus Department of Social Policy

advice is provided in departmental seminars and additionally you will be provided with a personal supervisor who will guide your work. There is also the option to attend the Mannheim Centre seminars which are run in association with the British Society of Criminology Southern Branch.

MSc Health Policy, Planning and Financing


Application code: You should apply through the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. If you also wish to apply for an LSE onlyprogramme you should submit a separate application to LSE Start date: Late September 2013 at LSHTM Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Further information: Contact Mr Paul Shanley, Deputy Registrar, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine www.lshtm.ac.uk, email: registry@lshtm.ac.uk

 an ability to use disciplines required in formulating, implementing and evaluating health policies and plans.  an understanding of the diversity of international health policies. You must take courses to the value of five units overall, one of which includes a 10,000 word dissertation. Students will be supervised by staff in the Department during the course of the academic year and particular guidance will be provided in the selection of their dissertation topic. For each course, students will need to undertake private study, seminar preparation, assessed essay writing and teamwork where applicable. Students are also expected to see their academic advisers at least a couple of times per term and discuss their dissertation topics and progress on it in individual meetings during the Lent term and the Summer term. Career destinations after graduation are wide and varied, reflecting the diverse international mix and multi-disciplinary nature of theHealth Policy, Planning and Financingclass. Graduates from the programme are typically employed by national governments, international organisations, research/ management consultancy, industry and the voluntary sector. NB: Potential applicants are strongly advised to check the relevant web pages of both LSE and LSHTM as these will always contain the most up to date version of the MSc programme regulations and structure.

Health Services* or Health Policy, Process and Power(LSHTM) Dissertation

Options
TermI Option One half unit from the following LSE courses: Health Economics* Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy* Foundations of Health Policy* Plus one half unit from the following LSHTM courses: Health Services* Health Policy, Process and Power* Basic Epidemiology* Issues in Public Health* Term II Options Two half units from the following LSE courses:* Statistical Methods in Health Care Economic Evaluation* Cost-effectiveness Analysis in Health Care* Valuing Health* Advanced Health Economics* Measuring Health System Performance* Health Systems and Policies in Developing Countries* Behavioural Public Policy* Another course from LSE not listed above (with permission) Plus two half units from the following LSHTM courses: Economic Evaluation*

Compulsory courses
Criminal Justice Policy 10,000 word dissertation on a criminal justice topic

Options
(* half unit) Choose to the value of two full units from a list including: Law and Social Theory Mental Health Law (available as a full unit or as two half units of which you can take one or both) Policing and Police Powers International Criminal Law Corporate and Financial Crime Social Exclusion, Inequality and the Underclass Debate* Social Policy: Goals and Issues* Social Policy: Organisation and Innovation* Approaches to Human Rights The Third Sector* Law of International Economic and Financial Sanction* Crime, Control and The City* or other suitable courses with prior permission of course tutors and subject to timetabling constraints.

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Social Policy and at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine (LSHTM) and offers students the opportunity to have close contacts with leading research centres in the field of health policy, such as LSE Health and Social Care based in the Department of Social Policy. The MSc Health Policy, Planning and Financing is one of the oldest graduate level programmes in health policy worldwide, having been offered continuously since 1986. The programme aims to develop competence and expertise in the field of health policy, planning and finance. You will develop:  an understanding of the process of policy making.  knowledge of key options in the policy, planning and financing of health services.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Financing Health Care* (LSE)

Department of Social Policy graduate prospectus 187

Economic Analysis for Health Policy* Health Systems* Health Impact and Decision Analysis* Analytical Models for Decision Making* Organisational Management* Conflict and Health* Globalisation and Health* Another course from LSH not listed above (with permission)

T  he chance to develop methodological skills used in population studies. T  he chance to examine health and population interactions and policy implications in considerable depth. T  eaching by specialists who are at the forefront of their disciplines. Students normally need at least an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent. No particular academic background is required. The programme involves completing courses to the value of three full units and a 10,000 word dissertation on a relevant topic. Students graduating from this programmecan expect to work in national and international institutions dealing with health and population issues, such as WHO, UNFPA, UNDP, IOM, as well as central and local national governments. A large number of our students have been employed in the health sector of their respective countries. Considerable interest has been shown in our students from the non-governmental sector as well as the private one.

Planning for Population and Development* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Demography of the Developing World* Gender Population and Policy*

MScInternational HealthPolicy MScInternational HealthPolicy (HealthEconomics)


Application codes: L4UH (L4UJ Health Economics) Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time; 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 41/203 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in science, medicine, economics or social science. Professional experience is advantageous. For Health Economics, a first degree should be in economics, mathematics, statistics, or any other quantitative subject (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 13,626; overseas 19,434 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Options
Choose to the value of a further one and a half units (usually as three half units) from a selection that includes any not taken above or examples such as: Health Systems and Policies in Developing Countries* eHealth: Policy, Strategy and Systems* Financing Health Care* Health Economics* Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy* Social Exclusion, Inequality and the 'Underclass' Debate* Foundations of Health Policy* Social Policy: Goals and Issues* Statistical Methods in Healthcare Economic Evaluation* Gender, Population and Policy* Cost-Effectiveness Analysis in Health Care* Social Policy: Organisation and Innovation* Valuing Health* Measuring Health System Performance* Migration: Population Trends and Policies* US Health Policies* Behavioural Public Policy* Gender and Social Policy: Theory and Practice

MSc Health, Population and Society


Application code: L4U3 Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time; 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 12/73 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Health and Population in Contemporary Developed Societies* Health and Population in Developing and Transitional Societies* Dissertation Plus one from: Population and Development: An Analytic Approach* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Population Analysis: Methods and Models*

About the MSc programmes


These programmes are based in the Department of Social Policy and offer the following benefits:  International faculty inmany courses, enhancing the programmes' international perspective.  Potential for internships with major international and governmental

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Social Policy and offers the following benefits:  To study the interrelations between population, development and health.

188 graduate prospectus Department of Social Policy

organisations, companies or academic institutions as part of the overall student assessment. C  ontact with research staff in LSE Health and Social Care, including specialists in health economics, public health, social care and European health care reform. These two MSc degrees offer complementary skills. For the Health Policy programmeyou need a first degree in a relevant academic subject (science, medicine, economics, other social sciences) whereas for the Health Economics programme you need a first degree in economics, mathematics, statistics or any other quantitative subject. For both, the first degree should be at a standard equivalent to a British university upper second class honours. Relevant professional experience would also be advantageous.Please note that upon admission transfer from one degree to the other is not permitted. In the MSc International Health Policy, you analyse current and emerging health care problems and the range of health policies being developed to meet them internationally. The programme gives you the opportunity to examine important health policy issues through the application of basic health policy and economic principles. The MSc in International Health Policy (Health Economics) allows you to concentrate on options geared to health economics analysis. The wide range of options offered means that for both degrees a mix of policy and quantitative skills can be gained. For both the programmes, you take taught courses to the value of four units consisting of compulsory and optional courses. Many courses are offered as half units thus enabling a wide range of subjects to be covered. In addition, both

programmes require you to undertake a compulsory 10,000 word dissertation on a relevant topic which may be written in conjunction with a summer placement with a government department or agency, or international, or private organisations, private companies or academic research institutions.The dissertation makes up the fifth unit of the MSc. You study with a highly international and diverse group of students and in a truly international environment. Professional destinations after completing the degree include consultancies, pharmaceutical companies, national health services, international organisations and government departments and agencies as well as employment in research or further study for a PhD. MSc International Health Policy Students must take taught courses to the value of four full units as shown below and undertake a 10,000 word dissertationwhich counts as the fifth unit.

Cost-effectiveness Analysis in Health Care* Health and Population in Contemporary Developed Societies* Health and Population in Developing and Transitional Societies* Valuing Health* Health Systems and Policies in Developing Countries* US Health Policies* eHealth: Policy, Strategy and Systems* Key Issues in Biomedicine, Bioscience and Society Behavioural Public Policy* Public Economics I Advanced Health Economics* Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Applied Regression Analysis* Statistical Methods in Health Care Economic Evaluation* Behaviour, Happiness and Public Policy Any other LSE course subject to approval of the course tutor Selected courses from the Faculty of Public Health and Policy at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine subject to academic approval MSc International Health Policy (Health Economics) Students must take courses to the value of four full units as shown below, and undertake a full unit MSc dissertation.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Financing Health Care* Measuring Health System Performance* Dissertation Two of the following courses: Foundations of Health Policy* Health Economics* Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy*

Options
Choose to the value of two full units from the following:

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Financing Health Care*

Department of Social Policy graduate prospectus 189

Health Economics* Dissertation Two of the following courses: Cost-Effectiveness Analysis* Valuing Health* Advanced Health Economics*

Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24-28 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 19/87 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 or equivalent in any discipline (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,112; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions

and displaced persons? What are the likely impacts of HIV/AIDS on society and economy in developing countries? Is violence against women a reproductive health issue? How and why does female education affect child survival? Career options: The programme will equip you with the skills to assess and understand contemporary and future issues of population and development. The content and structure of theprogramme are designed to provide skills and knowledge to students looking for high level careers in public, private and voluntary agencies dealing with population and development issues at both the national and international levels. Previous students currently work for the UN, WHO, IPPF, Global Vision, Marie Stopes, UNFPA, USAID, DFID, as well as several NGOs who work on population related issues. Courses: The approach is multiperspective, addressing issues from theoretical, substantive and policy angles, and provides an exceptional overview of the inter-relationships between population and development. It provides a choice of options from a wide range of highly rated courses and helps to develop skills which have already secured past students promising professional careers. It is taught through a combination of lectures and seminar discussions and is assessed using a combination of written examinations and a dissertation. Funding ESRC/PIC Master's Studentship Scheme in Population Studies. Value: 15,000. Please refer to the PIC website lse.ac.uk/socialPolicy/ researchCentresandGroups/PIC for full information.

Compulsory courses
(* half unit) Development: Theory, History and Policy Long essay and the Research Process ( not assessed) Dissertation on population and development (submitted by2 September 2014) Two half units from: Population and Development: An Analytic Approach* Population Analysis: Methods and Models* Demography of the Developing World*

Options
Choose courses to the value of two full units from the following: Public Economics Introduction to Quantitative Analysis* Applied Regression Analysis* Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy* Statistical Methods in Health Care Economic Evaluation* Health and Population in Contemporary Developed Societies* Measuring Health System Performance* Health Systems and Policies in Developing Countries* US Health Policies* Key Issues in Biomedicine, Bioscience and Society Behaviour, Happiness and Public Policy Any other LSE course subject to approval of the course tutor Selected courses from the Faculty of Public Health and Policy at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine subject to academic approval

Options
Two half units or one full unit from a selection that includes any not taken above or: Poverty* Environmental Problems and Development Interventions* Complex Emergencies* Emerging Health Threats and Development* Gender and Development: Geographical Perspectives* The Social Psychology of Health Communication* Urbanisation and Social Policy in the Global South* Planning for Population and Development* Reproductive Health Programmes: Design, Implementation and Evaluation* Health and Population in Developing and Transitional Societies* Health Systems and Policies in Developing Countries*

About the MSc programme


For information on applying to the programme contact the programme director,Dr Ernestina Coast (e.coast@lse.ac.uk). We expect students to come from a range of backgrounds, and you normally need an upper second class honours degree or its equivalent. This programme will bring you up-todate with current international issues in the relationship between development and population. Issues debated in the MSc in Population and Development include: Is poverty the main cause of rapid population growth? How can mass media be used effectively by reproductive health programmes? What are the prospects for world agriculture to expand food production to meet a growing demand? What role has the United Nations played in shaping and implementing policies on international migration and on refugees

MSc Population and Development


Application code: L1S3

190 graduate prospectus Department of Social Policy

Migration: Population Trends and Policies* Gender and Social Policy: Theory and Practice* Cities, People and Poverty in the South* Key Issues in Development Studies* Any other course approved by your tutor (with special permission)

students in social policy with transferable research skills before they move on to substantive research, whether in the form of a PhD or in employment. It offers the following benefits:  Study in a Department which has achieved one of the highest ratings in the UK for the quality of its research.  Teaching by specialists who are at the forefront of research into British, European and global social policy and by experts in different social science research methodologies.  A comparative, international and multidisciplinary environment with links to several specialist research groups based in the Department as well as to LSEs Methodology Institute. Students can progress to research degrees (subject to normal admissions procedures at LSE and other institutions). The MSc is recognised as research training by the ESRC (for students seeking later funding for doctoral research). Previous students have also gone on to a wide variety of research and policy jobs in the public, private and voluntary sectors, in the UK and internationally, including work in central and local government, public services, research consultancies, and NGOs. Applicants with a good first degree from within any subject background will be considered. A social science background and/or work experience in the social policy field are advantageous, but not essential. The programme is provided in conjunction with the Methodology Institute, and offers advanced training in both quantitative and qualitative methods along with a specialist taught course in applications of different research approaches to social policy questions. It consists of four course

units, including compulsory and optional courses. A key component of the MSc is a dissertation of up to 10,000 words on a topic individually selected by the student, to be prepared with the guidance of a personal supervisor. For students continuing to a PhD this will often form the basis of their eventual doctoral thesis. See also MSc Social Research Methods (Social Policy) in the Methodology Institute, which involves greater methodological content (two taught units on methods, rather than one), but no optional subject papers.

Social Security Policies* Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy* Social Exclusion, Inequality and the 'Underclass' Debate* Foundations of Health Policy* Urbanisation and Social Policy in the Global South* Behavioural Public Policy* International Housing and Human Settlements* Housing, Neighbourhoods and Communities* Planning for Population and Development* Social Policy: Goals and Issues* Demography of the Developing World* Social and Political Aspects of Regional and Urban Planning* Gender and Social Policy: Theory and Practice* Gender and European Welfare States* Ethnicity, Race and Social Policy* Education Policy, Reform and Financing* Basic Education and Social Development* Globalisation and Social Policy* Social Policy: Organisation and Innovation* Measuring Health System Performance* Social Rights and Human Welfare* Rural Development and Social Policy* The Third Sector* The Economics of European Social Policy* Welfare Analysis and Measurement Politics of Social Policy: Welfare and Work in Comparative Perspective* Behaviour, Happiness and Public Policy Doing Ethnography*

MSc Social Policy (Research)


Application code: L4UA Start date: 3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time, 24 months part-time Intake/applications in 2011: 11/49 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in any discipline, with social science background and/or work experience in the social policy field advantageous but not essential (see page 34) English requirement: Higher (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 8,827; overseas 17,184 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30).The Social Policy(Research) is accredited for ESRC funding as part of a four year award (see page 32) Application deadline: None rolling admissions but for consideration for ESRC funding applicants should apply by 11 January 2013

Compulsory courses
Foundations of Social Research 1 or Foundations of Social Research 2 Social Policy Research Dissertation

Options
Students choose courses equivalent to one full unit. The options list is wide so as to permit students to choose an option that fits with the proposed subject of their dissertation. Students without a background in social policy are strongly encouraged to take the core half unitSocial Policy: Goals and Issues in the Michaelmas term. The following courses may be taken: (* half unit) Criminal Justice Policy The Governance of Welfare: The Nation State and the European Union* Contemporary Issues in European Social Policy* Health Economics*

About the MSc programme


This programme is based in the Department of Social Policy and aims to provide a set of high quality, integrated courses to equip

Department of Social Policy graduate prospectus 191

Any other courses subject to the approval of the programme director

About the MSc programme


This programme (divided into two streams)is based in the Department of Social Policy and offers the following benefits:  A comparative, international and multidisciplinary environment.  Staff with expertise in Asia, Africa, Latin America and post-communist societies, who maintain research and advisory links with governments and key international development organisations.  Links to leading research groups based in the Department specialising in social exclusion, health and social care and education. The first stream, Social Policy and Development, approaches social policy and development primarily from the perspective of government. The second stream, Social Policy and Development: Non-Governmental Organisations approaches the subject from the perspective of non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and wider civil society. Both streams share a common engagement with the core concepts and debates within social policy and development including the policy process, wellbeing, poverty and exclusion, global institutions and the aid system, sustainability and livelihoods, and rights and citizenship. For both streams, you take courses to the value of four units consisting of compulsory and optional courses. In addition, both the programmes require you to write a MSc dissertation on a relevant topic. This MSc programme is aimed at candidates from or with work experience in Africa, Asia, Latin America and post-communist societies. Currently about two thirds of students come from these regions and in a typical year we have representatives from 25 or more different countries. For the

MScSocialPolicy MScSocialPolicy andDevelopment MScSocialPolicy andDevelopment: Non-Governmental Organisations


Application code:L4U7, M1T2 (NGO) Start date:3 October 2013 Duration: 12 months full-time Intake/applications in 2011: MSc Social Policy and Development: 42/216 MSc NGOs: 18/121 Minimum entry requirement: 2:1 in a relevant social science. Professional experience is advantageous (see page 34) English requirement: Standard (see page 37) GRE/GMAT requirement: None Fee level: UK/EU 11,312, overseas 17,384 Financial support: Graduate Support Scheme (see page 30) Application deadline: None rolling admissions Note: The fee includes 200 associate with a residential workshop at Cumberland Lodge. Those students on the NGO stream not taking the Social Development: Policy and Practice optional course will not be subject to this additional charge

Linda Odhiambo MSc NGOs and Development Nairobi, Kenya

The programme on NGOs and Development engages with current issues in the world and has both a practical and theoretical base that inspires innovation, motivation and leadership. The quality of the courses and the intensity of the subjects offer everyone a challenge and a chance to contribute experiences from their own countries. Being able to speak with confidence on the subject matter with the knowledge that I have research to back it up, and the ability to research effectively are valuable qualities I have learned. It is an exciting honour to be taught by key top researchers and academics in the field. LSE equips students with knowledge, skills and perhaps most importantly the mindset necessary to succeed in todays turbulent times and the tough job market. I have gained more than I ever believed I would. I have met the most amazing people at LSE, there is such a passion about the state of the world and everyone has great plans to contribute. Lectures, seminars, talks and general conversations are always multicultural, informative and very colourful! Located in the heart of the city, LSE offers the vibrant lifestyle of a Londoner, exceptional networking with employers and a truly multi-cultural perspective. The blend of knowledge, experiences, relationships and the career opportunities I have gained during my programme have given me the realisation that I can achieve whatever I set my mind to - that nothing is impossible! When I leave LSE I would like to work in development. Poverty eradication is an area that requires attention, especially in less industrialised countries, and I would really like to contribute to it. I am sure that I will continue to liaise with my fellow students and tutors and in the future the road may well lead to my pursuing a doctorate in development.

192 graduate prospectus Department of Social Policy

first stream, programme participants are normally development professionals from central planning ministries and sectoral social service ministries such as education, rural and urban development, health, social security and social work services. We also have students who are representatives of multilateral aid bodies such as the World Bank, UNDP and UNICEF. For the second, which was formerly known as the MSc NGOs and Development, participants are drawn mainly from northern and southern NGOs including Oxfam, Action Aid, BRAC, Christian Aid, Mdecins sans Frontires and Save the Children Fund, as well as from smaller civil society organisations. Both MSc streams are suitable for development policy researchers in institutions of higher education and think tanks. For either stream, you will need a first degree in a relevant academic subject (sociology, economics, political science, anthropology, development studies) at a standard equivalent to a British university first class or upper second class honours degree. In US terminology this means a 3.5 grade point average out of 4. Most applicants will also have some relevant work experience in a developing or post-communist society, although we will also consider applications from academically well-qualified applicants seeking to begin a career in development. A degree qualification is not always necessary if you have exceptional professional experience. Applications from experienced people with a non-social science degree will also be considered. The MSc programme has four aims:  To develop understanding of the theory and practice of social policy in developing and post-communist countries. T  o allow deeper study in development policy areas of particular interest

through the choice of a wide range of optional courses and through writing a 10,000 word dissertation. T  o compare experience of social policy in a variety of countries and development institutions, drawing on current research and on the contrasting professional experience of the